s9165-ae-mma-010( sonar dome rubber window sdrw-1 … · 2015-11-04 · s9165-ae-mma-010...

TECHNICAL MANUALFOR

[SGML VERSION; SEE RECORD OFREVISIONS ]

INSTALLATION, OPERATION, ANDPARTS LIST

SONAR DOME RUBBERWINDOW

SDRW-1 FOR DDG-51 CLASS;

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT B: DISTRIBUTION AUTHORIZED TO U.S. GOVERNMENTAGENCIES ONLY; THIS PUBLICATION IS REQUIRED FOR OFFICIAL USE OR FORADMINISTRATIVE OR OPERATIONAL PURPOSES; (15 JAN 2007). OTHER REQUESTSFOR THIS DOCUMENT MUST BE REFERRED TO THE NAVAL SEA SYSTEMS COM-MAND (SEA-09T).

WARNING: THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS TECHNICAL DATA WHOSE EXPORT ISRESTRICTED BY THE ARMS EXPORT CONTROL ACT (TITLE 22, U.S.C. SEC 2751, ETSEQ.) OR THE EXPORT ADMINISTRATION ACT OF 1979, AS AMENDED, TITLE 50,U.S.C., APP 2401 ET SEQ. VIOLATIONS OF THESE EXPORT LAWS ARE SUBJECT TOSEVERE CRIMINAL PENALTIES. DISSEMINATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROVISIONSOF DOD DIRECTIVE 5230.25(D).

DESTRUCTION NOTICE: DESTROY BY ANY METHOD THAT WILL PREVENT DISCLO-SURE OF CONTENTS OR RECONSTRUCTION OF THIS DOCUMENT.

SUPERSEDURE NOTICE: THIS PUBLICATION SUPERSEDES S9165-AE-MMA-010DATED 1 FEB 1996, AND ALL CHANGES THERETO.

S9165-AE-MMA-0100910-LP-104-3773 REVISION 2

TITLE-1 / (TITLE-2 Blank)@@FIpgtype@@TITLE@@!FIpgtype@@@@FIpgtype@@TITLE@@!FIpgtype@@

PUBLISHED BY DIRECTION OF COMMANDER, SEA SYSTEMS COMMAND

15 JAN 2007

TITLE-2@@FIpgtype@@BLANK@@!FIpgtype@@

RECORD OF REVISIONSREVISION NO. DATE TITLE AND/OR BRIEF DESCRIPTION/PREPARING ACTIVITY

0 01 MAY 1990 STK NO. 0910-LP-421-45001 01 FEB 1996 STK NO. 0910-LP-813-99002 15 JAN 2007 REVISION 2 UPDATES THIS TECHNICAL MANUAL TO REFLECT

THE CURRENT CONFIGURATION OF THE SDRW-1 CURRENTLYONBOARD THE DDG 51 CLASS SHIPS. ALSO INCORPORATED THEFOLLOWING:SONAR ISOLATION BOX SUPPLY INFORMATION AS PER TMDERN65540-04-TC34.ADDED INFORMATION FOR ORDERING AND WIRING K2 IN THEE-PN-45 PANEL AS PER TMDER N65540-02-SC10.MODIFIED SONAR DOME ENTRY (DIVE) REPORT AS PER TMDERN65540-02-SC09.ADDED INFORMATION TO INCLUDE THE OPENING AND CLOSINGOF PIPE CAP DOWN STREAM OF A-V-138 AS PER TMDER N65540-02-SC46:THE FOLLOWING WAS CHANGED; PARAGRAPH(S) , 1-1.5, 1-3,1.3.1, 2-3.1, 2-7.1, 3-8.5, 4-1, 4-1.1, 6.12, 6.13, 8-1.1, 8-7.2 AND 8-7.4TABLE(S) 2-1., 2-4., 2-7., 2-8., 2-9., 6-2., 7-2., 7-3. AND 7-4.FIGURE(S) 2-3., 3-19., 8-61., FO-7., FO-8., FO-11., FO-12. AND FO-13.

NOTE

THIS TECHNICAL MANUAL (TM) HAS BEEN DEVELOPED FROM AN INTELLIGENT ELECTRONICSOURCE KNOWN AS STANDARD GENERALIZED MARKUP LANGUAGE (SGML). THERE IS NO LOEP.ALL CHANGES, IF APPLICABLE, ARE INCLUDED. THE PAGINATION IN THIS TM WILL NOT MATCHTHE PAGINATION OF THE ORIGINAL PAPER TM; HOWEVER, THE CONTENT IS EXACTLY THE SAME.ANY CHANGES RECEIVED AFTER RECEIPT OF THIS TM WILL ONLY FIT IN THIS PAGINATEDVERSION.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

Record Of Revisions-1 / (Record Of Revisions-2 Blank)

Record Of Revisions-2@@FIpgtype@@BLANK@@!FIpgtype@@

FOREWORD

The Sonar Dome Rubber Window SDRW-1 Technical Manual has been prepared to provide guidance toboth Naval and commercial activities which install, repair, groom, or maintain sonar domes and their associatedpressurization systems. This information will be of value to the fleet because the performance of sonar domeshas an important influence on operations at sea.

The use of the Sonar Dome Rubber Window (SDRW) has significantly improved the performance of theSonar Set by:

a. Reducing machinery and hull vibration coupled to the sonar.

b. Reducing water flow noise created by corrosion, pitting, and marine growth.

c. Increasing signal transmission and receive capabilities by improved acoustic impedance matching.

The proper use of this manual will reduce dome maintenance, and increase dome and pressurization reli-ability. The Sonar Dome Rubber Window SDRW-1 Technical Manual presently consists of one volume, NAVSEAS9165-AE-MMA-010/SDRW-1, dated 15 January 2007. The practices and procedures promulgated in the SonarDome Rubber Window SDRW-1 Technical Manual shall be considered NAVSEA approved unless waived bysubsequent NAVSEA action. Requests for resolution of conflicting guidelines should be submitted to NAVSEACode IWS5B3C.

This manual consists of eight chapters and one appendix as follows:

Chapter 1 - General Information and Safety Precautions

Chapter 2 - Operation

Chapter 3 - Functional Description

Chapter 4 - Scheduled Maintenance

Chapter 5 - Troubleshooting

Chapter 6 - Corrective Maintenance

Chapter 7 - Parts List

Chapter 8 - Removal and Installation

Appendix A- Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator

Ships, training activities, supply points, depots, Naval Shipyards and Supervisors of Shipbuilding arerequested to arrange for the maximum practical use and evaluation of NAVSEA technical manuals. All errors,omissions, discrepancies and suggestions for improvement to NAVSEA technical manuals shall be forwarded to:COMMANDER,CODE 310 TMDER, BLDG 1388NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA4363 MISSILE WAYPORT HUENEME CA 93043-4307on NAVSEA/SPAWAR Technical Manual Deficiency/Evaluation Report (TMDER), NAVSEA form 4160/1. Allfeedback comments shall be thoroughly investigated and originators will be advised of action resulting therefrom.One copy of NAVSEA form 4160/1 is at the end of each separately bound technical manual 8-1/2 x 11 inches

S9165-AE-MMA-010

FOREWORD-1

FOREWORD - Continued

or larger. Copies of NAVSEA form 4160/1 may be requisitioned from the Naval Systems Data Support ActivityCode 310 at the above address. Users are encouraged to transmit deficiency submittals via the Naval SystemsData Support Activity web site located at

https://nsdsa2.phdnswc.navy.mil/tmder/tmder-generate.asp?lvl=1

Individual electronic TMs do not contain NAVSEA form 4160/1 but are linked to an electronic version onthe resident CD-ROM. Therefore, we encourage the user to transmit deficiency submittals via the Naval SystemsData Support Activity web site located above.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

FOREWORD-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapter/Paragraph Page

1 GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

1-1 SAFETY INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11-1.1 SAFETY NOTICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11-1.2 SAFETY DEVICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11-1.3 ELECTRICAL SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11-1.4 SONAR DOME ENTRY SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-21-1.5 MEDICAL ASPECTS OF HYPERBARIC SAFETY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3

1-2 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-61-2.1 ARRANGEMENT OF MANUAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

1-3 BRIEF SONAR DOME PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . 1-71.3.1 CONFIGURATIONS OF SDRW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-81.3.2 LP AIR PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-81.3.3 WATER PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-81.3.4 ELECTRICAL/ALARM SUBSYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-91.3.5 SONAR DOME ACCESS SUBSYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-91.3.6 COMMUNICATIONS SUBSYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

1-5 TERMINOLOGY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-121-5.1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-121-5.2 ABBREVIATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-121-5.3 COMMONLY USED TERMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-13

2 OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-1.1 SCOPE OF DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12-1.2 PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

2-2 DESCRIPTION OF SDPS CONTROLS, INDICATORS, AND ALARMS. . . . . . . 2-12-2.1 LOCATIONS OF CONTROLS, INDICATORS, AND ALARMS. . . . . . . 2-12-2.2 DOME CONTROL STATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22-2.3 SONAR CONTROL ROOM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22-2.4 AIRLOCK PASSAGEWAY, AND AIRLOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22-2.5 SONAR ADMINISTRATION OFFICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22-2.6 FORECASTLE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2

2-3 OPERATION PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-32-3.1 INITIAL VALVE SETTINGS AND ALARM PANEL INDICATIONS. . . . 2-32-3.2 OPERATION PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42-3.3 NORMAL SDPS OPERATING PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42-3.4 ALARM STATUS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42-3.5 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42-3.6 USE OF OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES TABLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

S9165-AE-MMA-010

i

TABLE OF CONTENTS - Continued


2-3.7 PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

2-4 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46

2-5 OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES FOR APPARENT SONAR DOME RUPTURE. . . 2-532-5.1 INITIAL ACTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-532-5.2 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53

2-6 OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR SHIPS WITH RUPTURED SONAR DOMES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54

2-7 OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR DRYDOCK/ROH PERIODS. . . . . . . . . . 2-602-7.1 PRE-OVERHAUL REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-602-7.2 DRYDOCK ENTRY AND DOCKING PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . 2-602-7.3 DRYDOCK LAY-UP REQUIREMENTS FOR SDPS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-612-7.4 DRYDOCK LAY-UP REQUIREMENTS FOR SONAR DOME. . . . . . . . 2-612-7.5 DRYDOCK DEPARTURE AND UNDOCKING PROCEDURES. . . . . . . 2-62

3 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13-1.1 PURPOSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13-1.2 BRIEF SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

3-2 RUBBER WINDOW AND ATTACHMENT ASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23-2.1 FUNCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23-2.2 CONFIGURATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23-2.3 WINDOW ATTACHMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23-2.4 BOW DOME STEEL STRUCTURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23-2.5 BOW DOME SHELL FAIRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2

3-3 AIR PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33-3.1 DOME AIR ENTRY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33-3.2 DOME AIR EXHAUST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33-3.3 DOME AIR PRESSURE REGULATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43-3.4 SPECIAL AIR PRESSURIZATION COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5

3-4 WATER PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93-4.1 DOME WATER FILL/PRESSURIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-93-4.2 DOME WATER REMOVAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-113-4.3 DOME/AIRLOCK PASSAGEWAY/AIRLOCK WATER SWEEP. . . . . . . 3-123-4.4 SPECIAL WATER PRESSURIZATION COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . 3-12

3-5 ELECTRICAL CONTROL/ALARMS SUBSYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-173-5.1 AUDIBLE ALARMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-183-5.2 VISUAL ALARMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-203-5.3 EDUCTOR SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT. . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

S9165-AE-MMA-010

ii



3-5.4 CONTROL/ALARMS INTERCONNECTION CABLING. . . . . . . . . . . 3-203-5.5 SPECIAL CONTROL ALARMS COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20

3-6 DOME ACCESS SUBSYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-253-6.1 AIRLOCK PRESSURE REFERENCED TO AIRLOCK PASSAGEWAY

PRESSURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-263-6.2 DOME PRESSURE REFERENCED TO AIRLOCK PRESSURE. . . . . . . 3-263-6.3 AIRLOCK PRESSURE REFERENCED TO AIRLOCK PASSAGEWAY

PRESSURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

3-7 COMMUNICATION SUBSYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-27

3-8 GENERAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-273-8.1 CUTOUT VALVES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-273-8.2 CHECK VALVES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-323-8.3 RELIEF VALVES W-V-31 AND A-V-122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-343-8.4 REDUCER VALVES W-V-7 AND W-V-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-353-8.5 PRESSURE GAGES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

4 SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-2 MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT CARDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-3 OPERATIONAL READINESS TEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

4-4 DOME EXTERIOR INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14-4.1 SDRW GRID MARKINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-14-4.2 INSPECTION PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44-4.3 INSPECTION ANALYSIS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44-4.4 SDRW REPAIR PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4-5 SYSTEM OVERHAUL REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4-6 DRYDOCK BLOCKING INSTRUCTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4-7 DEPRESSURIZING A DOME IN DRYDOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4-8 PROTECTING A DOME IN DRYDOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5

4-9 CLEANING PROCEDURE FOR RUBBER WINDOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6

5 TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

5-2 TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

S9165-AE-MMA-010

iii



5-3 FAULT LOGIC DIAGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

6 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

SECTION I ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.2 LP AIR PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT ADJUSTMENTPROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

6.2.1 PRESSURE REDUCER A-V-119. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-16.2.2 RELIEF VALVE A-V-122. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-36.2.3 BACKPRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE A-V-134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-56.2.4 AIR FAILURE SWITCH E-F-175. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-76.2.5 L.P. AIR ALARM SWITCH E-F-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

6.3 WATER PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT ADJUSTMENTPROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

6.3.1 PRESSURE REDUCER W-V-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-106.3.2 PRESSURE REDUCER W-V-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-116.3.3 RELIEF VALVE W-V-31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-136.3.4 LOW AND HIGH WATER-PRESSURE SWITCHES W-GA-10. . . . . . . . 6-156.3.5 BARTON GAGE W-GA-10 CALIBRATION POLICY. . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-166.3.6 PROCEDURES FOR ENTERABLE AND NON-ENTERABLE SONAR

DOMES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

SECTION II REPAIR PROCEDURES FOR PRIMARY SDPS COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . 6-21

6.4 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

6.5 REPAIR PROCEDURES FOR PRIMARY LP AIR SUBSYSTEM COMPONENTS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21

6.5.1 BACKPRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE A-V-134. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-216.5.2 AIR FILTER A-F-114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22

6.6 REPAIR PROCEDURES FOR PRIMARY WATER PRESSURIZATIONSUBSYSTEM COMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23

6.6.1 REDUCER VALVES W-V-7 AND W-V-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-236.6.2 RELIEF VALVE W-V-31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-246.6.3 FLOW SWITCH E-F-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26

6.7 REPAIR STATEMENT FOR ELECTRICAL/ALARM SUBSYSTEMCOMPONENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

6.8 REPAIR OF REMOTELY OPERATED VALVE ACTUATORS (RMVA’S). . . . . . 6-276.8.1 RIGID ROD RMVA SYSTEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-276.8.2 SEALED HELICAL CABLE RMVA SYSTEMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

S9165-AE-MMA-010

iv



6.9 REPAIR PROCEDURES FOR TRUNK TO AIRLOCK AND AIRLOCK TOSONAR DOME ACCESS HATCHES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

6.9.1 PRELIMINARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

SECTION III REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES FOR SDPS COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . 6-28

6.10 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28

6.11 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES FOR LP AIR SUBSYSTEM COMPONENTS. . . 6-29

6.12 LP AIR DEPRESSURIZATION PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-32

6.13 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF AIR CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICES. . . . 6-36

6.14 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEMDEVICES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-37

7 PARTS LIST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

7-2 PARTS LISTS AND REFERENCES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

8 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1

8-1 INTRODUCTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18-1.1 GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18-1.2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE SDRW AND SDPS SYSTEMS. . . 8-1

8-2 REMOVAL OF RUBBER WINDOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18-2.1 REMOVAL OF SDRW FAIRING CLOSURE PLATES AND ANGLES. . . 8-18-2.2 PLACEMENT OF SHIPPING/INSTALLATION FIXTURE. . . . . . . . . . 8-38-2.3 REMOVAL OF BEAD CLAMPS AND BOLTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-48-2.4 REMOVAL OF SONAR DOME RUBBER WINDOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-48-2.5 STRUCTURE CLEANING REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-58-2.6 RECOMMENDED SDRW REMOVAL PROCEDURE WITHOUT A

SHIPPING/INSTALLATION FIXTURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

8-3 CUTTING SDRW SAMPLES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-78-3.1 PARTS REQUIRED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-78-3.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-88-3.3 EMERGENCY AND FIRST-AID PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-88-3.4 CUTTING PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

8-4 SONAR DOME RUBBER WINDOW DISPOSAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

8-5 MEASUREMENT BEAD SEAT OFFSETS: METHOD 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-118-5.1 BEAD SEAT HARDWARE MEASUREMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

S9165-AE-MMA-010

v



8-5.2 SHELTER & ENVIRONMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-118.5.3 MEASURING THE STATIONS, CHORDS, AND ANGLES. . . . . . . . . . 8-128-5.4 PERIMETER CHECK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-138-5.5 OFFSET MEASUREMENT TOLERANCES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-148-5.6 REPORTING/RECORDING THE DATA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-178-5.7 TARGET INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-188-5.8 SHOOTING THE STATION TARGETS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-188-5.9 CHECKING THE HARDWARE WITH THE STATION TARGET. . . . . . 8-18

8-5.10 CHECKING CHORDS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-20

8-6 BEAD SEAT OFFSET MEASUREMENTS: METHOD 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-218-6.1 INSTALLATION MATERIALS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. . . . . . 8-228-6.2 GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-248-6.3 PRELIMINARY SETUP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-248-6.4 REFERENCE PLANE TEMPLATE BRACKETS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-298-6.5 TEMPLATE INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-298-6.6 INSTALL BEAD SEAT CASTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-298-6.7 OBTAIN AND RECORD BEAD SEAT CASTING OFFSET DATA. . . . . 8-29

8-7 BEAD SEAT CASTING INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-308-7.1 SCOPE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-308-7.2 GENERAL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-308-7.3 BEAD SEAT INSTALLATION: METHOD 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-318-7.4 BEAD SEAT CASTING INSTALLATION: METHOD 2. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-358-7.5 WELDING OF BEAD SEAT CASTINGS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-40

8-8 SONAR DOME INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-418-8.1 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-418-8.2 IMPORTANCE OF PROPER INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-448-8.3 INSTALLATION WITH A SHIPPING/INSTALLATION FIXTURE (BFG

7S1020). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-448-8.4 RIGGING OF THE S/I FIXTURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-468-8.5 MOVING THE FIXTURE INTO POSITION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-478-8.6 INSTALLING THE BEAD AT UPPER CENTERLINE. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-498-8.7 INSTALLING THE LOWER BEAD AT CENTERLINE. . . . . . . . . . . . 8-518-8.8 INSTALLING THE BEAD IN THE TAIL SECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-528-8.9 REMOVING AND TRANSPORTING THE S/I FIXTURE. . . . . . . . . . . 8-52

8-8.10 INSTALLING AND TORQUING THE BEAD CLAMP BOLTS. . . . . . . 8-578-8.11 LEAKS DURING THE SOAP & AIR TEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-598-8.12 LEAKS OR RUBBER REPAIRS AT THE SDRW BEAD COUPLINGS. . . 8-608-8.13 EXTERNAL SURFACE WAVINESS TEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-648-8.14 SDRW HYDROTEST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-64

8-9 FAIRING ANGLE AND CLOSURE PLATE INSTALLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-658-9.1 PREPARATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-658-9.2 INSTALL FAIRING ANGLE SECTIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-658-9.3 INSTALLATION OF FAIRING ANGLE SUPPORT TABS. . . . . . . . . . 8-70

S9165-AE-MMA-010

vi



8-9.4 INSTALLATION OF CLOSURE PLATE SUPPORT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-718-9.5 INSTALLATION OF FAIRING CLOSURE PLATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-72

8-10 SDRW RUBBER FAIRING FINAL FINISH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-758-10.1 SURFACE FAIRING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-758-10.2 WORK AREA PREPARATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-768-10.3 RUBBER APPLICATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-788-10.4 EXTERNAL DOME FAIRNESS INSPECTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-818-10.5 FOAMING FAIRING CLOSURE PLATE VOID. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-90

8-11 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED SDRW IN DRYDOCK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-918-11.1 PROTECTION FROM OVERSTRESSING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-918-11.2 PROTECTION FROM SUNLIGHT AND HEAT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-92

8-12 DEPRESSURIZATION AND SUPPORT OF COMPLETED WINDOW. . . . . . . . 8-928-12.1 DEPRESSURIZING WINDOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-928-12.2 SUPPORT FOR DEPRESSURIZED WINDOW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-92

8-13 DOCKING AND UNDOCKING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-948-13.1 DRYDOCK FACILITIES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-948-13.2 DRYDOCKING/UNDOCKING PROCEDURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-948-13.3 DRYDOCKING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-958-13.4 UNDOCKING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-96

A DIGITAL ELECTRONIC PRESSURE INDICATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

S9165-AE-MMA-010

vii

LIST OF TABLES

Table Title Page

1-1. Supporting Technical Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

1-2. Functional Characteristics of the SDPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-10

1-3. Operational Tolerance Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

1-4. Stenciling Guidance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11

2-1. SDPS Valve Positions For Unpressurized Sonar Dome In Unflooded Drydock. . . . 2-6

2-2. SDPS Valve Positions For Air Pressurized Sonar Dome; Prior to Air CirculatingThrough Sonar Dome . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7

2-3. SDPS Valve Positions For Water Filled/Pressurized Sonar Dome . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8

2-4. Air Pressurization Procedure, Unflooded Drydock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10

2-5. Air-To-Freshwater Interchange Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

2-6. Make Ready for Sea Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15

2-7. Water-to-Air Interchange Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-17

2-8. Sonar Dome Entry Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-23

2-9. Freshwater-to-Saltwater Interchange Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-38

2-10. Electrical/Alarm Panel Indications for a Given Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-45

2-11. Underway Emergency Procedures - Sonar Dome Water Filled and Pressurized . . . 2-46

2-12. Emergency Procedures - During Sonar Dome Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-50

5-1. Troubleshooting Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

6-1. Barton Gage W-GA-10 Diagnostic Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-17

6-2. SDPS Component Replacement Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-29

7-1. List of Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

7-2. Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2

7-3. List of Common Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14

7-4. List of Manufacturers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15

7-5. Shipping/Installation Fixture Parts List for SDRW-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-17

8-1. Offsets for SDRW-1 and -1A Bead Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

8-2. Symmetric-to-Loft SDRW-1 and Spliceless SDRW-1A Port Offsets . . . . . . . . . . 8-15

S9165-AE-MMA-010

viii

LIST OF TABLES - Continued

Table Title Page

8-3. Symmetric-to-Loft SDRW-1 and Spliceless SDRW-1A Stbd. Offsets . . . . . . . . . 8-16

8-4. SDRW Summary List, Installation Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

8-5. Tools/Equipment Requirement List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

8-6. Installation of Bead Seat Casting Erection Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-39

8-7. Data List - SDRW-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42

8-8. Drawing List - SDRW-1 and SDRW-1A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43

8-9. Tools/Equipment Requirements List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-43

8-10. Facility Requirements List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-44

8-11. S/I Fixture Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-53

8-12. Degree Tile Material Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-81

8-13. External Dome Fairness Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-82

8-14. Resin Mixture Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-90

S9165-AE-MMA-010

ix

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS

Figure Title Page

1-1. Transducer Compartment Structural Arrangement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8

1-2. Functional Relationship of SDPS Subsystems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

2-1. Sonar Dome Entry Checkoff List (Sheet 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

2-1. Sonar Dome Entry Checkoff List (Sheet 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-34

2-2. Sonar Dome Interior Inspection Items Checklist (Sheet 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-35

2-2. Sonar Dome Interior Inspection Items Checklist (Sheet 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36

2-3. Sonar Dome Entry (Dive) Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-37

2-4. Naval Sea Systems Command letter serial 141, dated 17 March 1982 (Sheet 1) . . . 2-55



2-5. Operational Guidelines for DDG 51 Class Ships With Ruptured Sonar Dome RubberWindow (Page 1 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

2-5. Operational Guidelines for DDG 51 Class Ships With Ruptured Sonar Dome RubberWindow (Page 2 of 2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59

3-1. Typical Backpressure Regulating Valve (A-V-134) 1-1/2″ IPS, Type 50M . . . . . . 3-5

3-2. 3/8″ CRL5M Pressure Relief Valve Assembly Control Pilot Valve (A-V-134) . . . . 3-6

3-3. 1-1/2″ IPS, 100 M-1 Hytrol Assembly (A-V-134) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7

3-4. Air Filter A-F-114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8

3-5. Low-Pressure Valve A-V-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9

3-6. Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator (DEPI) W-GA-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13

3-7. Dome Pressure Gage W-GA-10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

3-8. Dome Pressure Gage W-GA-10 Pressure Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15

3-9. Eductor Solenoid Valve E-V-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16

3-10. Eductor W-F-13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17

3-11. Simplified Schematic of SDRW Eductor Solenoid Valve Control Circuit . . . . . . . 3-18

3-12. Dome Status Panel E-PN-45 Audible Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

3-13. Water Flow Switch E-F-29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

3-14. Water-Level Switches E-F-42 and E-F-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

S9165-AE-MMA-010

x

LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS - Continued

Figure Title Page

3-15. Air Pressure Switches E-F-32 and E-F-175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

3-16. Air Flow Meter A-F-124 Brooks Model 3810A14A1RAA1A1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

3-17. Air Flow Meter A-F-124 Brooks Model 1320-03B1C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

3-18. Solid-State Alarm Panel Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

3-19. SDRW Dome Access Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

3-20. Gate Valve (Non-Rising Stem-type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

3-21. Gate Valve (Rising Stem-type) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-28

3-22. Quick-Acting Gate Valve W-V-48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

3-23. Angle Globe Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-29

3-24. Angle Hose Valve W-V-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30

3-25. Needle Valve A-V-144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-31

3-26. Gage Valve With Test Point . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32

3-27. Swing Check Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-32

3-28. Ball Float Check Valves A-V-126 and A-V-130 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-33

3-29. Ball Float Liquid Drain Valve A-V-115 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-34

3-30. Relief Valves W-V-31 and A-V-122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-35

3-31. Reducer Valves W-V-7 and W-V-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-36

3-32. Simplex Bourdon Tube Gage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

3-33. Compound Bourdon Tube Gage W-GA-40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37

3-34. Differential Bourdon Tube Gage A-GA-139 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38

3-35. Differential Pressure Gage A-GA-117 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39

4-1. Starboard Profile Looking Inboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2

4-2. Bow On View Looking Aft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

6-1. Pressure Reducer Valve A-V-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2

6-2. Backpressure Regulating Valve (A-V-134) 1-1/2” IPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6

6-3. L P Air Switches E-F-32 and E-F-175 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xi


Figure Title Page

6-4. Pressure Reducer W-V-7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

6-5. Relief Valve W-V-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

6-6. Dome Pressure Gage W-GA-10 (Barton) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

7-1. SDRW Family Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1

8-1. Removing the Fairing Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8-2. Bolt Head Critical Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

8-3. Lock Wire Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-3

8-4. Removal of Sonar Dome Rubber Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5

8-5. SDRW Removal Without a Shipping/Installation Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7

8-6. Sample Form DD 1348-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10

8-7. Measurement of the Bead Seat Hardware for SDRW-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11

8-8. Dome Module Shelter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

8-9. Bead Seat Centerline Target Disk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-13

8-10. Bead Lip Perimeter Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

8-11. 24 Station Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

8-12. Station Targets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19

8-13. Cord Calipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

8-14. Reference Plane Template (Starboard Shown) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-23

8-15. Theodolite Platform Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25

8-16. Establishing Baseline Flat Reference Plane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-26

8-17. Instrument Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-28

8-18. Template Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-30

8-19. SDRW-1 & -1A Hardware Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-32

8-20. Bead Seat Fitting Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33

8-21. Fitting Tool Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35

8-22. Specifications for Fabrication of Bead Seat Casting Erection Brackets (Sheet 1 of 3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xii


Figure Title Page



8-23. Rubber Window Shown in Shipping Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-42

8-24. Installation with a Shipping/Installation Fixture (BFG 7S1020) . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-45

8-25. SDRW Fixture Opened to 17’6″ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-46

8-26. Rigging the S/I Fixture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-47

8-27. Moving the Fixture into Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-48

8-28. Clamping Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-50

8-29. Incorrect Method of Applying Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-51

8-30. Correct Method of Applying Force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-51

8-31. Removing Shipping Fixture from a Ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-55

8-32. Removing Shipping Fixture from a Ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-56

8-33. Load Instructions for Returning S/I Fixture Halves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-57

8-34. Torque Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-59

8-35. Leaks During the Soap & Air Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-60

8-36. Stopping Leak Around Bead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-60

8-37. Coupling Area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-62

8-38. Jacking the Bead out of the Bead Seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-63

8-39. Fairing Angle Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-66

8-40. SDRW-1 & -1A Fairing Angle Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-67

8-41. Positioning the Fairing Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-68

8-42. Installing Shim Strip at each Butt Joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-69

8-43. Fairing Angle Support Tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-71

8-44. Tee Bar Closure Plate Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-72

8-45. Installation of Fairing Closure Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-73

8-46. Closure Plate Foam Fill and Vent Holes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-74

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xiii


Figure Title Page

8-47. Closure Plate Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-75

8-48. Rubber Fairing Shelter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-77

8-49. Staging and Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-78

8-50. Rubber Repair and Fairing Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-80

8-51. Degree Tile Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-81

8-52. Batten Hollow Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-83

8-53. SDRW Dome Inspection Grid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-84

8-54. Form C-1. SDRW Dome Inspection Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-85




8-58. Form C-5. Example of Filled-out SDRW Dome Inspection Form . . . . . . . . . . . 8-89

8-59. Support Cradles for Depressurized Window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-93

8-60. Drydock Facilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-95

8-61. Installation Control Drawings (Sheet 1 of 13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-97









8-61. Installation Control Drawings (Sheet 10 of 13) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-115



S9165-AE-MMA-010

xiv


Figure Title Page


FO-1. Ship Locations of System Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-123

FO-2. Dome Control Station Air Valve Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-125

FO-3. Dome Control Station Water Valve Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-127

FO-4. Dome Control Station Gage Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-129

FO-5. Dome Control Panel E-PN-44 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-131

FO-6. Dome Status Panel E-PN-45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-133

FO-7. Airlock Passageway/Airlock Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-135

FO-8. SDRW Water/Air Pressurization and Dome Access Subsystems . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-137

FO-9. SDRW Rubber Window and Attachment Hardware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-139

FO-10. SDRW Sonar Bow Dome Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-141

FO-11. SDRW Air Pressurization Subsystem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-143

FO-12. SDRW Dome Water Fill/Pressurization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-145

FO-13. SDRW Dome Water Sweep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-147

FO-14. SDRW Audible Alarms Simplified Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-149

FO-15. SDRW Visual Alarms Simplified Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-151

FO-16. SDRW Electrical Control/Alarm Subsystem Cable Interconnection Diagram . . . . . 8-153

FO-17. SDRW Sound-Powered Phone X25J Simplified Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-155

FO-18. SDRW E-Call Bell System Simplified Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-157

FO-19. SDRW Audible Alarms Functional Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-159

FO-20. SDRW Visual Alarms Functional Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-161

FO-21. SDRW Eductor Solenoid Valve Control Functional Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-163

FO-22. SDRW Sonar Dome Portable Communications Panel E-PN-179 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-165

FO-23. SDRW Connection Panel E-PN-50 (Terminal Box) Wiring Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2) . 8-167

FO-23. SDRW ConnecTion Panel E-PN-50 (Terminal Box) Wiring Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2) . 8-169

FO-24. SDRW Dome Control Panel, E-PN-44, Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-171

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xv


Figure Title Page

FO-25. SDRW Dome Status Panel, E-PN-45. Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-173

FO-26. Dome Water Pressure Below Limit Fault Logic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-175

FO-27. Dome Air Pressure/Flow Below Limit Fault Logic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-177

FO-28. Dome Water Pressure Excessive Fault Logic Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-179

FO-29. Pressure Reducers W-V-7 & W-V-16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-181

FO-30. Relief Valve W-V-31 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-183

FO-31. Relief Valve A-V-122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-185

FO-32. Pressure Reducer A-V-119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-187

FO-33. 3/8″ CRL5M Pressure Relief Control With Union Ends (A-V-134) . . . . . . . . . . 8-189

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xvi

SAFETY SUMMARY

GENERAL SAFETY NOTICES

The following general safety notices supplement the specific warnings and cautions appearing elsewherein this manual. They are recommended precautions that must be understood and applied during operation andmaintenance of the equipment covered herein. Should situations arise that are not covered in the general or spe-cific safety precautions, the commanding officer or other authority will issue orders as deemed necessary to coverthe situation. No work shall be undertaken on energized equipment or circuits until approval of the commandingofficer is obtained, and then only in accordance with Naval Ships’ Technical Manual (NSTM) S9086-KC-STM-010/Chapter 300.

DO NOT REPAIR OR ADJUST ALONE

Under no circumstances shall repair or adjustment of energized equipment be attempted alone. The imme-diate presence of someone capable of rendering first aid is required. Before making adjustments, be sure to pro-tect against grounding. If possible, adjustments should be made with one hand, with the other hand free and clearof equipment. Even when power has been removed from equipment circuits, dangerous potentials may still existdue to retention of charges by capacitors. Circuits must be grounded and all capacitors discharged prior toattempting repairs. Equipment should be deenergized and properly tagged out according to the ship’s StandardOperating Procedures.

TEST EQUIPMENT

Make certain test equipment is in good condition. If a metal-cased test meter must be held, ground the caseof the meter before starting measurement. Do not touch live equipment or personnel working on live equipmentwhile holding a test meter. Do not ground any measuring devices; these devices should not be held when takingmeasurements.

INTERLOCKS

Interlocks are provided for safety of personnel and equipment and should be used only for the purposeintended. They should not be battle shorted or otherwise modified except by authorized maintenance personnel.Do not depend solely upon interlocks for protection. Whenever possible, disconnect power at the power distri-bution source.

MOVING EQUIPMENT

Personnel shall remain clear of moving equipment. If equipment requires adjustment while in motion, asafety watch shall be posted. The safety watch shall be qualified to administer CPR, have a full view of theoperations being performed, and have immediate access to controls capable of stopping equipment motion.

FIRST AID

An injury, no matter how slight, shall never go unattended. Always obtain first aid or medical attentionimmediately, and file an injury report in accordance with OPNAVINST 5102.1 series, subj: Mishap Investigationand Reporting.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xvii

SAFETY SUMMARY - Continued

RESUSCITATION

Personnel working with or near high voltage shall be familiar with approved methods of resuscitation.Should someone be injured and stop breathing, begin resuscitation immediately. A delay could cost the victim’slife. Resuscitation procedures shall be posted in all electrically hazardous areas.

GENERAL PRECAUTIONS

The following general precautions are to be observed at all times.

1. Install and ground all electrical components associated with this system/ equipment in accordancewith applicable Navy regulations and approved shipboard practices.

2. Ensure that all maintenance operations comply with Navy Occupational Safety and Health(NAVOSH) Program Manual for Forces Afloat, OPNAVINST 5100.19 series.

3. Observe precautions set forth in NSTM S9086-KC-STM-010/Chapter 300 with respect to electricalequipment and circuits.

4. Ensure that protective guards and shutdown devices are properly installed and maintained aroundrotating parts of machinery and high voltage sources.

5. Do not wear loose clothing while working around rotating parts of machinery.

6. Ensure that special precautionary measures are employed to prevent applying power to the system/equipment any time maintenance work is in progress.

7. Do not make any unauthorized alterations to equipment or components.

8. Before working on electrical system/equipment, use the correct tag out procedure and check withvoltmeter to ensure that system is not energized.

9. Consider all circuits not known to be ″dead,″ ″ live″ and dangerous at all times.

10. When working near electricity, do not use metal rules, flashlights, metallic pencils, or any otherobjects having exposed conducting material.

11. Deenergize all equipment before connecting or disconnecting meters or test leads.

12. When connecting a meter to terminals for measurement, use range higher than expected voltage.

13. Before operating equipment or performing any tests or measurements, ensure area is dry of water orother liquid conductive material and that frames of all motors and starter panels are securelygrounded.

14. Ensure that area is well-ventilated when using cleaning compound or solvent. Avoid prolongedbreathing of fumes and compound or solvent contact with skin or eyes.

WARNINGS AND CAUTIONS

Specific warnings and cautions applying to the system/equipment covered by this manual are summarizedbelow. These warnings and cautions appear elsewhere in the manual following paragraph headings and immedi-ately preceding the text to which they apply. They are repeated here for emphasis.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xviii

SAFETY SUMMARY - Continued

WARNING

DO NOT USE 115-VOLT POWER UNLESS THE SONAR DOME IS COM-PLETELY DRY. (Page 1-2)

WARNING

PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM OPERATOR WATCHSTATION MUST BEMANNED AT ALL TIMES WHEN PERSONNEL ARE IN PRESSURIZEDSONAR DOME. (Page 1-3)

WARNING

OPERATORS MUST BE THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL NOR-MAL AND EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURES TO ENSURESAFE AND EFFICIENT USE OF THE SDRW SYSTEM. (Page 2-1)

WARNING

ENSURE THAT ALL NONESSENTIAL USE OF LP AIR IS SECUREDWHEN PRESSURIZING THE DOME WITH LPAIR. (Page 2-10, page 2-10)

WARNING

IN ACCORDANCE WITH COMNAVSEASYSCOM MESSAGESP192003Z APRIL 1984, AND P030205Z AUGUST 1984, TO PREVENTTHE REMOTE POSSIBILITY OF A SONAR DOME RUBBER WINDOWCOLLAPSE DURING DOME ENTRY, THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONALSAFETY PRECAUTIONS ARE TO BE TAKEN PRIOR TO DOMEENTRY WHILE SHIPS ARE WATERBORNE:

DIVERS WILL CONDUCT AN UNDERWATER INSPECTION OF THESDRW EXTERIOR WHILE THE DOME IS PRESSURIZED WITHWATER TO 39.5 (+ 2, -0) PSIG. CHECK FOR UNUSUAL CHANGES INTHE SDRW CONTOUR INCLUDING BULGES, DEPRESSIONS, ANDVERTICAL CRACKS IN THE SPLICE REGION.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xix

IF THE FOREGOING UNDERWATER INSPECTION IS SATISFAC-TORY, PERSONNEL SHOULD PERFORM WATER-TO-AIR INTER-CHANGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE TECHNICALMANUAL OR TEST PROCEDURES. PRESSURIZE SONAR DOME TO22 PSIG WITH AIR, THEN DIVERS REINSPECT THE DOME EXTE-RIOR AND REPORT DEPRESSIONS, BULGES, AIR BUBBLES, ORVERTICAL CRACKS.

IF UNDERWATER INSPECTIONS ABOVE SHOW NO DISCREPAN-CIES, PERSONNEL ARE AUTHORIZED TO PROCEED WITH THEDOME ENTRY IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE MRC’S ORTEST PROCEDURES.

IF EITHER UNDERWATER INSPECTION ABOVE IDENTIFIES ANYDISCREPANCIES, THE DOME ENTRY SHOULD NOT BEATTEMPTED. NOTIFY NAVSEA IMMEDIATELY. UNDERWATERSDRW INSPECTION FOR DOME ENTRY SHALL COVER, AS A MINI-MUM, TWELVE FEET EACH SIDE OF THE SDRW CENTERLINEFROM UPPER TO LOWER STEEL AND RUBBER INTERFACE.

WATERBORNE DOME ENTRY IN SHIPS WITH KNOWN SPLICEDAMAGE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN PIERSIDE RADIOGRAPHYSHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED WITHOUT NAVSEA CONCURRENCEAND A NAVSEA TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE PRESENT.

ALL APPLICABLE MANDATORY SAFETY PRECAUTIONS MUST BEOBSERVED WHEN ANY TYPE WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED ON APRESSURIZED SYSTEM. THE SUPERVISOR SHALL MAKE SURETHAT ALL PERSONNEL ASSIGNED TO WORK AT CONTROLVALVES, GAGES AND SOUND POWER PHONES ARE THOROUGHLYFAMILIAR WITH THE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND THEAPPROPRIATE MEASURES TO BE TAKEN IN VARIOUS TYPES OFEMERGENCIES.

USE BYPASS VALVES WITH CARE AND DISCRETION. (Page 2-17)

WARNING

W-V-49 MUST BE MANNED DURING TEST OF E-F-32. SHUT VALVEW-V-49 IF DOME PRESSURE AS INDICATED ON W-GA-10 DROPSBELOW 11 PSIG. (Page 2-19, page 2-40)

WARNING

ENSURE AIR BEING SUPPLIED TO SONAR DOME IS NOT CONTAMI-NATED BY OUTSIDE INDUSTRIAL ACTIVITIES, SHIPBOARD PAINT-ING, OR ACCIDENTAL RELEASE OR SPILL OF SOLVENTS, ETC.(Page 2-22)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xx

WARNING

ENSURE AIRLOCK (5-28-0-T) COMPARTMENT MUST BE CERTIFIEDAS GAS FREE BEFORE ENTERING THIS SPACE. (Page 2-22)

WARNING

ENSURE THAT ALL NON-ESSENTIAL USE OF LP AIR IS SECUREDWHILE MEN ARE WORKING IN THE SONAR DOME. AIRLOCKMUST BE GAS FREE BEFORE ENTERING, AND ADEQUATE VENTI-LATION MUST BE PROVIDED WHILE MEN ARE WORKING INSIDE.ENSURE AIR HAS BEEN CIRCULATING IN DOME AT LEAST 4HOURS PRIOR TO DOME ENTRY. OPERATOR MUST BE PRESENTDURING INTERCHANGE. (Page 2-23)

WARNING

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEP WILL INITIATE PRES-SURIZATION OF THE AIRLOCK. TO MINIMIZE RISK OF PERSON-NEL INJURY, RATE OF PRESSURE INCREASE SHALL NOT EXCEED5 PSIG PER MINUTE DURING THE PRESSURIZATION PROCESS. IFANY DISCOMFORT IS EXPERIENCED AS A RESULT OF THE RATEOF PRESSURIZATION, THROTTLE VALVE A-V-138 AS NECESSARYTO ESTABLISH A RATE OF PRESSURIZATION AT WHICH PERSON-NEL CAN COMFORTABLY EQUALIZE PRESSURE IN INTERNALBODY CAVITIES. (Page 2-26)

WARNING

ENSURE SWITCH E-F-182 IS OFF. (Page 2-27)

WARNING

PERFORMANCE OF FOLLOWING STEP WILL INITIATE DEPRES-SURIZATION OF AIRLOCK. TO MINIMIZE RISK OF PERSONNELINJURY, RATE OF PRESSURE DECREASE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5PSIG PER MINUTE DURING THE DEPRESSURIZATION PROCE-DURE. IF ANY DISCOMFORT IS EXPERIENCED AS RESULT OF THERATE OF DEPRESSURIZATION, THROTTLE VALVE A-V-157 AS NEC-

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxi

ESSARY TO ESTABLISH A RATE OF DEPRESSURIZATION AT WHICHPERSONNEL CAN COMFORTABLY EQUALIZE PRESSURE IN INTER-NAL BODY CAVITIES. WHILE PRESSURE IS DECREASING, PERSON-NEL IN AIRLOCK SHALL BE WARNED TO BREATH NORMALLY. DONOT HOLD BREATH WHILE PRESSURE IS DECREASING. (Page 2-31)

WARNING

LP AIR PIPING IS CHARGED WITH PRESSURIZED AIR DURING THEFOLLOWING PROCEDURES. OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAU-TIONS. (Page 6-1)

WARNING

ENSURE SONAR DOME REMAINS PRESSURIZED AT REQUIREDLEVELS AT ALL TIMES DURING THE PERFORMANCE OF THESEPROCEDURES. ANY CHANGE IN VALVE POSITION REQUIRED TOMAINTAIN CORRECT SONAR DOME PRESSURE SHALL HAVE PRI-ORITY WHILE PERFORMING THIS PROCEDURE. (Page 6-10)

WARNING

REPAIR OF THE FOLLOWING LP AIR SUBSYSTEM COMPONENTSREQUIRES COMPLETE DEPRESSURIZATION OF THE LP AIR SUB-SYSTEM PRIOR TO REMOVAL OR DISASSEMBLY OF AIR CONTROLDEVICE. (Page 6-21)

WARNING

ENSURE AIR FILTER A-F-114 IS COMPLETELY DEPRESSURIZEDPRIOR TO DISASSEMBLY. VERIFY GAGES A-GA-109, A-GA-106, ANDA-GA-117 INDICATE ″0″ PSIG BEFORE PROCEEDING. (Page 6-22)

WARNING

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE REQUIRESISOLATION OF THE SONAR DOME FROM THE PRESSURIZATIONSYSTEM. THE SONAR DOME SHALL BE WATER FILLED AND PRES-

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxii

SURIZED AT 39.5 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGE W-GA-10 PRIOR TOCOMMENCING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE. INITIAL SDPSVALVE ALIGNMENT SHALL BE IAW TABLE 2-3 OF THIS TECHNI-CAL MANUAL. THE SONAR DOME PRESSURE SHALL BE MAIN-TAINED ABOVE 25.0 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGE W-GA-10 AT ALLTIMES DURING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE. ADDITIONALLY,LP AIR SHALL BE AVAILABLE AS AN ALTERNATE MEANS OFAPPLYING PRESSURE TO THE SONAR DOME AT ALL TIMES DUR-ING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE. (Page6-23, page 6-25, page 6-26)

WARNING

ENSURE SPRING TENSION IS RELEASED PRIOR TO VALVE DISAS-SEMBLY. FAILURE TO RELEASE SPRING TENSION MAY RESULT INPERSONNEL INJURY AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT. (Page 6-24, page6-25)

WARNING

THE USE OF ANY FLAME PRODUCING MATERIAL WITHIN THEPRESSURIZED ENVIRONMENT OF THE SONAR DOME OR AIR-LOCK IS PROHIBITED. (Page 6-28)

WARNING

MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL SHALL READ AND UNDERSTANDENTIRE PROCEDURE PRIOR TO INITIATING COMPONENTREPLACEMENT PROCEDURE. ALL WARNING AND CAUTIONSTATEMENTS SHALL BE OBSERVED AND FOLLOWED. (Page 6-29)

WARNING

WARNING IF E-F-32 IS TO BE REMOVED, DISCONNECT PLUG P8FROM TERMINAL BOX E-PN-50 (J8) PRIOR TO REMOVAL. (Page 6-33)

WARNING

PRESSURIZED WATER OR AIR IS PRESENT IN THIS SYSTEM.OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. (Page 6-33)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxiii

WARNING

WATER PRESSURIZED AT 150 PSIG IS PRESENT IN THIS SYSTEM.OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. (Page 6-34, page 6-36)

WARNING

IF E-F-14 AND/OR E-F-42 ARE TO BE REMOVED, DISCONNECTPLUGS P9 AND P10 FROM TERMINAL BOX E-PN-50 (J9 AND J10)PRIOR TO REMOVAL. (Page 6-34)

WARNING

IF E-F-29 IS TO BE REMOVED, DISCONNECT PLUG P11 FROM TER-MINAL BOX E-PN-50 (J11) PRIOR TO REMOVAL. (Page 6-35)

WARNING

115 VAC, 60 HZ ELECTRICAL POWER IS PRESENT IN THIS SYSTEM.OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. (Page 6-37)

WARNING

WHEN ARC-GOUGING, AN EXCESSIVE AMOUNT OF SMOKE ANDGASES WILL DEVELOP FROM THE VOID FILL FOAM. ALL CRAFTWORKERS SHOULD USE APPROPRIATE PROTECTIVE MASKS.(Page 8-1)

WARNING

DUE TO SMALL PIECES OF WIRE BEING THROWN OFF DURINGCUTTING, AND THE NEED TO AVOID CONTACT WITH NOFOUL,PROTECTIVE CLOTHING SHOULD BE WORN AT ALL TIMES. (Page8-8)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxiv

WARNING

PERFORM THIS PROCEDURE IN AN ISOLATED AREA ONLY. THOR-OUGH CLEANUP OF NOFOUL DUST IS REQUIRED. (Page 8-9)

WARNING

TO PRECLUDE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND DAMAGE TO THESDRW, THE APPLICATION OF INTERNAL PRESSURE TO THE SDRWWITHOUT ALL BEAD CLAMPS IN PLACE IS PROHIBITED. (Page 8-58)

WARNING

M.E.K. PEROXIDE CATALYST IS HIGHLY FLAMMABLE ANDPOTENTIALLY EXPLOSIVE. DO NOT STORE MORE THAN 100 LBS.IN ONE LOCATION. KEEP AWAY FROM FLAME, SPARKS, ANDWELDING. KEEP OUT OF DIRECT SUNLIGHT. (Page 8-90)

CAUTION

SDPS OPERATORS MUST BE THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALLNORMAL AND EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURES TOENSURE SAFE AND EFFICIENT USE OF THE SDPS. (Page 2-3)

CAUTION

WHEN IN DRYDOCK, DOME MUST BE PRESSURIZED WITH AIR TOPREVENT DAMAGE TO THE WINDOW.

WHEN DOCKSIDE, MINIMUM ALLOWABLE DOME TEST PRESSURESHALL BE 11 PSIG. DOME MUST BE PRESSURIZED AT ALL TIMESWHEN SHIP IS AFLOAT.

UNDERWAY AT SHIP’S SPEED GREATER THAN 5 KNOTS, OR A SEASTATE GREATER THAN 2, MINIMUM ALLOWABLE DOME PRES-SURE SHALL BE 25 PSIG.

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DOME TEST HYDROPRESSURE SHALL BE52 PSIG DURING INITIAL INSTALLATION. SUBSEQUENT DRYDOCKTEST PRESSURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 43 PSIG. (REFER TO CHAP-TER 8.)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxv

FOR SEAWATER PRESSURIZATION, VALVES W-V-1 AND W-V-5 MUSTBE OPEN, AND W-V-6 AND W-V-61 MUST BE CLOSED.

FOR FRESHWATER PRESSURIZATION, W-V-1 AND W-V-5 MUST BECLOSED, AND W-V-6 AND W-V-61 OPEN.

PRESSURE SHALL BE MONITORED AT ALL TIMES WHEN THE SHIPIS WATERBORNE AND THE DOME IS PRESSURIZED WITH AIR.(Page 2-3)

CAUTION

SDPS OPERATORS SHALL READ ENTIRE PROCEDURE BEFOREBEGINNING THE OPERATION. SDPS OPERATORS SHALL BECOMEAWARE IN ADVANCE OF EXPECTED INSTRUMENT AND ALARMINDICATIONS AND THEIR MEANINGS. SDPS OPERATORS SHALLBE AWARE OF ALTERNATE ACTIONS THAT MAY BE REQUIRED INRESPONSE TO INDICATIONS.

SDPS OPERATORS SHALL DOUBLE CHECK COMPONENT LABELPLATE DESIGNATOR BEFORE OPERATING COMPONENT. SDPSOPERATORS SHALL OBSERVE CORRECT GAGE OR COMPONENTINDICATIONS BEFORE CHANGING THE POSITION OF ANY SDPSVALVE HANDWHEEL OR COMPONENT.

NORMAL SONAR DOME OPERATING PRESSURE IS 39.5 PSIG.

TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO NUT PLATE AND ASSOCIATED SONARDOME MOUNTING HARDWARE, SONAR DOME PRESSURE MUSTNOT BE ALLOWED TO DROP BELOW 11.0 PSIG AS INDICATED ONGAGE W-GA-10 WHEN SHIP IS WATERBORNE.

WATER BYPASS VALVES W-V-3 AND W-V-17 AND AIR BYPASSVALVES A-V-107, A-V-131 AND A-V-147 ARE LOCKED CLOSED DUR-ING ALL PHASES OF SDPS OPERATION. ADDITIONALLY EDUCTORVALVES W-V-22 AND W-V-49 ARE LOCKED CLOSED AND DC-V-95,DC-V-96, DC-101 AND DC-V102 ARE LOCKED OPENED. THESEVALVES ARE USED ONLY WHEN PROCEDURES DICTATE OR WHENAUTOMATIC CONTROLS WITHIN THE SDPS MALFUNCTION.IMPROPER USE OF BYPASS VALVES COULD RESULT IN INJURY TOPERSONNEL AND DAMAGE TO THE SONAR DOME. (Page 2-5)

CAUTION

DOUBLE CHECK VALVE LABEL PLATE DESIGNATION AGAINSTNEXT PROCEDURAL STEP BEFORE MOVING HANDWHEEL TO

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxvi

ENSURE CORRECT VALVE OPERATION. OBSERVE CORRECT GAGEOR INDICATOR FOR REQUIRED INDICATION BEFORE MOVINGVALVE HANDWHEEL. (Page 2-10)

CAUTION

SONAR DOME SUPPORT SLINGS, IF INSTALLED, MUST BESLACKED OFF PRIOR TO PRESSURIZING SONAR DOME. DAMAGETO SONAR DOME WILL RESULT IF SUPPORT SLINGS ARE NOTSLACKED OFF. (Page 2-11)

CAUTION

DOME CONTROL STATION TO BE MANNED AT ALL TIMES. (Page2-12, page 2-17, page 2-38)

CAUTION

THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES ARE NECESSARY TO ENSUREAUTOMATIC OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF DOME PRES-SURE WITH FIREMAIN AFTER FRESHWATER FILL. (Page 2-15)

CAUTION

IF AT SEA, SHIP’S SPEED MUST BE LESS THAN FIVE KNOTS ANDSEA STATE 2 OR LESS. (Page 2-18, page 2-39)

CAUTION

LIMIT THE USE OF EDUCTOR W-F-13 TO SWEEPING RESIDUALWATER FROM SONAR DOME WHILE PRESSURIZED WITH AIR. ANYOTHER OPERATION OF EDUCTOR SHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTEDDUE TO RISK OF COLLAPSING THE SONAR DOME. (Page 2-18)

CAUTION

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEPS WILL RESULT IN ADECREASE OF SONAR DOME PRESSURE. THROTTLE VALVEW-V-27 AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE SONAR DOME PRESSURE DOESNOT DROP BELOW 12.5 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGE W-GA-10.(Page 2-18, page 2-39)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxvii

CAUTION

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEPS WILL RESULT IN ADECREASE OF SONAR DOME PRESSURE. THROTTLE VALVEW-V-27 AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE SONAR DOME PRESSURE DOESNOT DROP BELOW 12.0 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGES W-GA-10AND A-GA-167. (Page 2-20, page 2-41)

CAUTION

WATER AND AIR BOARDS AT DOME CONTROL STATION (0.5-28-0-Q)MUST BE MANNED AT ALL TIMES DURING PERFORMANCE OFTHIS PROCEDURE. GAGE W-GA-10 MUST BE MONITORED CON-TINUOUSLY DURING WATER TO AIR INTERCHANGE PROCEDURE.(Page 2-21, page 2-42)

CAUTION

DOME CONTROL STATION TO BE MANNED AT ALL TIMES.

SONAR DOME ENTRY SHALL BE PERFORMED IAW NAVY SAFETYPRECAUTIONS FOR FORCES AFLOAT PER OPNAVINST 5100SERIES. COMPLIANCE WITH ADDITIONAL PROCEDURAL ANDADMINISTRATIVE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AS DOCUMENTED INFIGURE 2-1 AND TABLE 2-8 IS MANDATORY. (Page 2-23)

CAUTION

WHEN THE SONAR DOME IS DEWATERED AND PRESSURIZED ONAIR, GAGE W-GA-10 IS THE PRIMARY INDICATOR OF INTERNALSONAR DOME PRESSURE. INTERNAL SONAR DOME PRESSUREALSO IS INDICATED ON GAGES A-GA-167, A-GA-136 AND A-GA-133.WHEN THE SONAR DOME IS PRESSURIZED BY AIR, THE INDICA-TIONS OF ALL FOUR GAGES SHOULD BE IDENTICAL AT ALLTIMES (+/- 1 PSIG). IF THE INDICATION OF ANY ONE OF THE FOURGAGES DOES NOT AGREE WITH THE REMAINING GAGE INDICA-TIONS, THE PARTICULAR GAGE MUST BE CONSIDERED SUSPECTAND IS TO BE DISREGARDED. THE REMAINING GAGES THENBECOME THE PRIMARY INDICATORS OF INTERNAL SONAR DOMEPRESSURE. (Page 2-24)

CAUTION

IF AIRLOCK PASSAGEWAY-TO-AIRLOCK HATCH IS FOUND DEFEC-TIVE DURING INSPECTION, DO NOT PROCEED FURTHER WITHDOME ENTRY UNTIL NECESSARY REPAIRS HAVE BEEN ACCOM-PLISHED. (Page 2-25)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxviii

CAUTION

IF AIRLOCK-TO-DOME HATCH IS FOUND DEFECTIVE DURINGINSPECTION, DO NOT PROCEED FURTHER WITH DOME ENTRYUNTIL NECESSARY REPAIRS HAVE BEEN ACCOMPLISHED (Page2-27)

CAUTION

THE SONAR DOME SHALL NORMALLY BE FILLED WITH FRESH-WATER. FRESHWATER IS USED TO MINIMIZE THE CORROSIVEEFFECTS OF SALTWATER ON SDPS COMPONENTS AND EQUIP-MENTS INSTALLED WITHIN THE SONAR DOME. THE USE OFFRESHWATER SHALL BE WAIVED WHEN SHIP IS OPERATING INEXTREMELY COLD CLIMATES. SALTWATER SHALL BE USED INLIEU OF FRESHWATER TO PREVENT FREEZING. (Page 2-38)

CAUTION

IF FRESHWATER-TO-SEAWATER INTERCHANGE MUST BE PER-FORMED AT SEA, SHIP’S SPEED MUST BE FIVE KNOTS OR LESSAND SEA STATE 2 OR LESS. (Page 2-38)

CAUTION

TABLES 2-10 AND 2-11 CONTAIN PROCEDURES FOR ALL PREDICT-ABLE SDPS ALARM CONDITIONS AND COMPONENT MALFUNC-TIONS. IT IS EMPHASIZED THAT ANY ALARM CONDITION ORCOMPONENT MALFUNCTION MUST BE THOROUGHLY INVESTI-GATED BEFORE ANY CORRECTIVE ACTION IS UNDERTAKEN.ONLY TRAINED PERSONNEL WHO ARE KNOWLEDGEABLE OF ALLASPECTS OF THE OPERATION AND FUNCTION OF THE SDPSSHALL TAKE CORRECTIVE ACTIONS DURING AN ALARM SITUA-TION.

ALL PROCEDURES ARE TO BE PERFORMED PROMPTLY UPONACTIVATION OF VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARMS. APPRAISAL OFALARMS SHALL BE MADE BY CONDUCTING COORDINATED GAGEREADINGS AT THE DOME CONTROL STATION (DCS).

SIMULTANEOUS ALARMS ARE RECEIVED AT THE DOME CON-TROL STATION (DCS), SONAR CONTROL AND DMS. (Page 2-46)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxix

CAUTION

SDRW MUST BE PRESSURIZED WITH AIR WHILE SHIP IS IN DRY-DOCK. REFER TO CHAPTER 2 FOR PROCEDURES. (Page 4-3)

CAUTION

DIVERS MUST EXERCISE CARE WHEN TOUCHING A DOME WITHSTEEL WIRES EXPOSED. (Page 4-4)

CAUTION

DOME PRESSURIZATION MUST BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMESWHEN THE SHIP IS AFLOAT. IF AN EMERGENCY CONDITIONEXISTS, REFER TO EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURES OFCHAPTER 2. (Page 5-1)

CAUTION

ENSURE SONAR DOME REMAINS WATER FILLED AND PRESSUR-IZED AT REQUIRED LEVELS AT ALL TIMES DURING THE PERFOR-MANCE OF THESE PROCEDURES. (Page 6-1)

CAUTION

ANY CHANGE IN VALVE POSITION REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN COR-RECT DOME PRESSURE HAS PRIORITY WHILE PERFORMING THISPROCEDURE. (Page 6-2, page 6-13)

CAUTION

ANY CHANGE IN VALVE POSITION REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN COR-RECT DOME PRESSURE, HAS PRIORITY WHILE PERFORMINGTHIS PROCEDURE. (Page 6-3, page 6-5, page 6-7, page 6-10, page 6-12)

CAUTION

OPENING BYPASS VALVE A-V-147 CAUSES PRESSURE AT RELIEFVALVE A-V-122 TO INCREASE RAPIDLY. DO NOT ALLOW A-GA-123INDICATION TO EXCEED 29 PSIG. (Page 6-4)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxx

CAUTION

STEPS OF THIS PROCEDURE REQUIRE THAT DOME PRESSURE BELOWERED TO 12 PSIG. ANY CHANGE IN VALVE POSITIONS DUE TOEMERGENCY OPERATION HAS PRIORITY. (Page 6-9)

CAUTION

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEPS WILL RESULT IN ADECREASE OF SONAR DOME PRESSURE. THROTTLE VALVEW-V-27 AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE SONAR DOME PRESSURE DOESNOT DROP BELOW 12.0 AS INDICATED ON GAGES W-GA-10 ANDA-GA-167. (Page 6-9)

CAUTION

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE WILL ISOLATETHE SONAR DOME FROM THE PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM.ENSURE SONAR DOME PRESSURE REMAINS ABOVE 25 PSIG ASINDICATED ON W-GA-10 AT ALL TIMES DURING THE PERFOR-MANCE OF THIS PROCEDURE. (Page 6-11, page 6-12, page 6-14)

CAUTION

OPENING W-V-17 INCREASES DOME PRESSURE RAPIDLY. DO NOTALLOW DOME PRESSURE, AS INDICATED ON W-GA-10, TO EXCEED48 PSIG. (Page 6-16)

CAUTION

TO BE PERFORMED DOCKSIDE ONLY. DOME WILL BE PRESSUR-IZED WITH WATER DURING THIS PROCEDURE. THE DOME PRES-SURE WILL NOT BE AUTOMATICALLY MAINTAINED (DC-V-96CLOSED). THEREFORE, PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE PROCEDURE,ENSURE THAT SHIP’S LOW PRESSURE AIR SERVICE IS AVAILABLETO THE SDRW SYSTEM AND THAT THE AIR CONTROL VALVES ARESET ACCORDING TO TABLE 2-2. THIS WILL ALLOW THE IMMEDI-ATE APPLICATION OF AIR TO THE DOME IF THE WATER PRES-SURE SHOULD DROP TO LESS THAN 22 PSIG DURING THE PROCE-DURE. (Page 6-35)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxxi

CAUTION

CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN NOT TO DAMAGE THE BOLT HEADSTHAT HOLD DOWN THE BEAD SEAT CLAMPS AND THE SOCKETHEAD CAPSCREWS THAT HOLD THE FAIRING ANGLE TO THERUBBER WINDOW NUT PLATES. (SEE FIGURE 8-2.) (Page 8-2)

CAUTION

ENSURE CASTING HAS AN ADEQUATE GROUND BEFORE WELD-ING TO AVOID DAMAGE TO CHAINFALLS, AND SO FORTH. (Page8-33)

CAUTION

DO NOT COMPLETE WELDING WITH BRACES IN PLACE.RESIDUAL STRESSES MAY CAUSE THE BEAD SEAT TO WARP OUTOF SHAPE AND OUT OF TOLERANCE. USE CONTROLLED WELD-ING PROCEDURES. PREVENT CONCENTRATED (LOCAL) WELD-ING. CHECK MEASUREMENTS PERIODICALLY TO ENSURE THATBEAD SEAT ASSEMBLY IS CORRECTLY POSITIONED AND IS NOTMIGRATING OUT OF TOLERANCE. (Page 8-40)

CAUTION

DO NOT REMOVE ANY S/I FIXTURE HINGE PINS PRIOR TO INSTAL-LATION. THE SDRW AND S/I FIXTURE WILL OPEN TO THEDESIRED 17 FEET 6 INCHES (PER FIGURE 8-25) WITH ALL HINGEPINS IN PLACE. SEVERE DAMAGE TO THE FIXTURE AND SDRWCAN OCCUR IF THE PINS ARE REMOVED. (Page 8-46)

CAUTION

DO NOT ATTACH A CLEVIS, CABLES, OR CHAINFALLS TO THE AFTFRAME MOUNTING HOLES. THE HOLES ARE DESIGNED FORMOUNTING THE AFT SHIPPING BRACKETS. (Page 8-47)

CAUTION

DO NOT HIT THE TRANSDUCER ELEMENTS OR THE BAFFLEWHILE POSITIONING THE WINDOW. (Page 8-48)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxxii

CAUTION

THE S/I FIXTURE TAIL SECTIONS WILL MOVE INBOARD; DO NOTHIT THE BAFFLE PLATE. (Page 8-48)

CAUTION

DO NOT PERMIT THE LOWER BEAD TO RIDE ON TOP OF THECASTINGS. WOODEN WEDGES CAN BE USED TO ASSIST IN PRE-VENTING THIS. IF IT DOES OCCUR, THE BEAD MUST BE FORCEDDOWN AROUND THE SEAT BY USE OF HYDRAULIC ″JAWS″ ORJACKS, OR, WITH CAUTION, USE OF A PRYING DEVICE. USE CARENOT TO DAMAGE THE RUBBER BEAD. (Page 8-49)

CAUTION

WHILE INSTALLING CLAMPS, REMOVAL OF FAIRING ADAPTORPLATES IS ESSENTIAL. USING THIS PROCEDURE WILL PREVENTDANGEROUSLY HIGH LOCAL STRESSES. EXCESSIVE STRESSESAPPLIED TO THE WINDOW VIA THE FAIRING ADAPTOR PLATESMAY CAUSE SERIOUS DAMAGE TO THE RUBBER. SEE FIGURES8-29 AND 8-30 FOR EXAMPLES OF INCORRECT AND CORRECTAPPLICATION OF FORCE. (Page 8-49)

CAUTION

BE ABSOLUTELY CERTAIN THAT ALL CLAMPS ARE PROPERLY INPLACE BEFORE PRESSURIZING, OR WHILE THE SDRW IS PRES-SURIZED. IT IS POSSIBLE TO INFLICT CATASTROPHIC DAMAGETO THE SDRW IF THE CLAMPS ARE NOT INSTALLED. (Page 8-61)

CAUTION

THE DOME MUST NEVER BE DEPRESSURIZED WHEN FILLEDWITH WATER IN DRYDOCK. (Page 8-64)

CAUTION

AIR PRESSURE OF 14 (+/-1) PSIG MUST BE SUPPLIED TO THE DOMEAS WATER IS BEING REMOVED. (Page 8-65)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxxiii

CAUTION

DO NOT ALLOW EXCESSIVE HEAT BUILDUP OR ALLOW WELDSPATTER TO STRIKE THE RUBBER. (Page 8-70)

CAUTION

DO NOT FOUL THE SOCKET HEADS OF THE BOLTS WITH WELD.(Page 8-70)

CAUTION

AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE CLOSURE PLATES, IF THE DOMEMUST BE DEPRESSURIZED FOR ANY REASON, SUPPORT STRAPSSHALL BE INSTALLED IF IT IS ESTIMATED THE DOME WILL BEDEPRESSURIZED FOR MORE THAN 72 HOURS. (Page 8-75)

CAUTION

COVER UPPER HALF OF WINDOW PERIPHERY WITH POLYETHYL-ENE FILM, HEAVY PAPER, OR OTHER PROTECTIVE MATERIAL TOPROTECT RUBBER DURING FOAMING. FOAMING CHEMICALSMAY DAMAGE RUBBER. (Page 8-90)

CAUTION

THE SUPPORT CRADLES ARE DESIGNED TO FIT AGAINST ANSDRW PRESSURIZED WITH 15 PSIG AIR, AND SUPPORT ANUNPRESSURIZED DOME. WHEN PRESSURIZING THE SDRW WITHWATER, BE SURE TO SLACK OFF THE SUPPORT CRADLES AWAYFROM DOME SURFACE. (Page 8-94)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

xxxiv

CHAPTER 1

GENERAL INFORMATION AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

1-1. SAFETY INFORMATION.

All safety precautions necessary for the protection of personnel and the ship are presented in a summaryahead of the general introduction to the technical system.

1-1.1 SAFETY NOTICES. Specific safety notices are strategically located throughout the technical manualwhere required. Safety notices consist of WARNING notices, CAUTION notices and NOTES as defined below:

a. A WARNING statement is used to call particular attention to a step in a procedure which, if not strictly fol-lowed, could result in serious injury or death of personnel.

b. A CAUTION statement is used to call particular attention to a step in a procedure which, if not strictly fol-lowed, could result in damage to, or destruction of equipment.

c. WARNING and CAUTION statements immediately precede the text of those procedural steps where failureto strictly follow the particular step of a procedure would be likely to result in personal injury or death ordamage to or destruction of equipment.

d. NOTES are intended to highlight information which is applicable to a particular procedure but may not beapparent in the material presented.

1-1.2 SAFETY DEVICES. Safety Devices are intended to prevent injury to personnel or damage to equipment.The following safety devices are required to be installed in the Sonar Dome Pressurization System (SDPS).

a. Protective Caps: Protective Caps cover the adjustment mechanisms of all pressure regulating devices and reliefvalves. They are intended to prevent any inadvertent adjustment being made to the component. ProtectiveCaps are installed on pressure reducers W-V-7 and W-V-16, relief valve W-V-31 and backpressure regulatorvalve A-V-134.

b. Locking Devices: Locking Devices disable the handwheel on various valves. This is done to prevent acciden-tal opening or closing of the valve. Locking Devices are required on the following valves; W-V-3, W-V-17,W-V-22, W-V-49, DC-V-95, DC-V-96, DC-V-101, DC-V-102, A-V-107, A-V-131, A-V-146 and A-V-147.

c. Warning Placards: Warning Placards alert maintenance personnel to a potentially hazardous condition whichmay exist. In most instances, they are mounted directly on the component which may present a hazard whenproper operational procedures are not followed.

1-1.3 ELECTRICAL SAFETY. All electrical safety precautions must be observed. The electrical/alarm sub-system of the SDPS utilizes voltages which are dangerous and may be fatal if contacted by maintenance person-nel. While every practical precaution has been incorporated in the SDPS electrical/alarm subsystem, the follow-ing guidance must be observed.

a. KEEP AWAY FROM LIVE CIRCUITS: Operating personnel must at all times observe all safety regulations.Do not change components or make adjustments on equipments with the voltage supply ON. Under certain

S9165-AE-MMA-010

1-1

conditions dangerous potentials may exist in circuits with power controls in the OFF position due to chargesretained by capacitors. To avoid casualties, always remove power, tag out power source and discharge andground circuits prior to touching them.

b. DO NOT SERVICE OR ADJUST ALONE: Under no circumstances should any person reach within or enterelectrical panels for the purpose of servicing or adjusting without immediate presence or assistance of anotherperson capable of rendering aid.

c. DO NOT TAMPER WITH INTERLOCKS: Do not depend upon panel door switches or interlocks for protec-tion; always deenergize equipment. Under no circumstances should any protective cover or safety interlockswitch be removed, short circuited, or tampered with in any way, by anyone other than authorized personnel.

d. MORE THAN ONE SOURCE of 115 VAC electrical power is present in the SDPS electrical/Alarm sub-system. See Figure FO-16 for power source locations.

e. In general, USE ONLY ONE HAND when servicing energized equipment.

f. High Voltages MAY BE PRESENT across terminals that are normally low voltage, due to equipment failure.

g. Do not use test equipment known to be in poor condition.

h. RESUSCITATION: An approved PLACARD illustrating the procedures for resuscitation by mouth-to-mouthmethod shall be prominently displayed in each space with electrical enclosures.

1-1.4 SONAR DOME ENTRY SAFETY PRECAUTIONS. When any type of work is to be performed in thehyperbaric environment (elevated pressure) of the Sonar Dome, the procedures and safety precautions in NAV-SHIPSYSCOM letter Serial 47-PMS387-G of 23 June 1972 on ″Safety Requirements For Work Associated WithThe Pressurized AN/SQS-26 Sonar Dome Rubber Window″, as amended by NAVSEASYSCOM letter Serial63/070 of 5 May 1989, shall be followed. Additionally, the medical aspects of hyperbaric safety are highlightedin the Naval Experimental Diving Unit (NEDU) letter 5100, Serial 229 of 18 April 1972, as amended. The fol-lowing is an itemized summary of these letters.

a. The Supervisor shall ensure that all personnel who are assigned to work in the pressurized environment, aswell as those on watch at control valves, gages, and phones, are thoroughly familiar with the operatinginstructions and the appropriate measures to be taken in various types of emergencies (Chapter 2).

WARNING

DO NOT USE 115-VOLT POWER UNLESS THE SONAR DOME IS COM-PLETELY DRY.

b. Battery powered portable lighting shall be made available and used at all times in the pressurized sonar dome.When using 115 Volt power, only approved, inspected and waterproof equipment shall be used.

c. The maximum number of personnel to be admitted into the pressurized sonar dome, and normally only threeare necessary, shall not exceed the number of personnel who can enter or exit through the airlock at any onetime. This includes the person who will remain in the airlock to maintain communication with personnel inthe sonar dome. Upon completion of work within the pressurized sonar dome, the last two persons shall leavetogether on the last exit from the sonar dome.

d. In case of any malfunction with the electrical and/or the LP air pressurization subsystems, personnel shall exitthe sonar dome via the airlock in an orderly manner and remain outside the sonar dome until normal operat-ing conditions have been restored.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

1-2

e. Supervisor shall ensure that the sonar transmitter power supply and underwater telephone are deenergized andtagged prior to entering the dome.

f. Supervisor shall ensure that all support equipment (LP air compressors, electrical supply system, etc.) areproperly tagged to preclude accidental interference.

g. A qualified forecastle watch shall be established prior to personnel entering the pressurized sonar dome. Theforecastle watch shall take appropriate action(s) to keep all moving ships and floating objects away from thebow area while personnel are in the sonar dome. The forecastle watch shall be in continuous communicationwith the pressurization system operator in sonar dome control, sonar dome, sonar dome passageway and air-lock utilizing sound power circuit designated as X25J.

h. During sonar dome entry the diving flag (alpha) shall be displayed by the ship performing the entry.

i. The adjacent ships in a berth shall be prohibited from active sonar transmission.

j. Smoking or the use of open flame in the pressurized environment of the sonar dome is strictly prohibited.

k. The use of any flammable material within the pressurized sonar dome is strictly prohibited.

WARNING

PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM OPERATOR WATCHSTATION MUST BEMANNED AT ALL TIMES WHEN PERSONNEL ARE IN PRESSURIZEDSONAR DOME.

l. At least one of the personnel assigned to work in the pressurized sonar dome shall be in constant communi-cation with the pressurization system operator at all times. The pressurization system operator watchstationshall be manned at all times when personnel are in the pressurized sonar dome.

m. The Supervisor shall check the source of the input air to LP compressors prior to personnel entering the pres-surized sonar dome. Supervisor shall ensure that the air being supplied to the sonar dome is not contaminatedby outside industrial activities, shipboard painting, or accidental spill or release of solvents, fuels, etc.

1-1.5 MEDICAL ASPECTS OF HYPERBARIC SAFETY. When entering the Sonar Dome Rubber Window(SDRW) the internal pressure is maintained at two atmospheres (14 psig). Because the internal pressure is higherthan normal atmospheric pressure (1 atmosphere = 0 psig), the inside of the Sonar Dome is considered a ″Hyper-baric Environment″. The internal pressure of the SDRW is equivalent to the pressure experienced when sub-merged in 33 feet of water. The U.S. Navy Diving Manual NAVSEA SS521-AG-PRO-010 provides importantinformation regarding the effects of increased pressure on the human body and the causes, symptoms and pre-vention of decompression sickness.

NOTE

The U.S. Navy Diving Manual, NAVSEA SS521-AG-PRO-010, Provides Spe-cific Information on the Causes, Symptoms and Prevention of DecompressionSickness.

a. General. Numerous hazards are inherent when working in a hyperbaric environment. Personnel with colds

S9165-AE-MMA-010

1-3

or respiratory diseases, or those having a history of ear trouble, shall not be assigned to work in the hyper-baric environment even though previously approved from a physical standpoint.

b. Effects of Pressure Applied Equally to All Parts of the Body. The body is capable of withstanding very largepressures because it is entirely (with the exception of its air spaces) made up of fluids and solids which areessentially incompressible and therefore freely transmit pressure.

c. Effects of Pressure Applied Unequally. If, for any reason, one or more of the rigid air spaces in the bodyis prevented from equalizing with the outside pressure, damage may result. A pressure as small as one poundper square inch can begin to alter the normal shape of tissues by causing congestion, swelling, and bleedingof the tissues. If the pressure difference is allowed to continue and increase, then actual destruction of the tis-sues, as well as pain and shock, could result.

d. Indirect Effects of Pressure (physiological). As you increase the pressure of air, the partial pressure of eachcomponent gas is increased. The increase in the partial pressures will have two types of effects. The first effectwill be that the total amount of gas in solution in the body will increase. This will cause problems as the pres-sure is decreased. The excess gas in solution may leave the solution as bubbles. These bubbles of gases causedecompression sickness. The second type of effect comes on with gases (such as oxygen, nitrogen, and car-bon dioxide) which not only go into solution, but have specific actions on the body. These actions are notnoticeable under ordinary conditions; however, they will increase (sometimes causing nitrogen narcosis andoxygen poisoning) when the pressure is sufficiently increased.

e. Effects of Pressure During Descent. (Increase in pressure.)

(1) Middle Ear Squeeze. The eardrum is located between the external ear canal and the middle ear space.The eardrum completely isolates these two areas from each other. As pressure is applied to the body, theouter eardrum surface is subjected to this same pressure. To counterbalance this increase in pressure, airmust pass through a narrow tube (the eustachian) between the middle ear space and throat. Should thistube become blocked by mucus or an overgrowth, the equalization cannot take place and severe pain willresult. If pressure continues to increase, actual rupture of the eardrum will occur. Also, since the bloodvessels will transmit the full external pressure and the internal pressure of the middle ear is lower, hem-orrhage of the middle ear may occur before the eardrum ruptures. Returning to normal pressure will bringimmediate relief. Very often, a slight blockage of the eustachian tube can be overcome by holding the noseand lips tightly and exerting inside pressure by forced expiration (Valsalva Maneuver). Yawning, swallow-ing, and movement of the jaw may also be helpful in opening the eustachian tubes.

(2) Sinus Squeeze. All sinuses are located within hollow spaces in the skullbone. These cavities are linedwith a mucous membrane continuous with that of the nasal cavity. If any of the sinuses are blocked bymucous or tissue growths, pain will soon be experienced in the obstructed area when pressure is applied.The situation will become very much like that described for the middle ear. Unless damage has alreadyoccurred, the return to normal pressure will bring about relief.

(3) Tooth Squeeze. Tooth squeeze results when a small pocket of trapped gas has been generated by decayor is lodged under a poorly-fitted or cracked filling. If this pocket of gas is completely isolated, the pulpof the tooth or the tissues in the tooth socket can be sucked into the space causing pain. If additional gasenters the tooth during descent and does not vent during ascent, the tooth may explode.

f. Effects of Pressure During Ascent. (Decrease in pressure.)

(1) Air Embolism. This problem is a result of the expansion of the air inside the lungs. The immediatecause is holding the breath during ascent. For example, if an individual ascends to the surface from 33feet (15 psig), the air within the lungs will expand to two times its original volume. If this expanding airfills the lungs completely and is not allowed to escape, a pressure is built up within the lungs which isgreater than the pressure surrounding the chest. This pressure overexpands the lung and ruptures its airsacs and blood vessels. IT IS AN ABSOLUTE RULE TO BREATHE NORMALLY AND CONTINU-ALLY DURING ASCENT.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

1-4

(2) Overexpansion of the Stomach and Intestine. While a person is under two atmospheres of pressure, gasformation may take place in their intestines, or air may be swallowed and trapped in their stomach. Dur-ing ascent, this trapped gas expands and occasionally causes discomfort. This may cause them to stop theascent until it can be expelled. Continued ascent in spite of marked discomfort may result in actual harm.Chewing of gum can cause air to be swallowed and will not be allowed.

g. Symptoms of Decompression Sickness.

(1) Symptoms of decompression sickness (DCS) may occur any time from 0 to 24 hours after hyperbaricexposure (or longer if exposed to altitude). It is vital that all personnel working in pressurized sonar domesbe familiar with symptoms of DCS and if a sonar dome is suspected of having decompression sickness,the person should receive immediate medical evaluation and treatment including oxygen. A diving medi-cal officer or other physician with training and experience in diving conditions should be consulted. Theonly acceptable treatment for suspected decompression sickness is recompression in a treatment chamber.Oxygen should be continued during transfer, and should be given at the highest available concentration,preferably 100 per cent.

(2) In the event of a medical emergency and the local Diving Supervisor or Diving Medical Officer are notavailable, the following Commands may be contacted for diving related medical assistance:

Primary:

Navy Experimental Diving Unit321 Bullfinch Road

Panama City, FL 32407-7015Commercial (850)230-3100 or (850)235-1668 DSN 436-4351

Secondary:

Navy Diving Salvage Training Center (NDSTC)350 South Craig Road

Panama City, FL 32407-7015Commercial (850) 234-4651, DSN 436-4651

h. Training. The safety superintendent will conduct mandatory training lectures concerning the aspects ofworking under two atmospheres of pressure. These lectures will, as a minimum, include all the informationcontained in this article of the Safety Manual. Department heads and office heads will ensure that all person-nel have completed this mandatory training prior to working in a pressurized dome.

i. Physical Examinations. Those personnel who will be working in the pressurized sonar domes must have aphysical examination (for persons working under pressure) every one to three years, depending on age. Thisexamination will be conducted in accordance with Article 15-36 of the Manual of the Medical Department.Individuals are encouraged to report any symptoms or condition which might interfere with or prevent themfrom entering the pressurized dome. An individual who, for any reason, seriously desires not to enter the pres-surized dome will not be required to do so.The medical officer must ensure that an individual is fit to enter the pressurized dome. Therefore, the indi-vidual’s immediate supervisor must, just prior to entry, determine by inquiry of the individual, if any of thefollowing conditions exist:

(1) The individual feels unfit.

(2) The individual has any degree of alcoholic intoxication or evidence of its after-effects.

(3) The individual has any respiratory or middle ear diseases.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

1-5

(4) The individual has any external ear infection.

(5) The individual is pregnant, or believes that she may be pregnant.

j. Time Limitations. One-Time Entries. According to the U.S. Navy Diving Manual, a person may be subjectedto pressures of up to 15.58 psig for up to 310 minutes without having to undergo any decompression stops onthe way back to 0 psig. In order to ensure that there is no reason for decompression stops, PERSONNELWILL BE LIMITED TO 240 MINUTES UNDER 14 PSIG OF PRESSURE IN THE SONAR DOME.

(1) Repetitive Entries. The maximum elapsed time allowed in the dome under pressure is 240 MINUTESREGARDLESS OF ANY SURFACE INTERVALS . Elapsed time is defined as a continuous 240 minuteperiod which commences with pressurization. Personnel may enter or leave the pressurized dome as manytimes as required during this 240 minute period. A minimum of 12 hours of surface time must elapse aftercompletion of a 240 minute period before any additional dome entry is allowed.

(2) Further Exposure to Decompression. Experience in long duration pressure exposure such as a 240minute period has revealed a potential for decompression sickness, especially if followed by furtherdecompression from sea level to altitude. Therefore, to avoid the risk of precipitating decompression sick-ness, personnel must wait 24 hours after any pressure exposure before flying.

(3) Over pressurization. If over pressurization (greater that 15 psig) occurs at any time during sonar domeentry, then the dive shall be terminated and personnel should report to the Medical Department. The localDiving Supervisor should be contacted if time limits are exceeded or any symptoms of decompressionsickness occur.

(4) The local Diving Supervisor and the recompression chamber watch should be contacted prior to attempt-ing any pressurized sonar dome entry. The supervisors should be appraised that ship’s force will be work-ing in a pressurized sonar dome (hyperbaric environment) and the availability of a recompression cham-ber should be confirmed.

k. Recording Sonar Dome Entries. A permanent record (diving log) shall be maintained for all sonar domeentries. The form SONAR DOME ENTRY (DIVE) REPORT (Figure 2-3), provides a format for the generaldiving log. Personnel shall make copies of this form directly from the technical manual. A form shall be com-pleted, and forwarded to NSWCCD-SSES (Code 924) for each individual completing a sonar dome entry.Individuals entering the sonar dome should retain a personal copy of this report.

(1) Sonar Dome Entry mishaps shall be reported in accordance with OPNAVINST 5102.1C.

1-2. INTRODUCTION.

This technical manual contains the minimum safety precautions and information necessary for the properoperation, maintenance and logistic support of the Sonar Dome Pressurization System (SDPS). This technicalmanual is applicable to DDG 51 class ship.

1-2.1 ARRANGEMENT OF MANUAL. This technical manual consists of eight chapters and one appendix asfollows:

a. Chapter 1 This chapter provides general information which includes the minimum safety precautionsrequired to operate and maintain the Sonar Dome Pressurization System (SDPS). Additionally, a brief descrip-tion of the SDPS is provided. Reference information is provided in order to supply additional technical guid-ance and support.

b. Chapter 2 This chapter is a series of step-by-step, concise operating procedures for technicians specificallytrained to operate the SDPS.

c. Chapter 3 This chapter provides a detailed functional description of the SDPS. This chapter also provides a

S9165-AE-MMA-010

1-6

physical description of each of the major components of the various subsystems. Technical specifications ofspecific components are included where appropriate. The SDPS consists of the following subsystems: LP Airpressurization, Water pressurization, Secondary Drainage, Electrical/Alarms, Sonar Dome Access and Com-munications.

d. Chapter 4 This chapter provides guidance to aid in the performance of established preventative maintenanceprocedures (PMS) for the SDPS.

e. Chapter 5 This chapter provides maintenance personnel with a series of logic diagrams which assist in iden-tifying and isolating SDPS subsystem faults and component malfunctions.

f. Chapter 6 This chapter provides technical guidance which will enable maintenance personnel to replace,inspect and repair SDPS components as required. Alignment and adjustment procedures are also provided toensure the proper operation of major subsystem components.

g. Chapter 7 This chapter provides the parts listing, nomenclature and ordering information for SDPS compo-nents.

h. Chapter 8 Sonar Dome Rubber Window (SDRW) Installation and Repair Procedures.

i. Appendix A Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator (DEPI) Service Manual.

1-3. BRIEF SONAR DOME PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION.

The following paragraphs provide a brief description of the Sonar Dome Rubber Window (SDRW) and theSonar Dome Pressurization System (SDPS). The sonar dome rubber window and its associated hardware are pre-sented in full in Chapter 8 of this technical manual. A generalized layout of the transducer compartment andassociated structural components are illustrated in Figure 1-1. Detailed data and illustrations of the SDPS com-ponents are presented in Chapter 3 of this technical manual. The functional relationships of the various sub-systems is illustrated in Figure 1-2.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

1-7

1.3.1 CONFIGURATIONS OF SDRW. The SDRW-1 rubber window configuration is used on ship classesDDG 51 and CG 47.

1.3.2 LP AIR PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM. This subsystem regulates the ship’s low pressure (LP) airsupply to pressurize and circulate air within the sonar dome. This subsystem is used for: (1) Initial drydock sonardome pressurization (2) Sonar dome water removal (3) Maintaining a positive internal sonar dome pressure oncewater has been removed and (4) Providing a source of breathing air for maintenance personnel during sonar domeentry.

1.3.3 WATER PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM. This subsystem regulates either the ship’s firemain or dock-side fresh water supply to maintain the required static internal sonar dome pressure. This subsystem is also usedto refill the air pressurized sonar dome. During underway periods, this subsystem will automatically regulate andmaintain internal sonar dome water pressure at required levels.

Figure 1-1. Transducer Compartment Structural Arrangement

S9165-AE-MMA-010

1-8

1.3.4 ELECTRICAL/ALARM SUBSYSTEM. This subsystem comprises the necessary electrical controls andalarms to: (1) Provide visual and audible alarm indications when High or Low sonar dome pressure conditionsexist, (2) Provide control of the solenoid valve during sonar dome water removal, (3) Provide visual and audibleindications when low pressure conditions exist when the sonar dome is air pressurized, deenergizing the solenoidvalve in this event, (4) Provide visual sonar dome water full and dome empty indications and (5) Provide visualalarm indications when water flow within the SDPS exceeds predetermined levels.

1.3.5 SONAR DOME ACCESS SUBSYSTEM. This subsystem provides the necessary controls and visualindicators which enable maintenance personnel to safely enter and depart the air pressurized sonar dome throughthe airlock compartment.

1.3.6 COMMUNICATIONS SUBSYSTEM. This subsystem provides a sound powered phone network (X25J) between the sonar dome, airlock, sonar dome passageway, dome control station and forecastle for exclusive useduring sonar dome operations.

Figure 1-2. Functional Relationship of SDPS Subsystems

S9165-AE-MMA-010

1-9

1-4. REFERENCE INFORMATION.

Tables 1-1 through 1-3 provide amplified technical information for the SDPS. Table 1-1 lists supporting tech-nical publications for the primary components of the SDPS. Table 1-2 lists the functional characteristics andrequirements of the SDPS. Table 1-3 provides operational tolerance values for the SDPS under normal operatingconditions.

Table 1-1. Supporting Technical Publications

Component Technical Publication

A-V-134 NAVSEA 0948-LP-051-7010; Type 1, Technical Manual, Valve, Regulating,JP5 Fuel System.

W-V-31 NAVSEA 0948-LP-097-6010; Technical Manual for Water Relief Valves.W-V-7, W-V-16 NAVSEA 0948-LP-101-6010; Technical Manual for Water Pressure Reducer

Valves.E-V-21 NAVSEA 0948-LP-097-9010; Technical Manual for Valve, Solenoid Operated,

2 Way, Rotary Shaft Type, 4 inch IPS.RMVA Systems NAVSEA S6435-QJ-MMC-010; Dual Linear Remote Mechanical Valve

Actuator; Description, Selection, Installation, Operation and Maintenance.Barton W-GA-10 Technical Manual, Installation and Operation, Differential Pressure Indicating

Switches, Models 288A, 289A, 290A and 291A; ITT Barton Inc.Digital W-GA-10 Volumetrics, Inc. Document No. 99890176; Operation Manual of the Sonar

Dome Remote Electronic Pressure Sensor.Digital W-GA-10 Prime, Inc. Model 9213 User Manual; Operation Manual of the Sonar Dome

Remote Electronic Pressure Sensor.

Table 1-2. Functional Characteristics of the SDPS

A. SDPS Supply Requirements

1. Firemain Supply 150 psig (nominal) at 220 GPM max flow2. Fresh Water (Dockside) 40 psig (min) at 220 GPM max flow3. LP Air service 100 psig at 50 SCFM

B. Sonar Dome Rubber Window Interior Pressure Supply Requirements1. Seawater pressurization 39.5 psig static pressure

for AN/SQS-53C sonar systems

NOTE

Sonar Dome Pressure May Vary, Depending on Ship’s Speed and Sea State.2. Freshwater Pressurization 39.5 psig static pressure for AN/SQS-53C sonar

systems3. LP Air Input 22 psig at no flow (lockup).4. LP Air Exhaust 14 psig (with air circulating).

C. Electrical/Alarm Supply Requirements1. Dome Control Panel E-PN-44 115 VAC, 60 Hz., 690 Watts max2. Dome Status Panel E-PN-45 115 VAC, 60 Hz., 330 Watts max3. Terminal Panel E-PN-50 115 VAC, 60 Hz., 15 AMP max4. Relay E-K-142 115 VAC, 60 Hz.5. Solenoid E-V-21 115 VAC, 60 Hz., 46 AMP (inrush)

5 AMP holding

S9165-AE-MMA-010

1-10

Table 1-3. Operational Tolerance Values

Component Function Tolerance

W-GA-40 EDUCTOR SUCTION 20-30 INCHES OF HG. (VACUUM)W-GA-38 EDUCTOR SUPPLY PRESSURE 150.0 (+25,-25) PSIGA-GA-133 SONAR DOME (AIR) EXHAUST PRESSURE 14.0 (+1,-1) PSIGA-GA-140 AIRLOCK PRESSURE 14.0 (+1,-1) PSIGA-GA-167 DOME PRESSURE 14.0 (+1,-1) PSIGA-GA-136 DOME/AIRLOCK DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE 14.0 (+1,-1) PSIGW-GA-38 FIREMAIN SUPPLY PRESSURE 150.0 (+25,-25) PSIGW-GA-39 FRESHWATER SUPPLY PRESSURE 40.0 (MINIMUM) PSIGW-GA-39 1st STAGE REDUCTION 50.0 (+5,-5) PSIGW-GA-41 2nd STAGE REDUCTION 19.5 (+2,-2) PSIGW-GA-41 HIGH PRESS ALARM SETPOINT 24.5 (+1,-1) PSIGW-GA-41 LOW PRESS ALARM SETPOINT/WATER 5.5 (+1,-1) PSIGA-GA-123 LP AIR REDUCTION (NO FLOW) 22.0 (+1,-1) PSIGA-GA-106 LP FILTERED AIR PRESSURE 120.0 (+10,-10) PSIGA-GA-109 LP AIR SUPPLY PRESSURE 120.0 (+10,-10) PSIGW-GA-10 NORMAL DOME PRESSURE/WATER 39.5 (+2,-0) PSIGW-GA-10 HIGH PRESS ALARM SETPOINT 44.0 (+1,-1) PSIGW-GA-10 LOW PRESS ALARM SETPOINT/WATER 25.0 (+1,-1) PSIGA-GA-106 A-F-114 OUTLET PRESSURE 120.0 (+10,-10) PSIGA-GA-117 A-F-114 DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE LESS THAN 6 PSIDA-GA-167 SONAR DOME PRESSURE (AIR) 13.0-22.0 PSIGE-F-175 LOW LP AIR SUPPLY PRESSURE 85.0 (+1,-1) PSIG @ A-GA-109E-F-32 LOW SONAR DOME AIR PRESSURE 12.0 (+1,-1) PSIG @ A-GA-167A-V-134 BACK PRESSURE REGULATION 14.0 (+1,-1) PSIG @ A-GA-133A-V-122 LP AIR RELIEF SETPOINT 25.0 (+1,-1) PSIG @ A-GA-123A-F-124 AIR FLOWMETER 45.0 (+5,-5) SCFMW-V-31 WATER SAFETY RELIEF SETPOINT 47.0 (+1,-1) PSIG @ W-GA-10E-F-29 WATER FLOW SWITCH 2.5 (+.5,-.5) GPM

Tolerance values establish normal SDPS operational requirements. Listed values assume component or gage is withincalibration and is the correct (authorized) type.Operational tolerance values are not to be confused with calibration tolerance values. Calibration of a particular compo-nent or gage is a separate procedure which must be accomplished IAW established METCAL procedures.

Table 1-4. Stenciling Guidance

Dome Control Station (0.5-28-0-Q)

Location StencilFiremain Supply, Downstream of Check Valve W-V-53 ″150 PSIG″1st Stage Reduction, Downstream of Reducer W-V-7 ″50 PSIG″2nd Stage Reduction, Downstream of Reducer W-V-16 ″39.5 PSIG″Water Fill Line, Upstream of valve W-V-24 ″39.5 PSIG″Fresh Water Fill, Downstream of Check Valve W-V-55 ″60 PSIG″Water Vent Line, Upstream of valve W-V-27 ″39.5 PSIG″Eductor Supply, Downstream of valve W-V-12 ″150 PSIG″LP Air Supply, Downstream of valve A-V-110 ″120 PSIG″1st Stage Reduction, Downstream of Reducer A-V-119 ″22 PSIG″Dome Air Supply, Dowstream of valve A-V-127 ″22 PSIG″

S9165-AE-MMA-010

1-11

Table 1-4. Stenciling Guidance - Continued

Dome Air Exhaust Vent, Upstream of valve A-V-129 ″14 PSIG″Dome Air Exhaust Vent, Downstream of valve A-V-130 ″14 PSIG″Air Filter Drain Lines, Downstream of valves (3) A-V-178 ″120 PSIG″

Airlock Passageway (4-22-0-L)

Location StencilWater Fill Line, Downstream of valve W-V-24 ″39.5 PSIG″Eductor Supply, Upstream of Eductor W-F-13 ″150 PSIG″Water Vent Line, Upstream of valve W-V-27 ″39.5 PSIG″Water Eduction, Downstream of valve W-V-22 ″-15 PSIG VACUUM″Dome Air Supply, Downstream of valve A-V-127 ″22 PSIG″Dome Air Exhaust Vent, Upstream of valve A-V-129 ″14 PSIG″

NOTE

All valve bodies are NOT to be painted.

1-5. TERMINOLOGY.

1-5.1 REFERENCE DESIGNATORS.

Symbol Definition

DC Damage ControlW-H-XX Water HoseE-F-XX Pressure Switch, Flow SwitchE ElectricalPN PanelF Filter or FittingGA-XXX Water, Air GageA Air (Low Pressure)W Water (Firemain/Freshwater)V Valve

1-5.2 ABBREVIATIONS.

BLF Baseline Flat

BBF Below Baseline FlatCL CenterlineCCS Central Control StationDIW Dead In the WaterDPDT Double Pole Double ThrowPanelDPST Double Pole Single ThrowPanelDPU Differential Pressure (Sensing) UnitECP Engineering Change ProposalGPM Gallons Per MinuteHP High PressureHPAC High Pressure Air CompressorIAW In Accordance WithIVCS Interior Voice Communications System

S9165-AE-MMA-010

1-12

LPAC Low Pressure Air CompressorLD LoadLP Low PressureMRC Maintenance Requirement CardNO Normally OpenNC Normally ClosedP PortPMS Planned Maintenance SystemPRESS PressurePSI Pounds (of pressure) per Square InchPSIA Pounds (of pressure) per Square Inch AbsolutePSID Pounds (of pressure) per Square Inch DifferentialPSIG Pounds (of pressure) per Square Inch GageS StarboardSCFM Standard Cubic Feet per MinuteSDPS Sonar Dome Pressurization SystemSDRW Sonar Dome Rubber WindowSPDT Single Pole Double ThrowSW SwitchWL Waterline

1-5.3 COMMONLY USED TERMS. The following terms and their definitions are provided in order to clarifytheir precise meaning as they apply to the SDPS.

Airlock An intermediate chamber between the unpressurized sonar passageway and the pressurizedsonar dome. Used for personnel passage between the sonar trunk and the sonar dome.

Barton Differential Pressure GageA true reading pressure gage (W-GA-10) which is preset to compensate for the effects of headpressure. Indicates true sonar dome pressure.

Baseline Flat (BLF)The lowest point of a ship’s hull (in the bow area) under which the sonar dome is installed.The baseline flat is the overhead of the sonar dome interior. It is used as a reference plane forcalculating head pressure and installation measurements.

Eductor A piping device that utilizes water flow to create a vacuum at the suction opening.

Head Pressure Static pressure created by the weight of the water in the vertical piping of the SDPS, betweenreducer W-V-16 at the dome control station and the opened end of the sensor line in the sonardome. Head pressure is observed as the difference of indicated pressures of gages GA-24 andW-GA-10. Head pressure may be calculated by multiplying the height of vertical pipingbetween W-V-16 at the dome control station and the opened end of the sensor line in the sonardome by 0.445 lb./in for salt water, or by 0.43 lb/in for fresh water. Head pressure is deter-mined for each SDPS at installation and is scribed on the operating instruction placard at thedome control station.

Load-Pac A solid state electronic switch with two sets of terminals: the LD (load) terminals and the SW(switch) terminals. The LD terminals function similar to relay contacts (input/output) and theSW terminals function is similar to a relay solenoid (control).

Nominal Approximate

S9165-AE-MMA-010

1-13 / (1-14 Blank)

1-14@@FIpgtype@@BLANK@@!FIpgtype@@

CHAPTER 2

OPERATION

2-1. INTRODUCTION.

2-1.1 SCOPE OF DESCRIPTION. Illustrated descriptions of sonar dome rubber window (SDRW) system con-trols and indicators identify their shipboard locations, operating functions, capabilities and limitations. Cautionand warning notes are provided to prevent damage to equipment or injury to personnel as a result of misuse ofcontrols or lack of attention to indications.

2-1.2 PROCEDURES.

WARNING

OPERATORS MUST BE THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL NOR-MAL AND EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURES TO ENSURESAFE AND EFFICIENT USE OF THE SDRW SYSTEM.

Step-by-step tabulated procedures are provided for normal and emergency operations. Normal dome proce-dures include:

a. Dome pressurization with air in drydock.

b. Air-to-freshwater interchange.

c. Make ready for sea.

d. Water-to-air interchange.

e. Personnel access to air-pressurized dome.

Emergency procedures, identified in Tables 2-11 and 2-12 at the end of the chapter, identify foreseeableemergencies or malfunctions, and provide instructions for avoiding personnel injury or equipment damage.

2-2. DESCRIPTION OF SDPS CONTROLS, INDICATORS, AND ALARMS.

2-2.1 LOCATIONS OF CONTROLS, INDICATORS, AND ALARMS. Figure FO-1 illustrates shipboard loca-tions of system components and air, water, and electrical sources. Panel designators (e.g., E-PN-45 in Sonar Con-trol) identify the installation sites for controls, indicators, and alarms. Component locations, grouped into classes,are as follows:

a. Pressurization Components. Dome equipment room, sonar administration office, airlock passageway, air-lock, dome, and forecastle.

b. Alarm Panels . Dome equipment room, damage control central, and sonar control room.

c. Sound-Powered Phone and Call-Bell Terminals. Interconnecting dome control station, airlock, airlock pas-sageway, dome, and forecastle.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-1

2-2.2 DOME CONTROL STATION. The dome control station is located in the dome equipment room. The airvalve board, the water valve board, the gage panel, and the dome control panel comprising this station aredescribed in the following paragraphs.

a. Air Valve Board. (Figure FO-2) Contains components to regulate and filter ship’s low-pressure air supplyto 22 psig; also regulates and monitors air supply to the SDRW pressurization system at 14 psig at a flow rateof 50 scfm.

b. Water Valve Board. (Figure FO-3) Contains components to regulate ship’s firemain and dockside freshwa-ter supplies at 39.5 (+ 2, -0) psig, minus head pressure, to fill the dome and control sweep operations.

c. Gage Panel. (Figure FO-4) Provides gages for monitoring all air and water pressurization operations. Allgages except W-GA-10 (Barton) have a cutout valve with integral test connection. W-GA-10 (DEPI) cutoutvalve and test connections are located within the airlock .

d. Dome Control Panel E-PN-44. (Figure FO-5) Provides indicator lights to signal high/low water-pressureconditions; indicator lights indicating full/empty conditions; a switch controlling the eductor solenoid valve;and a bell to signal high/low water-pressure and low dome air-pressure conditions.

2-2.3 SONAR CONTROL ROOM. Dome status panel E-PN-45 (Figure FO-6) is located in the sonar controlroom and provides:

a. Indicator Lights. Indicate high/low dome water-pressure conditions and water flow into the dome.

b. Alarm Bell. Indicates high/low dome water-pressure and low dome air-pressure conditions.

c. Alarm Silence Pushbutton. Permits manual silencing of bell after situation appraisal.

2-2.4 AIRLOCK PASSAGEWAY, AND AIRLOCK. (Figure FO-7) These controls and indicators are requiredfor local use by personnel during dome entry. They are located strategically for personnel safety in the airlockpassageway and airlock. The functions provided are as follows:

a. Dome pressure.

b. Personnel dome entry.

c. Dome sweep operations.

2-2.5 SONAR ADMINISTRATION OFFICE. Piping within this space contains overboard discharge equipment(water extraction) that provides valves to control overboard flow of water out of the dome. These include the fol-lowing:

a. Overboard discharge check valve W-V-54.

b. Overboard discharge cutout valve W-V-11.

2-2.6 FORECASTLE. Freshwater hose cutout valve W-V-6 is installed in the forecastle to control inlet fresh-water from the dockside freshwater source to the dome freshwater pressurization piping.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-2

2-3. OPERATION PROCEDURES.

CAUTION

SDPS OPERATORS MUST BE THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALLNORMAL AND EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURES TOENSURE SAFE AND EFFICIENT USE OF THE SDPS.

2-3.1 INITIAL VALVE SETTINGS AND ALARM PANEL INDICATIONS. SDRW system valves must be setto positions that are correct for the initial dome pressurization conditions before beginning any operation proce-dure. Select Table 2-1, 2-2, or 2-3 according to dome status and ensure that each valve is set as required. Ensurethat alarm panel indications are in accordance with corresponding dome pressurization condition.

a. SDPS Valve Positions For Unpressurized Sonar Dome In Unflooded Drydock. (Table 2-1.)

b. SDPS Valve Positions For Air Pressurized Sonar Dome; Prior to Air Circulating Through Sonar Dome. (Table2-2.)

c. SDPS Valve Positions For Water Filled/Pressurized Sonar Dome. (Table 2-3.)

d. Electrical/Alarm Panel Indications for a Given Condition. (Table 2-10.)

CAUTION

WHEN IN DRYDOCK, DOME MUST BE PRESSURIZED WITH AIR TOPREVENT DAMAGE TO THE WINDOW.

WHEN DOCKSIDE, MINIMUM ALLOWABLE DOME TEST PRESSURESHALL BE 11 PSIG. DOME MUST BE PRESSURIZED AT ALL TIMESWHEN SHIP IS AFLOAT.

UNDERWAY AT SHIP’S SPEED GREATER THAN 5 KNOTS, OR A SEASTATE GREATER THAN 2, MINIMUM ALLOWABLE DOME PRES-SURE SHALL BE 25 PSIG.

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE DOME TEST HYDROPRESSURE SHALL BE52 PSIG DURING INITIAL INSTALLATION. SUBSEQUENT DRYDOCKTEST PRESSURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 43 PSIG. (REFER TO CHAP-TER 8.)

FOR SEAWATER PRESSURIZATION, VALVES W-V-1 AND W-V-5 MUSTBE OPEN, AND W-V-6 AND W-V-61 MUST BE CLOSED.

FOR FRESHWATER PRESSURIZATION, W-V-1 AND W-V-5 MUST BECLOSED, AND W-V-6 AND W-V-61 OPEN.

PRESSURE SHALL BE MONITORED AT ALL TIMES WHEN THE SHIPIS WATERBORNE AND THE DOME IS PRESSURIZED WITH AIR.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-3

2-3.2 OPERATION PROCEDURE. (Refer to Tables 2-1 through 2-3.)

Present SDPS valve alignment requirements for specific conditions. Specific conditions include:

a. Table 2-1: SDPS Valve Positions For Unpressurized Sonar Dome In Unflooded Drydock.

b. Table 2-2: SDPS Valve Positions For Air Pressurized Sonar Dome; Prior to Air Circulating Through SonarDome.

c. Table 2-3: SDPS Valve Positions For Water Filled/Pressurized Sonar Dome.

2-3.3 NORMAL SDPS OPERATING PROCEDURES. (Refer to Tables 2-4 through 2-9.)

Provide step-by-step procedures for conducting SDPS operations under normal conditions. Normal SDPSoperating procedures include:

a. Table 2-4: Air Pressurization Procedure: Ship In Unflooded Drydock.

b. Table 2-5: Air-To-Freshwater Interchange Procedure.

c. Table 2-6: Make Ready For Sea Procedure.

d. Table 2-7: Water-To-Air Interchange Procedure.

e. Table 2-8: Sonar Dome Entry Procedure.

f. Table 2-9: Freshwater to Saltwater Interchange Procedure.

2-3.4 ALARM STATUS. (Refer to Table 2-10.)

Provides the status for all visual and audible alarms for each alarm panel in a given condition.

2-3.5 EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. Identify foreseeable emergencies or component failures and provideinstructions to avoid injury to personnel or equipment damage. Emergency operating procedures include:

Emergency Procedures - Dome Pressurized with Water Table 2-11:

1. High Pressure Alarm.

2. Low Pressure Alarm.

3. Low Pressure Alarm With Water Flow On.

4. Loss Of Firemain Supply Pressure.

5. Reducer W-V-7 Failure.

6. Reducer W-V-16 Failure.

7. Relief Valve W-V-31 Failure.

Emergency Procedures - During Sonar Dome Entry Table 2-12:

1. Loss of LP Air Supply.

2. Loss of Electrical Power.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-4

3. Regulator A-V-119 Failure.

4. Backpressure Regulator A-V-134 Failure.

Operational procedures for apparent sonar dome rupture and operational guidelines for ships with a rupturedsonar dome are included within the emergency procedures tables.

2-3.6 USE OF OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES TABLES. SDPS valves must be set to positions which arecorrect for the initial sonar dome pressurization conditions before beginning any operational procedure. Selectfrom Table 2-1, 2-2 or 2-3 according to sonar dome status and ensure that each SDPS valve is set as required.Ensure alarm panel indications are in accordance with corresponding sonar dome condition as shown on Table2-10.

NOTE

REQUIRED OPERATIONAL TOLERANCE VALUES FOR ALL SDPS COM-PONENTS ARE PRESENTED IN TABLE 1-3 OF THIS TECHNICALMANUAL.

2-3.7 PRECAUTIONARY STATEMENTS. The following series of CAUTION statements are general in natureand are provided as general guidance for SDPS operators.

CAUTION

SDPS OPERATORS SHALL READ ENTIRE PROCEDURE BEFOREBEGINNING THE OPERATION. SDPS OPERATORS SHALL BECOMEAWARE IN ADVANCE OF EXPECTED INSTRUMENT AND ALARMINDICATIONS AND THEIR MEANINGS. SDPS OPERATORS SHALLBE AWARE OF ALTERNATE ACTIONS THAT MAY BE REQUIRED INRESPONSE TO INDICATIONS.

SDPS OPERATORS SHALL DOUBLE CHECK COMPONENT LABELPLATE DESIGNATOR BEFORE OPERATING COMPONENT. SDPSOPERATORS SHALL OBSERVE CORRECT GAGE OR COMPONENTINDICATIONS BEFORE CHANGING THE POSITION OF ANY SDPSVALVE HANDWHEEL OR COMPONENT.

NORMAL SONAR DOME OPERATING PRESSURE IS 39.5 PSIG.

TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO NUT PLATE AND ASSOCIATED SONARDOME MOUNTING HARDWARE, SONAR DOME PRESSURE MUSTNOT BE ALLOWED TO DROP BELOW 11.0 PSIG AS INDICATED ONGAGE W-GA-10 WHEN SHIP IS WATERBORNE.

WATER BYPASS VALVES W-V-3 AND W-V-17 AND AIR BYPASSVALVES A-V-107, A-V-131 AND A-V-147 ARE LOCKED CLOSED DUR-ING ALL PHASES OF SDPS OPERATION. ADDITIONALLY EDUCTORVALVES W-V-22 AND W-V-49 ARE LOCKED CLOSED AND DC-V-95,

Caution-continued

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-5

Caution - precedesDC-V-96, DC-101 AND DC-V102 ARE LOCKED OPENED. THESEVALVES ARE USED ONLY WHEN PROCEDURES DICTATE OR WHENAUTOMATIC CONTROLS WITHIN THE SDPS MALFUNCTION.IMPROPER USE OF BYPASS VALVES COULD RESULT IN INJURY TOPERSONNEL AND DAMAGE TO THE SONAR DOME.

Table 2-1. SDPS Valve Positions For Unpressurized Sonar Dome InUnflooded Drydock.

Location Valve Designator Valve Position LocationValve Designa-

tor Valve Position

Forecastle W-V-6 See Note1 Sonar Dome A-V-156 ClosedControl A-V-164 Open

Sonar DomeControl

W-V-1 Closed A-V-165 Open

W-V-2 Closed A-V-166 ClosedW-V-3 Closed A-V-176 OpenW-V-4 Open A-V-178 (3

each)See Note2

W-V-5 Closed A-V-183 OpenW-V-8 Open A-V-184 OpenW-V-9 Open A-V-185 OpenW-V-12 ClosedW-V-15 Open Administration

OfficeW-V-11 Closed

W-V-17 ClosedW-V-18 OpenW-V-19 Open Passageway W-V-22 ClosedW-V-20 Open W-V-25 ClosedE-V-21 Closed W-V-49 ClosedW-V-24 Closed W-V-67 OpenW-V-27 Open W-V(4-41-2) ClosedW-V-58 Open A-V-100 OpenW-V-59 Open A-V-141 ClosedW-V-61 Closed A-V-146 ClosedW-V-62 Closed A-V-159 OpenW-V-64 Open A-V-160 OpenW-V-65 Open A-V-162 OpenW-V-66 Open A-V-171 OpenW-V-97 Open A-V-177 OpenA-V-103 OpenA-V-104 Open Airlock W-V-46 OpenA-V-105 Open W-V-57 OpenA-V-107 Closed DC-V-95 OpenA-V-108 Open DC-V-96 OpenA-V-110 Closed DC-V-101 OpenA-V-112 Open DC-V-102 OpenA-V-116 Open A-V-137 OpenA-V-118 Open A-V-138 OpenA-V-121 Open A-V-157 Closed

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-6

Table 2-1. SDPS Valve Positions For Unpressurized Sonar Dome In

Unflooded Drydock. - Continued


tor Valve Position

A-V-125 Open A-V-161 OpenA-V-127 Closed A-V-163 OpenA-V-129 Open A-V-170 OpenA-V-131 OpenA-V-132 Open Sonar W-V-23 ClosedA-V-144 Closed Dome W-V-48 See Note3

A-V-145 Open A-V-158 ClosedA-V-147 ClosedA-V-148 OpenA-V-150 ClosedA-V-155 Closed

1W-V-6: stored in Sonar Dome Control, installed on Forecastle for freshwater connection.

2A-V-178 (3): 1st stage drain open; 2nd and 3rd stage drains closed.

3W-V-48: stored with dome sweep hose W-H-52 in Airlock Passageway.

Table 2-2. SDPS Valve Positions For Air Pressurized Sonar Dome; Prior toAir Circulating Through Sonar Dome


tor Valve Position

Forecastle W-V-6 See Note1 Sonar Dome A-V-155 OpenControl A-V-156 Open

Sonar Dome W-V-1 Closed A-V-164 OpenControl W-V-2 Closed A-V-165 Open

W-V-3 Closed A-V-166 ClosedW-V-4 Open A-V-176 OpenW-V-5 Closed A-V-178 (3

each)See Note2

W-V-8 Open A-V-183 OpenW-V-9 Open A-V-184 OpenW-V-12 Closed A-V-185 OpenW-V-15 OpenW-V-17 Closed Admin Office W-V-11 ClosedW-V-18 OpenW-V-19 Open Passageway W-V-22 ClosedW-V-20 Open W-V-25 ClosedE-V-21 Closed W-V-49 ClosedW-V-24 Closed W-V-67 OpenW-V-27 Closed W-V(4-41-2) ClosedW-V-58 Open A-V-100 OpenW-V-59 Open A-V-141 Closed

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-7

Table 2-2. SDPS Valve Positions For Air Pressurized Sonar Dome; Prior to

Air Circulating Through Sonar Dome - Continued


tor Valve Position

W-V-61 Closed A-V-146 ClosedW-V-62 Closed A-V-159 OpenW-V-64 Open A-V-160 OpenW-V-65 Open A-V-162 OpenW-V-66 Open A-V-171 OpenW-V-97 Open A-V-177 OpenA-V-103 OpenA-V-104 Open Airlock W-V-46 OpenA-V-105 Open W-V-57 OpenA-V-107 Closed DC-V-95 OpenA-V-108 Open DC-V-96 ClosedA-V-110 Open DC-V-101 Closed4

A-V-112 Open DC-V-102 Closed4

A-V-116 Open A-V-137 OpenA-V-118 Open A-V-138 ClosedA-V-121 Open A-V-157 ClosedA-V-125 Closed A-V-161 OpenA-V-127 Closed4 A-V-163 OpenA-V-129 Closed4 A-V-170 OpenA-V-131 ClosedA-V-132 Open Sonar W-V-23 ClosedA-V-144 Closed Dome W-V-48 See Note3

A-V-145 Open A-V-158 ClosedA-V-147 ClosedA-V-148 OpenA-V-150 Closed




4Close valves A-V-127, A-V-129, DC-V-101 and DC-V-102 to keep sonar dome statically air pressurized.

Table 2-3. SDPS Valve Positions For Water Filled/Pressurized Sonar Dome


tor Valve Position

Forecastle W-V-6 See Notes1 4 5 Sonar Dome A-V-156 OpenControl A-V-164 Open

Sonar Dome W-V-1 See Notes4 5 A-V-165 OpenControl W-V-2 Closed A-V-166 Closed

W-V-3 Closed A-V-176 Open

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-8

Table 2-3. SDPS Valve Positions For Water Filled/Pressurized Sonar Dome -

Continued


tor Valve Position

W-V-4 Open A-V-178 (3each)

See Note2

W-V-5 See Notes4 5 A-V-183 OpenW-V-8 See Notes4 5 A-V-184 OpenW-V-9 Open A-V-185 OpenW-V-12 ClosedW-V-15 OpenW-V-17 Closed Admin Office W-V-11 ClosedW-V-18 OpenW-V-19 OpenW-V-20 Open Passageway W-V-22 ClosedE-V-21 Closed W-V-25 ClosedW-V-24 Open W-V-49 ClosedW-V-27 Closed W-V-67 OpenW-V-58 Open W-V(4-41-2) ClosedW-V-59 Open A-V-100 OpenW-V-61 See Notes4 5 A-V-141 ClosedW-V-62 Closed A-V-146 ClosedW-V-64 Open A-V-159 OpenW-V-65 Open A-V-160 OpenW-V-66 Open A-V-162 OpenW-V-97 Open A-V-171 OpenA-V-103 Open A-V-177 OpenA-V-104 OpenA-V-105 Open Airlock W-V-46 OpenA-V-107 Closed W-V-57 OpenA-V-108 Open DC-V-95 OpenA-V-110 Closed DC-V-96 OpenA-V-112 Open DC-V-101 ClosedA-V-116 Open DC-V-102 ClosedA-V-118 Open A-V-137 OpenA-V-121 Open A-V-138 ClosedA-V-125 Closed A-V-157 ClosedA-V-127 Closed A-V-161 OpenA-V-129 Closed A-V-163 OpenA-V-131 Closed A-V-170 OpenA-V-132 OpenA-V-144 Closed Sonar W-V-23 ClosedA-V-145 Open Dome W-V-48 See Note3

A-V-147 Closed A-V-158 ClosedA-V-148 OpenA-V-150 ClosedA-V-155 Open

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-9


4When freshwater is supplied to the SDPS: W-V-6, W-V-61 are Open. W-V-1, W-V-5 and W-V-8 are closed.

5When Firemain is utilized to provide pressure to the SDPS: W-V-1, W-V-5 and W-V-8 are Open. W-V-6 andW-V-61 are closed. W-V-6 is removed from the Forecastle and stored in Sonar Dome Control.



Table 2-4. Air Pressurization Procedure, Unflooded Drydock

Steps to Perform Observe Checks and Adjustments

CAUTION

DOUBLE CHECK VALVE LABEL PLATE DESIGNATION AGAINST NEXT PROCEDURAL STEP BEFOREMOVING HANDWHEEL TO ENSURE CORRECT VALVE OPERATION. OBSERVE CORRECT GAGE ORINDICATOR FOR REQUIRED INDICATION BEFORE MOVING VALVE HANDWHEEL.

NOTE

ALWAYS READ THROUGH A PROCEDURE TABLE BEFORE BEGINNING THE OPERATION. BECOMEAWARE IN ADVANCE OF INDICATIONS TO EXPECT AND ALTERNATE ACTIONS THAT MAY BEREQUIRED IN RESPONSE TO INDICATIONS.

1. Use Table 2-1 as a baselinefor valve alignment prior topressurizing dome with air in aunflooded drydock:2. System requirements:a. Establish Dome Control Stationwatch with sound power X25Jphone.

WARNING

ENSURE THAT ALL NONESSENTIAL USE OF LP AIR IS SECURED WHEN PRESSURIZING THE DOMEWITH LP AIR.

b. Ensure that E-PN-44 andE-PN-45 are energized.

LOW PRESS and DOME EMPTY indica-tors on E-PN-44 are lit. DS-7 alarm bellis activated.

Ship’s supply 115 VAC, 60 Hz.

WTR V OFF and LOW PRESS indicatorson E-PN-45 are lit. DS-7 alarm buzzer isactivated.

WARNING

ENSURE THAT ALL NONESSENTIAL USE OF LP AIR IS SECURED WHEN PRESSURIZING THE DOMEWITH LP AIR.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-10

Table 2-4. Air Pressurization Procedure, Unflooded Drydock - Continued


CAUTION

SONAR DOME SUPPORT SLINGS, IF INSTALLED, MUST BE SLACKED OFF PRIOR TO PRESSURIZINGSONAR DOME. DAMAGE TO SONAR DOME WILL RESULT IF SUPPORT SLINGS ARE NOT SLACKEDOFF.

c. Open A-V-110. A-GA-109: 100 psig. Ensure that ship’s LP air supply is 100psig (nominal).

LOW PRESS AIR FAILURE indicatorextinguishes when LP air >85 (± 1 psi.)

3. Prepare dome for air pressur-ization:a. Inspect dome and airlock inte-rior.

Dome clear of debris, E-Call and S.P.phone connectors capped, fill hose capstowed in airlock, sweep hose stowed inairlock-passageway.

(See Figure FO-7) Fill hose cap securein Airlock.In passageway (4-22-0-L), ensureswitches E-F-181 and E-F-182 are off.

b. Close A-V-138. Ensure W-V-23 cap and A-V-138 pipevent cap (if installed) are secure.Verify W-V-23, A-V-158, and A-V-157are closed.

c. Ensure that all personnel exitthe sonar dome.

4. Secure airlock-to-domehatch:5. Personnel proceed to domecontrol station:6. Verify 115 VAC power toelectrical control/alarms sub-system:

Alarm panels are lit in accordance with(IAW) Table 2-10.

7. Pressurize dome with air byoperation of the followingvalves:

Valves positioned IAW Table 2-2.

a. Open A-V-125 slightly. A-GA-123: 22 (+ 1, -5) psig. Adjust A-V-119 as required.b. Close A-V-155 and A-V-156.c. Open DC-V-101 and DC-V-102.d. Open A-V-127 and A-V-129. A-F-124 shows airflow. Dome pressure

should gradually increase and stabilize at14 (±1) psig in 1-2 hours.When dome air pressure exceeds 12.5 to13.5 psig verify that all audible alarms onE-PN-44 and E-PN-45 are silenced.

Verify that electrical control indicationsare IAW Table 2-10 (Pressurized Air).

e. Verify dome air circulation. A-GA-133 and W-GA-10 indicate 14 (±1)psig.

Adjust A-V-134 as required.

A-F-124: 40-50 scfm. Throttle A-V-148 as required.f. Close A-V-129. W-GA-10 will increase and stabilize at 22

(+ 1, -5) psig.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-11

Table 2-4. Air Pressurization Procedure, Unflooded Drydock - Continued


Dome is now ready for Air-to-FreshwaterInterchange Procedure (Table 2-5.)

NOTE

Procedural Note 1: Digital Gage W-GA-10 assembly includes a sensing tube through which internal sonar domepressure is transmitted to transducer P-X-26. The sensing tube is fitted with a double loop seal. Normal operation ofDigital Gage W-GA-10 depends upon the trapping action of the double loop seal and the vacuum effect on the col-umn of water at the closed top end (Transducer end) of the sensing tube. The ring-surface tension force plus thevacuum force on the column of water overcome the gravity force on the column of water. The double loop seal helpsmaintain the vacuum force by eliminating any air bubbles that may enter the open bottom end of the sensing tube.During extended lay-up periods some, or all, of the entrapped water within the sensing tube may evaporate. In thisinstance, Digital Gage W-GA-10 will indicate a positive offset pressure of approximately 2.23 psig when DigitalGage W-GA-10 is initially energized. If during initial sonar dome air pressurization, Digital Gage W-GA-10 indicatesa positive pressure prior to the application of air to the sonar dome, maintenance personnel shall refer to gage A-GA-133 as the primary indicator of internal sonar dome pressure. Gage A-GA-133 shall be the primary gage during theperformance of Table 2-5 procedures. If Digital Gage W-GA-10 indicates 0.0 psig when initially energized, the gageis functioning normally (no loss of entrapped water from sensing tube) and may be used to verify gage A-GA-133indication; gage A-GA-133 shall remain the primary gage during the performance of Table 2-5 procedures. Perfor-mance of Air-To-Freshwater Interchange Procedure IAW Table 2-5 will refill capillary sensing tube and therebyrestore normal Digital Gage W-GA-10 operation.

Table 2-5. Air-To-Freshwater Interchange Procedure


CAUTION


NOTE

FOR PRELIMINARY WATER TEST IN UNFLOODED DRYDOCK, REFER TO CHAPTER 8.

BEFORE ATTEMPTING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE, VERIFY THAT DOCKSIDE FRESHWATER PRES-SURE IS AT LEAST 40 PSIG AND NOT IN EXCESS OF 60 PSIG.

THE SONAR DOME SHALL NORMALLY BE FILLED WITH FRESHWATER. THIS REQUIREMENT ISWAIVED WHEN OPERATING IN EXTREMELY COLD CLIMATES WHERE THERE IS DANGER OF FREEZ-ING. WHEN OPERATING IN EXTREMELY COLD CLIMATES, THE SONAR DOME SHALL BE FILLEDDIRECTLY FROM THE FIREMAIN. UPON RETURN FROM EXTREMELY COLD CLIMATES, SEAWATERTO FRESHWATER INTERCHANGE SHOULD BE CONDUCTED.

ENSURE ALL COMMAND SANITATION REQUIREMENTS REGARDING POTABLE WATER CONNEC-TIONS ARE ADHERED TO.

1. System requirements:a. Establish Dome Control Stationwatch with sound-powered X25Jphone communications with allapplicable stations.b. Ensure that dockside freshwateris >40 psig.

Dockside freshwater pressure gage (exter-nal to SDPS system).

If <40 psig, keep dome on air pressure.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-12

Table 2-5. Air-To-Freshwater Interchange Procedure - Continued


c. Ensure that ship’s LP air supplyis at 100 psig (nominal).

A-GA-109: 100 psig. LP air compressor is energized.

d. Ensure that E-PN-44 andE-PN-45 alarm panels are ener-gized.

Alarm panel indicators are lit IAW Table2-10.

Ship’s supply, 115 VAC, 60 Hz.

2. Verify that valves are IAWTable 2-2. Air Circulating :a. Open A-V-125, A-V-127,DC-V-101 and DC-V-102.b. Close A-V-155 and A-V-156.c. Open A-V-129. W-V-10 decreases and stabilizes at 14

(+/-1) psig.Adjust A-V-134 as required.

d. Connect hose to W-V-6 cutoutvalve.

Connection located on forecastle. Valve stored at dome control station.

3. Pressurize dome (freshwater).a. Open W-V-6 on forecastle.b. Open W-V-61. W-GA-39, > 40 psig; W-GA-41, 20 (+1,

-1) psig.Adjust W-V-16 as required

c. Close A-V-129.d. Close A-V-125.e. Open A-V-166. A-GA-133 and W-GA-10 decrease to 14

(±1) psig.f. Open DC-V-96.g. Open W-V-24. WTR V ON lights on E-PN-45 (Figure

FO-6). Ensure W-GA-10 indication isheld at 14-20 psig.

h. Shut W-V-15 and W-V-18.i. Throttle W-V-17. Do not let W-GA-10 exceed 20 psig. Use By-Pass valves with care and dis-

cretion.Dome empty indicator on control panelE-PN-44 will extinguish after approxi-mately 10 minutes.Dome freshwater fill will continue for 2.5to 3 hours.

NOTE

DOME CONTROL STATION MUST BE MANNED AT ALL TIMES DURING THIS PROCEDURE. ENSUREGAGE W-GA-10 INDICATION DOES NOT DROP BELOW 13 PSIG. IF GAGE W-GA-10 INDICATION DROPSBELOW 13 PSIG, SHUT VALVE A-V-166 IMMEDIATELY AND OPEN VALVE A-V-125; WHEN SONARDOME PRESSURE INCREASES TO 17 PSIG, RESUME FRESHWATER FILLING PROCEDURE BY SHUT-TING VALVE A-V-125 AND OPENING VALVE A-V-166.

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEP WILL ACTIVATE AUDIBLE LOW PRESSURE ALARMS.INFORM SONAR CONTROL AND COMBAT SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE CENTER WATCHSTANDERS TODISREGARD SONAR DOME LOW-PRESSURE ALARMS.

4. Verify dome is filled. DOME FULL and LOW PRESSUREindicator lighted on E-PN-44. Alarm bellsounds.

E-PN-44 bell cannot be silenced.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-13



a. When Dome Full indicator illu-minates and alarm bell sounds,Close A-V-127, A-V-166, andA-V-145.

Observe gage W-GA-10 indicationincrease; audible alarms silence whengage W-GA-10 indication is greater than25 psig.

b. When gage W-GA-10 indica-tion is greater than 25 psig, openW-V-27; observe air/water mix-ture venting through valve W-V-27.

Allow trapped air in dome to vent. Throttle valve W-V-27 as necessary toensure Sonar Dome pressure remainsabove 25 psig as indicated on gageW-GA-10.Throttle valve W-V-17 as necessary tomaintain W-GA-10 indication below39.5 psig.

c. Close W-V-27 when a steadystream of water is observed vent-ing through valve W-V-27.

Throttle valve W-V-17 as necessary toincrease W-GA-10 indication to 39.5psig.

d. Shut W-V-17 when gageW-GA-10 indicates 39.5 psig.e. Open valves W-V-15 and W-V-18.f. Shut valve W-V-24.5. Secure freshwater fill piping.a. Shut valve W-V-61.b. Shut freshwater pier connectionvalve.c. Open valve W-V-62. Freshwater fill piping drains.d. Disconnect freshwater fill hosefrom valve W-V-6.e. Shut valves W-V-6 and W-V-62.6. Pressurize Sonar Dome fromFiremain:a. Open valve W-V-5. Observe gage W-GA-39 indication of 50

psig.b. Open W-V-24.7. Purge Digital Gage W-GA-10Sensing Line.

If Digital Gage W-GA-10 is installed.

NOTE

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEPS WILL ACTIVATE THE AUDIBLE LOW-PRESSUREALARMS. CONTACT SONAR CONTROL AND COMBAT SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE CENTER WATCH-STANDERS AND INFORM TO DISREGARD SONAR DOME LOW PRESSURE ALARMS.

a. Remove cap from W-V-46 testpoint connection.b. Allow water to vent throughvalve W-V-46 for 2 minutes(minimum) until a steady streamof water is observed. Use abucket to contain water. Recaptest point connection of valveW-V-46.

Ensure W-GA-10 is indicating normaloperating pressure (39.5 psig).

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-14



8. Depressurize LP Air Piping:a. Shut valve A-V-110.b. Open drain valve A-V-155 andbypass valve A-V-166.c. Open valve A-V-125. Vent air pressure until gage A-GA-109,

A-GA-106 and A-GA-123 indicate 0 psig.9. Remove tags from underwa-ter telephone, sonar setAN/SQS-53C transmitter powersupply, alarm panels mainpower switch, air compressorsand passageway to airlocksounding tube:

NOTE

THE SONAR DOME WILL DEVELOP AIR POCKETS UP TO 72 HOURS AFTER AIR TO WATER INTER-CHANGE HAS BEEN COMPLETED.

a. Open W-V-27 valve slightlyevery 4 to 6 hours, or as neces-sary, to vent air pockets fromSonar Dome.

Allow trapped air in dome to vent.

b. Close W-V-27 when only wateris exhausting.

W-GA-10 increases and stabilizes at 39.5(+ 2, -0) psig.

Adjust W-V-16 if required. Repeat forthe next 72 hours to completely purgeall air trapped in dome.

Alarm panels indicate pressurized water(IAW Table 2-10.)

c. Notify Sonar Control and Com-bat Systems Maintenance Centerto regard all further Sonar Domealarms.d. Notify Command Duty Officerof completion of maintenance;Inform CDO Sonar Dome iswater filled and pressurized atnormal operating pressure.

Dome pressurization system is now readyfor next procedure, Make Ready for SeaProcedure Table 2-6.

Table 2-6. Make Ready for Sea Procedure

Step to be Performed Observe Checks and Adjustments

CAUTION

THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURES ARE NECESSARY TO ENSURE AUTOMATIC OPERATION AND MAIN-TENANCE OF DOME PRESSURE WITH FIREMAIN AFTER FRESHWATER FILL.

1. Pressurize dome fromfiremain seawater supply.

Ensure availability of firemain seawa-ter and 115 VAC supplies.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-15

Table 2-6. Make Ready for Sea Procedure - Continued


a. Set valves IAW Table 2-3.pressurized freshwater.

Panels indicate pressurized water (IAW Table2-10.)

b. Close W-V-24.c. Close W-V-61 and fresh-water cutout on dock.d. Open W-V-62 to drainfreshwater line.e. Disconnect freshwaterhose from W-V-6.f. Close W-V-6 and W-V-62.g. Open W-V-1 and W-V-5. W-GA-38 indicates 150 (±25) psig W-GA-39

indicates 50 (±5) psig W-GA-10 indicates 39.5(+ 2, -0) psig.

Bleed air from W-GA-38, W-GA-39and W-GA-41. Adjust W-V-7 andW-V-16 as required.

h. Open W-V-24. W-GA-10 indicates 39.5 (+ 2, -0) psig. Compare W-GA-10 (minus HeadPressure) to W-GA-41.

Verify that all valves arepositioned IAW Table 2-3.

E-PN-44, DOME FULL lit E-PN-45, WTR VOFF lit.

Position all valves IAW Table 2-3.

i. Open W-V-27 to vent anyremaining trapped air indome.

Steady stream of water. Repeat for first 72 hours of underway.

j. Remove W-V-6 from fore-castle and store in dome con-trol station.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-16

Table 2-7. Water-to-Air Interchange Procedure


NOTE

Conduct an operational risk management (ORM) brief. Brief shall be conducted prior to performing a water to airinterchange for any reason. Attendees shall include the Commanding Officer, Executive Officer, Combat SystemsOfficer, Weapons Officer, Anti-Submarine Officer, and all STG’s and cover the following topics.1. Current status of the SDRW. I.E. is it in a ROUTINE, MONITOR, or NO WATERBORNE ENTRY status? Thecurrent status is promulgated at the MUWINFO desk at HTTPS://PEOIWS.NAVY.MIL. Follow the link to sonardomes.2. Date of last radiographic inspection.3. Normal and emergent procedures.4. Safety.5. Communications plan.

WARNING

IN ACCORDANCE WITH COMNAVSEASYSCOM MESSAGES P192003Z APRIL 1984, AND P030205ZAUGUST 1984, TO PREVENT THE REMOTE POSSIBILITY OF A SONAR DOME RUBBER WINDOW COL-LAPSE DURING DOME ENTRY, THE FOLLOWING ADDITIONAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS ARE TO BETAKEN PRIOR TO DOME ENTRY WHILE SHIPS ARE WATERBORNE:

DIVERS WILL CONDUCT AN UNDERWATER INSPECTION OF THE SDRW EXTERIOR WHILE THE DOMEIS PRESSURIZED WITH WATER TO 39.5 (+ 2, -0) PSIG. CHECK FOR UNUSUAL CHANGES IN THE SDRWCONTOUR INCLUDING BULGES, DEPRESSIONS, AND VERTICAL CRACKS IN THE SPLICE REGION.

IF THE FOREGOING UNDERWATER INSPECTION IS SATISFACTORY, PERSONNEL SHOULD PERFORMWATER-TO-AIR INTERCHANGE IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE TECHNICAL MANUAL OR TESTPROCEDURES. PRESSURIZE SONAR DOME TO 22 PSIG WITH AIR, THEN DIVERS REINSPECT THEDOME EXTERIOR AND REPORT DEPRESSIONS, BULGES, AIR BUBBLES, OR VERTICAL CRACKS.

IF UNDERWATER INSPECTIONS ABOVE SHOW NO DISCREPANCIES, PERSONNEL ARE AUTHORIZEDTO PROCEED WITH THE DOME ENTRY IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE MRC’S OR TEST PROCE-DURES.

IF EITHER UNDERWATER INSPECTION ABOVE IDENTIFIES ANY DISCREPANCIES, THE DOME ENTRYSHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED. NOTIFY NAVSEA IMMEDIATELY. UNDERWATER SDRW INSPECTIONFOR DOME ENTRY SHALL COVER, AS A MINIMUM, TWELVE FEET EACH SIDE OF THE SDRW CEN-TERLINE FROM UPPER TO LOWER STEEL AND RUBBER INTERFACE.

WATERBORNE DOME ENTRY IN SHIPS WITH KNOWN SPLICE DAMAGE FOR PURPOSES OTHER THANPIERSIDE RADIOGRAPHY SHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED WITHOUT NAVSEA CONCURRENCE AND ANAVSEA TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVE PRESENT.

ALL APPLICABLE MANDATORY SAFETY PRECAUTIONS MUST BE OBSERVED WHEN ANY TYPEWORK IS TO BE PERFORMED ON A PRESSURIZED SYSTEM. THE SUPERVISOR SHALL MAKE SURETHAT ALL PERSONNEL ASSIGNED TO WORK AT CONTROL VALVES, GAGES AND SOUND POWERPHONES ARE THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH THE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS AND THE APPROPRI-ATE MEASURES TO BE TAKEN IN VARIOUS TYPES OF EMERGENCIES.

USE BYPASS VALVES WITH CARE AND DISCRETION.

CAUTION


S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-17

Table 2-7. Water-to-Air Interchange Procedure - Continued


NOTE

THE NORMAL OPERATION TO REMOVE WATER FROM THE SONAR DOME IS BY SHIP’S SERVICE LPAIR FORCING THE DOME WATER THROUGH THE EDUCTOR AND DISCHARGING IT OVERBOARD.

1. System requirements:a. Establish Dome Control Sta-tion watch with sound poweredX25J phone.b. Tag main power switch andair compressors to preventdeenergization: DO NOTDEENERGIZE.

Ensure availability of LP air and 115VAC during entire evolution.

c. Tag sonar transmitter powersupply and AN/UQN orAN/WQC.

Ensure sonar transmitter power supplyand AN/UQN or AN/WQC aredeenergized.

d. Verify position of valves IAWTable 2-3.

W-GA-41 reads 39.5 psig minus HeadPressure.

e. Verify that alarm panel indi-cations are IAW Table 2-10.

CAUTION

IF AT SEA, SHIP’S SPEED MUST BE LESS THAN FIVE KNOTS AND SEA STATE 2 OR LESS.2. Water removal and airpressurization.

Ensure availability of LP air and 115VAC supplies.

a. Set valves IAW Table 2-2pressurized seawater.

Panels indicate pressurized water (IAWTable 2-10.)

b. Close A-V-148.

CAUTION

LIMIT THE USE OF EDUCTOR W-F-13 TO SWEEPING RESIDUAL WATER FROM SONAR DOME WHILEPRESSURIZED WITH AIR. ANY OTHER OPERATION OF EDUCTOR SHOULD NOT BE ATTEMPTED DUETO RISK OF COLLAPSING THE SONAR DOME.

c. Open A-V-110. A-GA-109 and A-GA-106 indicates 125(100 to 155) psig.

d. Throttle open A-V-148. A-GA-123 indicates 22 (+1, -5) psig. Adjust A-V-119 as required.e. Close A-V-155.f. Open A-V-166.g. Close A-V-156. when only airdrains.h. Verify air circulation in airpanel.

A-GA-133 indicates 14 (±1) psig A-F-124indicates 40-50 SCFM.

Adjust A-V-134 as required. Throttle A-V-148 as required.

i. Close A-V-166.

CAUTION

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEPS WILL RESULT IN A DECREASE OF SONAR DOME PRES-SURE. THROTTLE VALVE W-V-27 AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE SONAR DOME PRESSURE DOES NOTDROP BELOW 12.5 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGE W-GA-10.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-18



j. Open W-V-27 until gageW-GA-10 indicates 22 psig.

Observe water venting through valveW-V-27 into funnel F-92.Observe decreasing Sonar Dome pressureas indicated on gage W-GA-10.Low water-pressure alarm sounds at 25(±1) psig. LOW PRESSURE light is lit.W-GA-10 indicates 22 psig.

If alarm does not sound at 25 (±1) psig,adjust low-pressure microswitch inW-GA-10 using applicable MRC.

k. Close W-V-27. Station personnel by E-V-21 to verifyvalve position.

l. Open W-V-11, W-V-(4-41-2),W-V-49, DC-V-96, A-V-127,A-V-125 and DC-V-101.m. At control panel E-PN-44,set Solenoid Valve E-V-21switch to Open position.

Observe LOW PRESSURE light remainslit.Observe that indicator E-F-33 illuminates;this verifies that Solenoid Valve E-V-21 isin the OPEN position.Observe gage W-GA-10 indicationdecrease to approximately 17 to 19 psig,and then stabilize at approximately 18psig as air pressure is applied.Observe Flowmeter A-F-124; verify airflow rate of 15 to 20 SCFM.Observe Sonar Dome overboard dischargeport; verify that water is being discharged.

WARNING

W-V-49 MUST BE MANNED DURING TEST OF E-F-32. SHUT VALVE W-V-49 IF DOME PRESSURE ASINDICATED ON W-GA-10 DROPS BELOW 11 PSIG.

NOTE

AS SONAR DOME IS DEWATERED, A PARTIAL VACUUM IN GAGE A-GA-167 GAGE LINE MAYDEVELOP. THIS MAY RESULT IN INADVERTENT CLOSURE OF SOLENOID VALVE E-V-21 BY ACTIONOF PRESSURE SWITCH E-F-32. OBSERVE THAT VALVE E-V-21 POSITION INDICATOR E-F-33 REMAINSILLUMINATED TO ENSURE SOLENOID VALVE E-V-21 REMAINS IN THE OPEN POSITION DURINGDEWATERING PROCEDURE.

n. At control panel E-PN-44,verify that the following.

Alarm bell silences and Dome Full indica-tor extinguishes in approximately 10 min-utes.LOW PRESS indicator remains lit.

o. After DOME FULL indicatorextinguishes and Low-Pressureaudible alarms cease, shutvalves W-V-49 and DC-V-96.p. At control panel E-PN-44,shut solenoid E-V-21.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-19



q. At Airlock Passageway,remove caps from Test PointConnection valves A-V-160 andA-V-100; allow all water to ventfrom gage lines; then recap TestPoint Connection valves A-V-160 and A-V-100.

W-GA-167 may now be used to monitorsonar dome pressure.

r. At Dome Control Station,Shut valve A-V-127.

CAUTION

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEPS WILL RESULT IN A DECREASE OF SONAR DOME PRES-SURE. THROTTLE VALVE W-V-27 AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE SONAR DOME PRESSURE DOES NOTDROP BELOW 12.0 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGES W-GA-10 AND A-GA-167.

s. Open valve W-V-27; continueto vent air until gages W-GA-10and A-GA-167 (located inAirlock passageway) indicate13.0 (12 to 13) psig; then shutvalve W-V-27.

Observe air venting through valve W-V-27.Audible Low Air pressure alarms shouldactivate on control panel E-PN-44 andalarm panel E-PN-45.

t. If alarms do not activate, per-form the following.(1) With gages W-GA-10 andA-GA-167 indicating 13.0 psig,slowly turn Pressure SwitchE-F-32 adjusting screw clock-wise until audible alarm acti-vates on control panel E-PN-44.(2) Open valve A-V-127; applyair pressure to Sonar Dome untilgage W-GA-10 indicationexceeds 13.0 psig and audiblealarms silence, then shut valveA-V-127.(3) Open valve W-V-27; vent airthrough valve W-V-27 untilgages W-GA-10 and A-GA-167indicate 13.0 psig.(4) Slowly turn pressure switchE-F-32 adjusting screw clock-wise or counterclockwise, asnecessary, to activate audiblealarm on control panel E-PN-44when gages W-GA-10 andA-GA-167 indicate 13.0 psig.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-20



u. Open valve A-V-127. Observe pressure increase on gage W-GA-10.Observe Low Air pressure audible alarmscease when gage W-GA-10 indication isgreater than 13.0 psig.

v. Open valve DC-V-96.w. When gage W-GA-10 indi-cates 22 psig, open valve W-V-49.x. At control panel E-PN-44, setsolenoid valve E-V-21 switch toOpen position.

CAUTION

WATER AND AIR BOARDS AT DOME CONTROL STATION (0.5-28-0-Q) MUST BE MANNED AT ALL TIMESDURING PERFORMANCE OF THIS PROCEDURE. GAGE W-GA-10 MUST BE MONITORED CONTINU-OUSLY DURING WATER TO AIR INTERCHANGE PROCEDURE.

NOTE

APPROXIMATELY 3.5 HOURS WILL ELAPSE TO COMPLETE WATER TO AIR INTERCHANGE PROCE-DURE. OBSERVE INTERNAL SONAR DOME PRESSURE OF 22 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGE W-GA-10.OBSERVE AIR FLOW RATE OF 15 TO 20 SCFM AS INDICATED ON FLOWMETER A-F-124.

Observe that DOME EMPTY indicatorilluminates on control panel E-PN-44.Solenoid Valve E-V-21 shuts automati-cally.

As water backflushes into crawl spaceunder the transducer array due to E-V-21closure, the DOME EMPTY indicator oncontrol panel E-PN-44 may extinguish.

y. At control panel E-PN-44,return solenoid valve E-V-21toggle switch to CLOSED posi-tion.z. At Airlock Passageway, shutvalve W-V-49.aa. Shut W-V-11 and W-V-(4-41-2).2. Circulate Air through SonarDome.a. Vent air system exhaust pip-ing and exhaust hose A-H-120.(1) Shut valve A-V-127.(2) Open valve W-V-27 andvent air until gage W-GA-10indicates 14 psig.

W-GA-10 indicates 14 (±1) psig.

(3) When gage W-GA-10 indi-cates 14 psig, shut valve W-V-27.

Alarm panels indicate pressurized air(IAW Table 2-10.)

(4) Shut valve A-V-145.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-21



NOTE

OPENING VALVE A-V-129 TOO RAPIDLY IN THE NEXT STEP MAY ALLOW ACCUMULATED WATER INAIR EXHAUST PIPING AND HOSE A-H-120 TO PASS THROUGH FLOAT CHECK VALVE A-V-130 INTO AIRSYSTEM EXHAUST. IF WATER RISES IN FLOAT CHECK VALVE A-V-130 SIGHT GLASS, SHUT VALVEA-V-129 UNTIL WATER LEVEL RECEDES.

(5) Open valves A-V-166,DC-V-102 and A-V-129 forapproximately 3 minutes; allowwater to vent from exhaust hoseA-H-120.(6) Shut valves A-V-166 andA-V-129.(7) Open valves A-V-127 andA-V-156.(8) Partially crack open valveA-V-129.

Observe water venting through drain valveA-V-156.

If water level rises in sight glass A-V-130,throttle A-V-129. Continue until all waterdrains through A-V-156.

(9) When all water has drained,shut valve A-V-156.3. Commence Air CirculationThrough Sonar Dome.

WARNING

ENSURE AIR BEING SUPPLIED TO SONAR DOME IS NOT CONTAMINATED BY OUTSIDE INDUSTRIALACTIVITIES, SHIPBOARD PAINTING, OR ACCIDENTAL RELEASE OR SPILL OF SOLVENTS, ETC.

a. Open valve A-V-129 fully.b. Slowly open A-V-145. Observe sonar dome exhaust air passing

through Backpressure Regulator valveA-V-134.

If valve A-V-134 should start to chatter,crack open bypass valve A-V-131 andresume flow through Backpressure Regu-lator valve A-V-134.

Observe A-GA-133 indicates 14 (±1) psig. If not, adjust Backpressure RegulatorA-V-134 as required.(1) Lower pressure indication by adjustingBackpressure Regulator valve A-V-134adjustment screw counterclockwise.(2) Raise pressure indication by adjustingBackpressure Regulator valve A-V-134adjusting screw clockwise.

Observe that Flowmeter A-F-124 indicates40 to 50 SCFM.

Throttle valve A-V-148 as necessary toobtain required airflow rate.

WARNING

ENSURE AIRLOCK (5-28-0-T) COMPARTMENT MUST BE CERTIFIED AS GAS FREE BEFORE ENTERINGTHIS SPACE.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-22



c. Verify valve alignment atAirlock.(1) A-V-137 Open(2) A-V-138 Shut(3) A-V-157 Shut(4) A-V-161 Open(5) A-V-163 Open(6) A-V-170 Open

Table 2-8. Sonar Dome Entry Procedure


CAUTION


SONAR DOME ENTRY SHALL BE PERFORMED IAW NAVY SAFETY PRECAUTIONS FOR FORCESAFLOAT PER OPNAVINST 5100 SERIES. COMPLIANCE WITH ADDITIONAL PROCEDURAL AND ADMIN-ISTRATIVE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AS DOCUMENTED IN FIGURE 2-1 AND TABLE 2-8 IS MANDATORY.

NOTE

THE DIVISION OFFICER SHALL ASSIGN A SUPERVISOR. THE DESIGNATED SUPERVISOR (E-7 ORABOVE) SHALL OVERSEE ALL PHASES OF THIS PROCEDURE AND ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH ALLADMINISTRATIVE, PROCEDURAL AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS.

SUPERVISOR SHALL CONDUCT A SAFETY BRIEFING WITH ALL PERSONNEL WHO ARE ASSIGNED TOENTER THE PRESSURIZED SONAR DOME PRIOR TO CONDUCTING ENTRY. SAFETY BRIEFING SHALLINCLUDE MEDICAL ASPECTS OF HYPERBARIC SAFETY AS PRESENTED IN CHAPTER 1 OF THIS TECH-NICAL MANUAL.

1. Preliminary Requirements. Dome control station watch supervisesdome entry, ensures compliance withNAVSEA Safety Instructions, and moni-tors dome pressure and air flow (14 (±1)psig, 40-50 scfm). Forecastle watch takesaction to keep floating objects from domearea.

a. Perform water-to-air inter-change, IAW Table 2-6.b. Establish dome control sta-tion watch with X25J communi-cations to airlock passagewayand forecastle.

WARNING

ENSURE THAT ALL NON-ESSENTIAL USE OF LP AIR IS SECURED WHILE MEN ARE WORKING IN THESONAR DOME. AIRLOCK MUST BE GAS FREE BEFORE ENTERING, AND ADEQUATE VENTILATIONMUST BE PROVIDED WHILE MEN ARE WORKING INSIDE. ENSURE AIR HAS BEEN CIRCULATING INDOME AT LEAST 4 HOURS PRIOR TO DOME ENTRY. OPERATOR MUST BE PRESENT DURINGINTERCHANGE.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-23

Table 2-8. Sonar Dome Entry Procedure - Continued


CAUTION

WHEN THE SONAR DOME IS DEWATERED AND PRESSURIZED ON AIR, GAGE W-GA-10 IS THE PRI-MARY INDICATOR OF INTERNAL SONAR DOME PRESSURE. INTERNAL SONAR DOME PRESSUREALSO IS INDICATED ON GAGES A-GA-167, A-GA-136 AND A-GA-133. WHEN THE SONAR DOME ISPRESSURIZED BY AIR, THE INDICATIONS OF ALL FOUR GAGES SHOULD BE IDENTICAL AT ALLTIMES (+/- 1 PSIG). IF THE INDICATION OF ANY ONE OF THE FOUR GAGES DOES NOT AGREE WITHTHE REMAINING GAGE INDICATIONS, THE PARTICULAR GAGE MUST BE CONSIDERED SUSPECTAND IS TO BE DISREGARDED. THE REMAINING GAGES THEN BECOME THE PRIMARY INDICATORSOF INTERNAL SONAR DOME PRESSURE.

NOTE

THIS TASK PROVIDES PROCEDURE FOR DOME ENTRY AND INSPECTION.c. Check of gages andFlowmeter indications.

Make final check of gages and Flowmeterindications.Do not proceed with Sonar Dome entryuntil all gage indications are within thefollowing operational requirements.(1) Gage A-GA-123:14 (13 to 16) psig(2) Gage W-GA-10:14 (13 to 16) psig(3) Gage A-GA-133:14 (13 to 16) psig(4) Gage A-GA-167:14 (13 to 16) psig(5) Flowmeter A-F-124: 45 (40-50)SCFM

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-24



d. Stow all required materials,tools, and equipment in Airlock.(1) Two battle lanterns(2) Two sound-powered phones(3) Sweep hose W-H-36(4) Portable Emergency (E-call)Communications panel E-PN-179(5) 18 inch pipe wrench(6) 12 inch ruler(7) Screwdriver set(8) Wrench set(9) Silicone Compound(10) Rags, Chalk(11) Wire brush(12) Replacement gasket mate-rial; ensure replacement accessscuttle gasket is of the requiredsize and is in satisfactory condi-tion.(13) Provide copy of MRC R-3.Ensure all materials, tools andequipment necessary to conductaccess scuttle maintenance areprovided and are in properworking order.e. Open A-V-141. A-GA-140 indicates 0 psig.

CAUTION

IF AIRLOCK PASSAGEWAY-TO-AIRLOCK HATCH IS FOUND DEFECTIVE DURING INSPECTION, DONOT PROCEED FURTHER WITH DOME ENTRY UNTIL NECESSARY REPAIRS HAVE BEENACCOMPLISHED.

f. Close A-V-141.g. Open airlock passageway-to-airlock hatch placing equipmentinside.(1) Inspect airlock passageway-to-airlock hatch. Look for:

(a) Corroded or deteriorated hinges andlatching mechanism(b) Cut or loose rubber gasket(c) Eroded knife-edge surface

(2) Perform chalk test, knifeedge to gasket; verify that chalkappears around entire gasketperimeter.(3) Lubricate airlockpassageway-to-airlock hatch,hinges, and latching mechanismwith a light coat of grease.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-25



(4) Close and open airlockpassageway-to-airlock hatch toverify ease of operation anddistribution of lubricant.h. Checks and Adjustments.If Digital Electronic PressureIndicator (DEPI), manufacturedby Volumetrics, Inc. is installedas gage W-GA-10, clearrecorder memory at this time.(1) Open front cover of DigitalGage W-GA-10.(2) Repeatedly press CHANGEMODE button until MEMORYFUNCTION light illuminates.(3) Press CHANGE FUNC-TION button repeatedly untilCLEAR MEMORY - STARTlight illuminates.(4) Press ENTER button.(5) Repeatedly press CHANGEMODE button until NORMALFUNCTION light illuminates.(6) Close front cover of DigitalGage W-GA-10.(7) Press CHANGE FUNC-TION toggle switch repeatedlyon front cover to display RealTime Pressure.i. Enter airlock (3 men mini-mum) and establish communica-tion between airlock, airlockpassageway, and dome controlstation.j. Remove pipe cap downstream of A-V-138 (if appli-cable).k. Close and dog Passageway-to-Airlock access scuttle.

WARNING

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEP WILL INITIATE PRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRLOCK. TOMINIMIZE RISK OF PERSONNEL INJURY, RATE OF PRESSURE INCREASE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 PSIGPER MINUTE DURING THE PRESSURIZATION PROCESS. IF ANY DISCOMFORT IS EXPERIENCED AS ARESULT OF THE RATE OF PRESSURIZATION, THROTTLE VALVE A-V-138 AS NECESSARY TO ESTAB-LISH A RATE OF PRESSURIZATION AT WHICH PERSONNEL CAN COMFORTABLY EQUALIZE PRES-SURE IN INTERNAL BODY CAVITIES.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-26



l. Partially open test fitting onA-V-161 to bleed water out ofgage line to A-GA-136.m. Pressurize Airlock, slowlycrack open valve A-V-138;establish a comfortable rate ofpressurization.

A-GA-136 remains at 14 psig and A-GA-139 indication increases from 0 to 14psig.

NOTE

THE TIME THAT PRESSURIZATION WAS COMMENCED MUST BE RECORDED TO ENSURE MAXIMUMSTAY TIME OF 240 CONSECUTIVE MINUTES IS NOT EXCEEDED.

(1) Safety Supervisor, record“Dive Start Time” of pressuriza-tion on Dome Entry ReportForm.(2) Continue pressurizingAirlock;

Observe that air flow through valve A-V-138 stops automatically when pressurebetween Sonar Dome and Airlock equal-ize.

When air flow through valve A-V-138stops, and pressure stabilizes, Airlockpressurization is complete.

(3) Shut valve A-V-138.(4) Safety Supervisor, record“Minutes Required To Pressur-ize” on Dome Entry Reportform.

CAUTION

IF AIRLOCK-TO-DOME HATCH IS FOUND DEFECTIVE DURING INSPECTION, DO NOT PROCEED FUR-THER WITH DOME ENTRY UNTIL NECESSARY REPAIRS HAVE BEEN ACCOMPLISHED

n. Open airlock-to-sonar domeaccess scuttle.o. Perform access scuttle main-tenance in accordance withMRC R-3.2. Enter Sonar Dome com-partment

Two persons minimum, taking battle lan-terns and communication panel with S.P.phones.

a. Close, but do NOT dog,Airlock to Sonar Dome Accessscuttle.

WARNING

ENSURE SWITCH E-F-182 IS OFF.b. Remove caps from domeX25J and communication panelE-PN-179 E-call receptacles.Connect sound-powered phonesand E-call leads to receptacles.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-27



c. At Airlock Passageway, setE-Call switch E-F-182 to on.

Establish communications with airlock,airlock passageway, and dome controlstation.Verify E-call and sound-powered phoneoperation between Sonar Dome andAirlock, Airlock Passageway, and DomeControl Station.

d. Remove access cover frombaffle plate.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-28



e. Sweep residual water fromSonar Dome.(1) Remove pipe cap and con-nect sweep hose W-H-36 tovalve W-V-23 in Sonar Dome.(2) At Passageway (1-42-01-L)open W-V-11 and W-V-(4-41-2).W-V-11 valve is located in theAdministration Office andremotely operated from passage-way 1-42-01-1.(3) At Dome Control Station,open W-V-1 and W-V-12.(4) At Dome Control Station,verify that gage W-GA-40 indi-cates 20 inches Hg to 40 inchesHg (vacuum).(5) At Airlock Passageway, openvalve W-V-22.(6) At Sonar Dome, open valvesW-V-23 and W-V-48.(7) Verify suction at end ofsweep hose W-H-36.(8) Sweep residual water fromSonar Dome. Place end ofsweep hose in dome accessrecess until maximum water isremoved.(9) Cease sweeping whenresidual water is removed.(10) At Sonar Dome, shutvalves W-V-23 and W-V-48.(11) At Airlock Passageway,shut valve W-V-22.(12) At Dome Control Station,shut valve W-V-12.(13) At passage (1-42-01-L)shut W-V-11. W-V-11 valve islocated in the AdministrationOffice and remotely operatedfrom passageway 1-42-01-1.(14) Shut DC valve W-V-(4-41-2); valve is remotely operatedfrom passageway 1-42-01-1 oron earlier hulls valve locationsin Sonar One (1-18-0-Q) on thedeck.(15) Disconnect sweep hoseW-H-36 from valve; reinstallcap on end of eductor piping;stow sweep hose W-H-36 inAirlock.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-29



f. At Sonar Dome, screw cap onend of Fill Hose W-H-37.

NOTE

PERIODICALLY RECIRCULATE AIR THROUGH AIRLOCK BY SLIGHTLY OPENING VALVES A-V-138 ANDA-V-157 FOR APPROXIMATELY 1 MINUTE, THEN SHUT VALVES A-V-157 AND A-V-138.

g. Inspect Sonar Dome interior;and verify the following:

(1) No foreign matter is in sonar domespace.(2) Hose and cables are securely clamped.(3) Sound damping material is securelyfastened.(4) Zinc anodes are in satisfactory condi-tion (schedule replacement if zinc anodesare deteriorated more than 50%). Replacewith 9Z 534000-813-6058, 6x12x1-1/4”.(5) Baffle plate is undamaged andsecurely fastened. Measure clearancebetween baffle plate and Sonar Dome;record minimum measurement port andstarboard. Verify that clearance remainsunchanged from previous entry.PORT ________ inchesSTARBOARD ________ inches(6) Rubber dome is free of cuts, gouges,pits, or separations.(7) Transducer elements appear undam-aged.

h. Upon completion of SonarDome inspection, notify AirlockPassageway and Dome ControlStation watchstanders of inten-tion to exit Sonar Dome.i. Remove cap from end of FillHose W-H-37; stow cap onbracket in Airlock.j. Verify that valve A-V-158 isshut.k. Reinstall access cover onbaffle plate.l. Remove all foreign material,debris, tools, sound poweredphones, and battle lanterns fromSonar Dome compartment.m. Verify that sound poweredphone and E-Call jacks aresecurely capped.3. Exit Sonar Dome.a. Inventory all material takeninto dome.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-30



b. Close and Dog Airlock toSonar Dome access scuttle.Dome phone monitor informairlock and dome control stationwatches of intention to exitdome.c. Safety Supervisor, record“Bottom Time” on Dome EntryReport form.4. Depressurize Airlock.

WARNING

PERFORMANCE OF FOLLOWING STEP WILL INITIATE DEPRESSURIZATION OF AIRLOCK. TO MINI-MIZE RISK OF PERSONNEL INJURY, RATE OF PRESSURE DECREASE SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 PSIG PERMINUTE DURING THE DEPRESSURIZATION PROCEDURE. IF ANY DISCOMFORT IS EXPERIENCED ASRESULT OF THE RATE OF DEPRESSURIZATION, THROTTLE VALVE A-V-157 AS NECESSARY TO ESTAB-LISH A RATE OF DEPRESSURIZATION AT WHICH PERSONNEL CAN COMFORTABLY EQUALIZE PRES-SURE IN INTERNAL BODY CAVITIES. WHILE PRESSURE IS DECREASING, PERSONNEL IN AIRLOCKSHALL BE WARNED TO BREATH NORMALLY. DO NOT HOLD BREATH WHILE PRESSURE ISDECREASING.

a. At Airlock, verify that valveA-V-138 is shut.b. At Airlock, slowly crack openvalve A-V-157. Throttle valveA-V-157 as required to establisha comfortable rate of decom-pression.

Safety Supervisor, note time of day.

(1) At Airlock, observe gage A-GA-136remains at 14 psig and A-GA-139 indica-tion decreasing from 14 psig to 0 psig.(2) Continue depressurizing Airlock;observe that airflow through valve A-V-157 stops automatically when pressurebetween Airlock and Airlock Passagewayequalize.

c. When airflow through valveA-V-157 stops, Airlock depres-surization is complete; shutvalve A-V-157.d. Open Airlock to Passagewayaccess scuttle.

Safety Supervisor, record “MinutesRequired to Depressurize” on Dome EntryReport Form.

e. Airlock sound powered phonewatchstander secure.f. Remove all foreign material,debris, tools, sound powerphones, and battle lanterns fromAirlock compartment.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-31



g. Verify that service outlets aresecurely capped; turn off poweroutlet switches E-F-181 andE-F-182.h. Install pipe cap down streamof A-V-138 (if installed).i. Close Airlock to Passagewayaccess scuttle.j. Secure Forecastle, AirlockPassageway and EngineeringRoom Watchstanders.k. Safety Supervisor, completeremaining items on Dome EntryReport Form and mail to theaddress on the form.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-32

Figure 2-1. Sonar Dome Entry Checkoff List (Sheet 1)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-33

Figure 2-1. Sonar Dome Entry Checkoff List (Sheet 2)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-34

Figure 2-2. Sonar Dome Interior Inspection Items Checklist (Sheet 1)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-35

Figure 2-2. Sonar Dome Interior Inspection Items Checklist (Sheet 2)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-36

1.

Figure 2-3. Sonar Dome Entry (Dive) Report

S9165-AE

-MM

A-010

2-37

Table 2-9. Freshwater-to-Saltwater Interchange ProcedureStep to be Performed Observe Checks and Adjustments

NOTE

Conduct an operational risk management (ORM) brief. Brief shall be conducted prior to performing a water to airinterchange for any reason. Attendees shall include the Commanding Officer, Executive Officer, Combat SystemsOfficer, Weapons Officer, Anti-Submarine Officer, and all STG’s and cover the following topics.1. Current status of the SDRW. I.E. is it in a ROUTINE, MONITOR, or NO WATERBORNE ENTRY status? Thecurrent status is promulgated at the MUWINFO desk at HTTPS://PEOIWS.NAVY.MIL. Follow the link to sonardomes.2. Date of last radiographic inspection.3. Normal and emergent procedures.4. Safety.5. Communications plan.

CAUTION


CAUTION

THE SONAR DOME SHALL NORMALLY BE FILLED WITH FRESHWATER. FRESHWATER IS USED TOMINIMIZE THE CORROSIVE EFFECTS OF SALTWATER ON SDPS COMPONENTS AND EQUIPMENTSINSTALLED WITHIN THE SONAR DOME. THE USE OF FRESHWATER SHALL BE WAIVED WHEN SHIPIS OPERATING IN EXTREMELY COLD CLIMATES. SALTWATER SHALL BE USED IN LIEU OF FRESH-WATER TO PREVENT FREEZING.

CAUTION

IF FRESHWATER-TO-SEAWATER INTERCHANGE MUST BE PERFORMED AT SEA, SHIP’S SPEEDMUST BE FIVE KNOTS OR LESS AND SEA STATE 2 OR LESS.

NOTE

THE NORMAL OPERATION TO REMOVE WATER FROM THE SONAR DOME IS BY SHIP’S SERVICE LPAIR FORCING THE DOME WATER THROUGH THE EDUCTOR AND DISCHARGING IT OVERBOARD.

1. System requirements:a. Establish Dome Control Sta-tion watch with sound poweredX25J phone.b. Tag main power switch andair compressors to preventdeenergization: DO NOTDEENERGIZE.

Ensure availability of LP air and 115VAC during entire evolution.

c. Tag sonar transmitter powersupply and AN/UQN orAN/WQC.

Ensure sonar transmitter power supplyand AN/UQN or AN/WQC aredeenergized.

d. Verify position of valves IAWTable 2-3.

W-GA-41 reads 39.5 psig minus HeadPressure.

e. Verify that alarm panel indi-cations are IAW Table 2-10.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-38

Table 2-9. Freshwater-to-Saltwater Interchange Procedure - Continued


CAUTION

IF AT SEA, SHIP’S SPEED MUST BE LESS THAN FIVE KNOTS AND SEA STATE 2 OR LESS.2. Water removal and airpressurization.

Ensure availability of LP air and 115VAC supplies.

a. Set valves IAW Table 2-2,pressurized seawater.

Panels indicate pressurized water (IAWTable 2-10.)

b. Close A-V-148.c. Verify A-V-110 is open. A-GA-109 indicates 125 (+ 30, -25) psig.d. Throttle open A-V-148. A-GA-123 indicates 22 (+1, -5) psig. Adjust A-V-119 as required.e. Close A-V-155.f. Open A-V-125.g. Open A-V-166.h. Close A-V-156 when only airdrains.i. Verify air circulation in airpanel.

A-GA-133 indicates 14 (±1) psig A-F-124 indicates 40-50 SCFM.

Adjust A-V-134 as required. ThrottleA-V-148 as required.

j. Close A-V-166 and A-V-125.

CAUTION

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEPS WILL RESULT IN A DECREASE OF SONAR DOME PRES-SURE. THROTTLE VALVE W-V-27 AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE SONAR DOME PRESSURE DOES NOTDROP BELOW 12.5 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGE W-GA-10.

k. Open W-V-27 until gageW-GA-10 indicates 22 psig.

Observe water venting through valveW-V-27 into funnel F-92.Observe decreasing Sonar Dome pressureas indicated on gage W-GA-10.Low water-pressure alarm sounds at 25(±1) psig. LOW PRESSURE light is lit.W-GA-10 indicates 22 psig.

If alarm does not sound at 25 (±1) psig,adjust low-pressure microswitch inW-GA-10 using applicable MRC.

l. Close W-V-27. Station personnel by E-V-21 to verifyvalve position.

m. Open W-V-11, W-V-(4-41-2),W-V-49, DC-V-96, A-V-127,A-V-125 and DC-V-101.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-39



n. At control panel E-PN-44, setSolenoid Valve E-V-21 switch toOPEN position.

Observe LOW PRESSURE light remainslit.Observe that indicator E-F-33 illumi-nates; this verifies that Solenoid ValveE-V-21 is in the OPEN position.Observe gage W-GA-10 indicationdecrease to approximately 17 to 19 psig,and then stabilize at approximately 18psig as air pressure is applied.Observe Flowmeter A-F-124; verify airflow rate of 15 to 20 SCFM.Observe Sonar Dome overboard dis-charge port; verify that water is beingdischarged.

WARNING

W-V-49 MUST BE MANNED DURING TEST OF E-F-32. SHUT VALVE W-V-49 IF DOME PRESSURE ASINDICATED ON W-GA-10 DROPS BELOW 11 PSIG.

NOTE

AS SONAR DOME IS DEWATERED, A PARTIAL VACUUM IN GAGE A-GA-167 GAGE LINE MAYDEVELOP. THIS MAY RESULT IN INADVERTENT CLOSURE OF SOLENOID VALVE E-V-21 BY ACTIONOF PRESSURE SWITCH E-F-32. OBSERVE THAT VALVE E-V-21 POSITION INDICATOR E-F-33REMAINS ILLUMINATED TO ENSURE SOLENOID VALVE E-V-21 REMAINS IN THE OPEN POSITIONDURING DEWATERING PROCEDURE.

o. At control panel E-PN-44,verify the following.

Alarm bell silences and Dome Full indi-cator extinguishes in approximately 10minutes. LOW PRESS indicator remainslit.

p. After DOME FULL indicatorextinguishes and Low-Pressureaudible alarms cease, shut valveW-V-49.q. At control panel E-PN-44,shut solenoid E-V-21.r. At Airlock Passageway,remove caps from Test PointConnection valves A-V-160 andA-V-100; allow all water to ventfrom gage lines; then recap TestPoint Connection valves A-V-160 and A-V-100.s. At Dome Control Station,Shut valve A-V-127.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-40



CAUTION

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEPS WILL RESULT IN A DECREASE OF SONAR DOME PRES-SURE. THROTTLE VALVE W-V-27 AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE SONAR DOME PRESSURE DOES NOTDROP BELOW 12.0 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGES W-GA-10 AND A-GA-167.

t. Open valve W-V-27; continueto vent air until gages W-GA-10and A-GA-167 (located inAirlock passageway) indicate13.0 (12 to 13) psig; then shutvalve W-V-27.

Observe air venting through valveW-V-27Audible Low Air pressure alarms shouldactivate on control panel E-PN-44 andalarm panel E-PN-45.

u. If alarms do not activate, per-form the following.(1) With gages W-GA-10 andA-GA-167 indicating 13.0 psig,slowly turn Pressure SwitchE-F-32 adjusting screw clock-wise until audible alarm acti-vates on control panel E-PN-44.(2) Open valve A-V-127; applyair pressure to Sonar Dome untilgage W-GA-10 indicationexceeds 13.0 psig and audiblealarms silence, then shut valveA-V-127.(3) Open valve W-V-27; vent airthrough valve W-V-27 untilgages W-GA-10 and A-GA-167indicate 13.0 psig.(4) Slowly turn pressure switchE-F-32 adjusting screw clock-wise or counterclockwise, asnecessary, to activate audiblealarm on control panel E-PN-44when gages W-GA-10 andA-GA-167 indicate 13.0 psig.v. Open valve A-V-127. Observe pressure increase on gage

W-GA-10.Observe Low Air pressure audible alarmscease when gage W-GA-10 indication isgreater than 13.0 psig.

w. When gage W-GA-10 indi-cates 22 psig, open valve W-V-49.x. At control panel E-PN-44, setsolenoid valve E-V-21 switch toOpen position.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-41



CAUTION

WATER AND AIR BOARDS AT DOME CONTROL STATION (0.5-28-0-Q) MUST BE MANNED AT ALLTIMES DURING PERFORMANCE OF THIS PROCEDURE. GAGE W-GA-10 MUST BE MONITORED CON-TINUOUSLY DURING WATER TO AIR INTERCHANGE PROCEDURE.

NOTE

APPROXIMATELY 3.5 HOURS WILL ELAPSE TO COMPLETE WATER TO AIR INTERCHANGE PROCE-DURE. OBSERVE INTERNAL SONAR DOME PRESSURE OF 22 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGE W-GA-10. OBSERVE AIR FLOW RATE OF 15 TO 20 SCFM AS INDICATED ON FLOWMETER A-F-124.

Observe that DOME EMPTY indicatorilluminates on control panel E-PN-44.Solenoid Valve E-V-21 shuts automati-cally.

As water backflushes into crawl spaceunder the transducer array due toE-V-21 closure, the DOME EMPTYindicator on control panel E-PN-44 mayextinguish.

y. At control panel E-PN-44,return solenoid valve E-V-21toggle switch to CLOSED posi-tion.z. At Airlock Passageway, shutvalve W-V-49.aa. Shut W-V-11 and W-V-(4-41-2).3. Air-to seawater interchangesystem requirements:a. Establish Dome Control Sta-tion watch with sound-poweredX25J phone communicationswith all applicable stations.b. Ensure that firemain is >125psig.

W-GA-38: 150 (+25, -25) psig.

c. Ensure that ship’s LP air sup-ply is at 100 psig (nominal).

A-GA-109: 100 psig. LP air compressor is energized.

d. Ensure that E-PN-44 andE-PN-45 alarm panels are ener-gized.

Alarm panel indicators are lit IAW Table2-10.

Ship’s supply, 115 VAC, 60 Hz.

4. Verify that valves are IAWTable 2-2, Prior to Air Circu-lating:a. Open A-V-125, A-V-127,DC-V-101 and DC-V-102.b. Close A-V-155 and A-V-156.c. Open A-V-129 to start circu-lating air through the sonardome.

W-V-10 decreases and stabilizes at 14(+/-1) psig.


5. Pressurize dome (seawater).a. Close A-V-129.b. Close A-V-125.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-42



c. Open A-V-166. A-GA-133 and W-GA-10 stabilizes to 14(±1) psig.


d. Open W-V-1, W-V-5 andDC-V-96.

W-GA-39, 150.0 (+25, -25) psig. Adjust W-V-16 as required.

e. Open W-V-24. WTR V ON lights on E-PN-45 (FigureFO-6). Ensure W-GA-10 indication isheld at 14-20 psig.

f. Shut W-V-15 and W-V-18.g. Throttle W-V-17 Do not let W-GA-10 exceed 20 psig Use By-Pass valves with care and dis-

cretion.Dome empty indicator on control panelE-PN-44 will extinguish after approxi-mately 10 minutes.Dome seawater fill will continue for 2.5to 3 hours.

NOTE

DOME CONTROL STATION MUST BE MANNED AT ALL TIMES DURING THIS PROCEDURE. ENSUREGAGE W-GA-10 INDICATION DOES NOT DROP BELOW 13 PSIG. IF GAGE W-GA-10 INDICATIONDROPS BELOW 13 PSIG, SHUT VALVE A-V-166 IMMEDIATELY AND OPEN VALVE A-V-125; WHENSONAR DOME PRESSURE INCREASES TO 17 PSIG, RESUME FRESHWATER FILLING PROCEDURE BYSHUTTING VALVE A-V-125 AND OPENING VALVE A-V-166.

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEP WILL ACTIVATE AUDIBLE LOW PRESSURE ALARMS.INFORM SONAR CONTROL AND COMBAT SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE CENTER WATCHSTANDERS TODISREGARD SONAR DOME LOW-PRESSURE ALARMS.

6. Verify dome is filled: DOME FULL and LOW PRESSUREindicator lighted on E-PN-44. Alarm bellsounds

E-PN-44 bell cannot be silenced.

a. When Dome Full indicatorilluminates and alarm bellsounds, Close A-V-127, A-V-166, and A-V-145.

Observe gage W-GA-10 indicationincrease; audible alarms silence whengage W-GA-10 indication is greater than25 psig.

b. When gage W-GA-10 indica-tion is greater than 25 psig,open W-V-27; observe air/watermixture venting through valveW-V-27.

Allow trapped air in dome to vent. Throttle valve W-V-27 as necessary toensure Sonar Dome pressure remainsabove 25 psig as indicated on gageW-GA-10.Throttle valve W-V-17 as necessary tomaintain W-GA-10 indication below39.5 psig.

c. Close W-V-27 when a steadystream of water is observedventing through valve W-V-27.

Throttle valve W-V-17 as necessary toincrease W-GA-10 indication to 39.5psig.

d. Shut W-V-17 when gageW-GA-10 indicates 39.5 psig.e. Open W-V-15 and W-V-18.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-43



7. Purge Digital GageW-GA-10 Sensing Line:

If Digital Gage W-GA-10 is installed.

NOTE

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEPS WILL ACTIVATE THE AUDIBLE LOW-PRESSUREALARMS. CONTACT SONAR CONTROL AND COMBAT SYSTEMS MAINTENANCE CENTER WATCH-STANDERS AND INFORM TO DISREGARD SONAR DOME LOW PRESSURE ALARMS.

a. Remove cap from W-V-46test point connection.b. Allow water to vent throughvalve W-V-46 for 2 minutes(minimum) until a steady streamof water is observed. Use abucket to contain water. Recaptest point connection of valveW-V-46.

Ensure W-GA-10 is indicating normaloperating pressure (39.5 psig).

8. Depressurize LP Air Piping:a. Shut valve A-V-110.b. Open drain valve A-V-155and bypass valve A-V-166.c. Open valve A-V-125. Vent air pressure until gage A-GA-109,

A-GA-106 and A-GA-123 indicate 0psig.

9. Remove tags from under-water telephone, sonar setAN/SQS-53C transmitterpower supply, alarm panelsmain power switch and aircompressors:

NOTE

THE SONAR DOME WILL DEVELOP AIR POCKETS UP TO 72 HOURS AFTER AIR TO WATER INTER-CHANGE HAS BEEN COMPLETED.

10. Remove air pockets fromsonar dome:a. Open W-V-27 valve slightlyevery 4 to 6 hours, or as neces-sary, to vent air pockets fromSonar Dome.

Allow trapped air in dome to vent.

b. Close W-V-27 when onlywater is exhausting

W-GA-10 increases and stabilizes at 39.5(+ 2, -0) psig.

Adjust W-V-16 if required. Repeat forthe next 72 hours to completely purgeall air trapped in dome.

Alarm panels indicate pressurized water(IAW Table 2-10.)

c. Notify Sonar Control andCombat Systems MaintenanceCenter to regard all furtherSonar Dome alarms.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-44



d. Notify Command DutyOfficer of completion of mainte-nance; Inform CDO SonarDome is water filled and pres-surized at normal operatingpressure.

Dome pressurization system is now readyfor at Sea Procedure.

Table 2-10. Electrical/Alarm Panel Indications for a Given Condition

Indicator Pressurized Air Pressurized Water Un-Pressurized

Table 2-2 Table 2-3 Table 2-4Panel E-PN-44 (Dome Control Station)HIGH PRESS. OUT OUT OUTLOW PRESS. LIT OUT LITDOME FULL OUT LIT OUTDOME EMPTY LIT OUT LITSOLENOID CLOSED/OPEN Switch CLOSED CLOSED CLOSEDBell OFF OFF ON

Panel E-PN-45 (Sonar Control Room)HIGH PRESS. OUT OUT OUTLOW PRESS. LIT OUT LITWTR V ON OUT OUT OUTWTR V OFF LIT LIT LITBuzzer OFF OFF ON

DMSSummary Fault Alarm OFF OFF ON

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-45

2-4. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES.

CAUTION

TABLES 2-10 AND 2-11 CONTAIN PROCEDURES FOR ALL PREDICTABLE SDPS ALARM CONDI-TIONS AND COMPONENT MALFUNCTIONS. IT IS EMPHASIZED THAT ANY ALARM CONDITIONOR COMPONENT MALFUNCTION MUST BE THOROUGHLY INVESTIGATED BEFORE ANY COR-RECTIVE ACTION IS UNDERTAKEN. ONLY TRAINED PERSONNEL WHO ARE KNOWLEDGEABLEOF ALL ASPECTS OF THE OPERATION AND FUNCTION OF THE SDPS SHALL TAKE CORRECTIVEACTIONS DURING AN ALARM SITUATION.

ALL PROCEDURES ARE TO BE PERFORMED PROMPTLY UPON ACTIVATION OF VISUAL ANDAUDIBLE ALARMS. APPRAISAL OF ALARMS SHALL BE MADE BY CONDUCTING COORDINATEDGAGE READINGS AT THE DOME CONTROL STATION (DCS).

SIMULTANEOUS ALARMS ARE RECEIVED AT THE DOME CONTROL STATION (DCS), SONARCONTROL AND DMS.

Table 2-11. Underway Emergency Procedures - Sonar Dome Water Filled andPressurized

1. HIGH PRESSURE ALARM

E-PN-44: HIGH PRESS illuminated. Bell soundingE-PN-45: HIGH PRESS illuminated. BUZZER sounding

A. SLOW SHIP’S SPEED TO 5 KNOTS OR LESS.

B. VERIFY ALARM CONDITION.

1. VERIFY SIMULTANEOUS ALARM PANEL INDICATIONS.2. VERIFY FUNCTION OF GAGES W-GA-10 AND W-GA-41. W-GA-10 HIGH PRESSURE

ALARM ACTIVATION SETPOINT IS 44.00 PSIG. CORRESPONDING INDICATION ONW-GA-41 DURING A HIGH PRESSURE ALARM CONDITION IS GREATER THAN 24.5PSIG.

C. CLOSE VALVE W-V-24.

D. VERIFY BYPASS VALVE W-V-17 IS CLOSED.

E. OPEN W-V-27 UNTIL PRESSURE DECREASES TO 39.5 (+2, -0) PSIG

F. CLOSE W-V-27

G. OPEN W-V-24

H. VERIFY OPERATION OF GAGE W-GA-10 BY ADDING SYSTEM HEAD PRESSURE TO GAGEW-GA-41 INDICATION.

I. NOTIFY OOD THAT NORMAL SONAR DOME PRESSURE HAS BEEN RESTORED.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-46

Table 2-11. Underway Emergency Procedures - Sonar Dome Water Filled and

Pressurized - Continued

J. IDENTIFY CAUSE OF HIGH PRESSURE ALARM AND TAKE CORRECTIVE ACTION ASNECESSARY. COMMON CAUSES OF HIGH PRESSURE ALARM INCLUDE; FAILURE OFREDUCING VALVES W-V-7 OR W-V-16 OR LEAKBY OF BYPASS VALVE W-V-17.

2. LOW PRESSURE ALARM

E-PN-44: LOW PRESS illuminated. Bell soundingE-PN-45: LOW PRESS illuminated. BUZZER sounding



1. VERIFY SIMULTANEOUS ALARM PANEL INDICATIONS.2. VERIFY FUNCTION OF GAGES W-GA-10 AND W-GA-41. W-GA-10 LOW PRESSURE

ALARM ACTIVATION SETPOINT IS 25.00 PSIG. CORRESPONDING INDICATION ONW-GA-41 DURING A LOW PRESSURE ALARM CONDITION IS GREATER THAN 5.5PSIG.

C. SLOWLY OPEN AND THROTTLE BYPASS VALVE W-V-17 TO INCREASE SONAR DOMEPRESSURE.

D. OBSERVE ASCENDING PRESSURE INDICATION ON GAGE W-GA-10. CONTINUE THROT-TLING VALVE W-V-17 UNTIL NORMAL OPERATING SONAR DOME PRESSURE HAS BEENRESTORED. NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE IS 39.5 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGEW-GA-10.

E. CLOSE BYPASS VALVE W-V-17 WHEN NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE HAS BEENRESTORED.

F. NOTIFY OOD THAT NORMAL SONAR DOME OPERATING PRESSURE HAS BEENRESTORED.

G. IDENTIFY CAUSE OF LOW PRESSURE ALARM AND TAKE CORRECTIVE ACTION AS NEC-ESSARY. COMMON CAUSES OF LOW PRESSURE ALARM INCLUDE; FAILURE OF REDUC-ING VALVES W-V-3 OR W-V-16, FAILURE OF RELIEF VALVE W-V-31 TO RE-SEATCOMPLETELY OR LOSS OF FIREMAIN PRESSURE.

3. LOW PRESSURE ALARM WITH WATER FLOW ON

E-PN-44: LOW PRESS illuminated; Bell soundingE-PN-45: LOW PRESS illuminated; WTR-V-ON illuminated; BUZZER sounding



S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-47



1. VERIFY SIMULTANEOUS ALARM PANEL INDICATIONS.2. VERIFY FUNCTION OF GAGES W-GA-10 AND W-GA-41. W-GA-10 LOW PRESSURE

ALARM ACTIVATION SETPOINT IS 25.00 PSIG. CORRESPONDING INDICATION ONW-GA-41 DURING A LOW PRESSURE ALARM CONDITION IS GREATER THAN 5.5PSIG.

3. VERIFY FUNCTION OF FLOW SWITCH E-F-29. FLOW SWITCH ALARM ACTIVATIONSETPOINT IS A FLOW RATE GREATER THAN 2.5 GALLONS PER MINUTE. WATERFLOW THROUGH THE SDPS AT THIS FLOW RATE SHOULD BE APPARENT, ANDMAY BE CONFIRMED BY VISUAL AND AURAL INSPECTION.

C. SLOWLY OPEN AND THROTTLE BYPASS VALVE W-V-17 TO INCREASE SONAR DOMEPRESSURE.

D. OBSERVE ASCENDING PRESSURE INDICATION ON GAGE W-GA-10. CONTINUE THROT-TLING VALVE W-V-17 UNTIL NORMAL OPERATING SONAR DOME PRESSURE HAS BEENRESTORED. NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE IS 39.5 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGEW-GA-10. ONCE NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE HAS BEEN RESTORED, CLOSE BYPASSVALVE W-V-17; PROCEED TO STEP 3.H. OF THIS TABLE.

E. IF NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE CANNOT BE MAINTAINED BY THROTTLING W-V-17,OPEN W-V-17 COMPLETELY AND SLOWLY OPEN AND THROTTLE BYPASS VALVE W-V-3.

F. OBSERVE ASCENDING PRESSURE INDICATION ON GAGE W-GA-10. CONTINUE THROT-TLING VALVE W-V-3 UNTIL NORMAL OPERATING SONAR DOME PRESSURE HAS BEENRESTORED. NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE IS 39.5 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGEW-GA-10.

G. IF NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE CAN NOT BE RESTORED WITH BOTH BYPASSVALVES W-V-17 AND W-V-3 OPEN, PROCEED TO SECTION 5 “PROCEDURES FOR APPAR-ENT SONAR DOME RUPTURE.”

H. NOTIFY OOD THAT NORMAL SONAR DOME PRESSURE HAS BEEN RESTORED.

I. IDENTIFY CAUSE OF WATER FLOW ON INDICATION AND TAKE CORRECTIVE ACTIONAS NECESSARY. THIS INDICATION WILL MOST LIKELY BE CAUSED BY A RUPTUREDSONAR DOME; HOWEVER, OTHER COMMON CAUSES OF THE WATER FLOW ON INDICA-TION INCLUDE FAILURE OF RELIEF VALVE W-V-31 TO RE-SEAT COMPLETELY OR ABREAK IN SDPS PIPING.

4. LOSS OF FIREMAIN SUPPLY PRESSURE

GAGE W-GA-38 INDICATION LESS THAN 48 PSIG POSSIBLE LOW PRESSURE VISUALAND AUDIBLE ALARMS


S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-48



B. CLOSE CUTOUT VALVE W-V-18.

C. CONTINUE TO MONITOR GAGE W-GA-38 UNTIL FIREMAIN SUPPLY PRESSURE HASBEEN RESTORED. NORMAL OPERATIONAL FIREMAIN SUPPLY IS 150 PSIG AS INDICATEDON GAGE W-GA-38.

D. WHEN GAGE W-GA-38 INDICATES 150.0 PSIG, OPEN CUTOUT VALVE W-V-18.

E. VERIFY RESTORATION OF NORMAL SONAR DOME OPERATING PRESSURE. NORMALSONAR DOME OPERATING PRESSURE IS 39.5 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGE W-GA-10.CORRESPONDING GAGE W-GA-41 INDICATION IS 20 PSIG.

F. NOTIFY OOD THAT NORMAL SONAR DOME OPERATING PRESSURE HAS BEENRESTORED.

5. REDUCER W-V-7 FAILURE

SET POINT (INDICATED ON GAGE W-GA-39) CANNOT BE MAINTAINED INDEFINITELY.

POSSIBLE WATER LEAKAGE THROUGH WEEPAGE HOLE IN BELL COVER OF W-V-7.

A. PRIOR TO ADJUSTING SONAR DOME PRESSURE, VERIFY OPERATION OF GAGESW-GA-10 AND W-GA-41. NORMAL SONAR DOME PRESSURE, AS INDICATED ON GAGEW-GA-10, 39.5 PSIG. CORRESPONDING GAGE W-GA-41 INDICATION FOR NORMAL SONARDOME PRESSURE IS 20 PSIG.

B. CLOSE CUTOUT VALVES W-V-5 AND W-V-8.

C. SLOWLY OPEN AND THROTTLE BYPASS VALVE W-V-3 AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAINNORMAL SONAR DOME PRESSURE.

D. CONTINUE TO THROTTLE BYPASS VALVE W-V-3 TO MAINTAIN NORMAL SONAR DOMEPRESSURE; MONITOR GAGES W-GA-39, W-GA-41 AND W-GA-10 UNTIL REPAIR ORREPLACEMENT OF REDUCER W-V-7 IS ACCOMPLISHED.

6. REDUCER W-V-16 FAILURE

SET POINT (INDICATED ON GAGE W-GA-41) CANNOT BE MAINTAINED INDEFINITELY.

POSSIBLE WATER LEAKAGE THROUGH WEEPAGE HOLE IN BELL COVER OF W-V-16.

POSSIBLE ACTIVATION OF LOW PRESSURE VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARMS.

POSSIBLE ACTIVATION OF HIGH PRESSURE VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARMS.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-49



A. VERIFY NORMAL OPERATION OF REDUCER VALVE W-V-7 BY CONFIRMING GAGEW-GA-39 INDICATION. NORMAL GAGE W-GA-39 INDICATION IS 50.0 PSIG. REDUCERW-V-7 MUST BE FULLY OPERATIONAL BEFORE REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF REDUCERW-V-16 IS ATTEMPTED.

B. CLOSE CUTOUT VALVES W-V-15 AND W-V-18.

C. SLOWLY OPEN AND THROTTLE BYPASS VALVE W-V-17 AS REQUIRED TO MAINTAINNORMAL SONAR DOME PRESSURE. NORMAL SONAR DOME PRESSURE, AS INDICATEDON GAGE W-GA-10, IS 39.5 PSIG. CORRESPONDING GAGE W-GA-41 INDICATION FORNORMAL SONAR DOME PRESSURE IS 20 PSIG.

D. CONTINUE TO THROTTLE BYPASS VALVE W-V-17 TO MAINTAIN NORMAL SONAR DOMEPRESSURE; MONITOR GAGES W-GA-39, W-GA-41 AND W-GA-10 UNTIL REPAIR ORREPLACEMENT OF REDUCER W-V-16 IS ACCOMPLISHED.

7. RELIEF VALVE W-V-31 FAILURE

WATER FLOW OBSERVED FROM W-V-31 VENT PORT.

POSSIBLE ACTIVATION OF LOW PRESSURE VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARMS.

POSSIBLE ACTIVATION OF WTR-V-ON VISUAL INDICATOR ON PANEL E-PN-45.

A. CLOSE ISOLATION VALVE W-V-24.

B. MONITOR GAGE W-GA-10 FOR NORMAL SONAR DOME PRESSURE.

C. MANUALLY JACK OPEN RELIEF VALVE W-V-31 FOR 30 SECONDS. REPEAT AS NECES-SARY TO CLEAR ANY DEBRIS WHICH HAVE FOULED SEAT OF VALVE.

D. IF VALVE SEAT CANNOT BE CLEARED, AND WATER CONTINUES TO VENT THROUGHW-V-31, REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT OF VALVE IS REQUIRED.

Table 2-12. Emergency Procedures - During Sonar Dome Entry

1. LOSS OF LP AIR SUPPLY

LOW LP AIR SUPPLY PRESSURE INDICATOR ILLUMINATED.GAGES A-GA-109 AND A-GA-106 INDICATE LESS THAN 60 PSIG.POSSIBLE LOW AIR PRESSURE AUDIBLE ALARM SOUNDING.

A. CLOSE ISOLATION VALVES A-V-104 AND A-V-129.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-50

Table 2-12. Emergency Procedures - During Sonar Dome Entry - Continued

B. CLOSE ISOLATION VALVES A-V-103 AND A-V-127.

C. PERSONNEL IN PRESSURIZED SONAR DOME RETURN TO AIRLOCK.

D. CLOSE AND SECURE AIRLOCK TO SONAR DOME ACCESS HATCH.

E. DEPRESSURIZE AIRLOCK, OPEN AIRLOCK TO PASSAGE ACCESS HATCH AND EXITAIRLOCK.

F. OBSERVE GAGES A-GA-109 AND A-GA-106. PERSONNEL MAY RE-ENTER AIRLOCK ANDSONAR DOME ONLY AFTER GAGES A-GA-109 AND A-GA-106 INDICATE 120 PSIG (NOMI-NAL) AND ALL VISUAL AND AUDIBLE ALARMS HAVE CLEARED.

G. MONITOR GAGES W-GA-10 AND A-GA-167 FOR NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE WHILESONAR DOME IS AIR PRESSURIZED. NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE FOR AIR PRESSUR-IZATION IS 14 PSIG.

H. IF NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE CANNOT BE MAINTAINED, IMMEDIATELY COM-MENCE AIR-TO-FRESHWATER INTERCHANGE PROCEDURE IN ACCORDANCE WITHTABLE 2-5 OF THIS TECHNICAL MANUAL.

2. LOSS OF ELECTRICAL POWER

ALL VISUAL INDICTOR LAMPS ON PANELS ARE EXTINGUISHED. POSSIBLE LOSS OFOVERHEAD LIGHTING AT DOME CONTROL STATION AND AIRLOCK.

A. PERSONNEL IN PRESSURIZED SONAR DOME RETURN TO AIRLOCK.

B. CLOSE AND SECURE AIRLOCK TO SONAR DOME ACCESS HATCH.

C. DEPRESSURIZE AIRLOCK, OPEN AIRLOCK TO PASSAGE ACCESS HATCH AND EXITAIRLOCK.

D. CLOSE ISOLATION VALVES A-V-104 AND A-V-129.

E. CLOSE ISOLATION VALVES A-V-103 AND A-V-127.

F. PERSONNEL WILL REMAIN OUTSIDE OF SONAR DOME UNTIL ALL ELECTRICAL POWERHAS BEEN FULLY RESTORED.

G. MONITOR GAGES W-GA-10 AND A-GA-167 FOR NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE WHILESONAR DOME IS AIR PRESSURIZED. NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE FOR AIR PRESSUR-IZATION IS 14 PSIG.

I. IF NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE CANNOT BE MAINTAINED, IMMEDIATELY COM-MENCE AIR-TO-FRESHWATER INTERCHANGE PROCEDURE IN ACCORDANCE WITHTABLE 2-5 OF THIS TECHNICAL MANUAL.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-51


3. REGULATOR A-V-119 FAILURE

CANNOT MAINTAIN REQUIRED OUTPUT PRESSURES AND FLOW RATE. GAGE A-GA-123 INDICATION FLUCTUATES BEYOND NORMAL RANGE DURING FLOW CONDI-TIONS.POSSIBLE VENTING OR RELIEF VALVE A-V-122.POSSIBLE LOW PRESSURE AUDIBLE ALARM SOUNDING.



C. CLOSE ISOLATION VALVES A-V-104 AND A-V-129.

D. DEPRESSURIZE AIRLOCK, OPEN AIRLOCK TO PASSAGE ACCESS HATCH AND EXITAIRLOCK.

E. CLOSE ISOLATION VALVES A-V-103 AND A-V-127.

F. MONITOR GAGES W-GA-10 AND A-GA-167 FOR NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE WHILESONAR DOME IS AIR PRESSURIZED. NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE FOR AIR PRESSUR-IZATION IS 14 PSIG.

G. CLOSE CUTOUT VALVES A-V-118 AND A-V-148.

H. CRACK OPEN BYPASS VALVES A-V-147.

I. OBSERVE GAGE A-GA-123; OPEN VALVE A-V-147 UNTIL A-GA-123 INDICATES 22 PSIG ATLOCK UP (NO FLOW) CONDITION.

J. OPEN ISOLATION VALVES A-V-103 AND A-V-127.

K. OBSERVE FLOWMETER A-V-124; INDICATION SHOULD BE 40 TO 50 SCFM.

L. OPEN ISOLATION VALVES A-V-104 AND A-V-129.

M. OBSERVE NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE OF 14 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGESW-GA-10 AND A-GA-167. CORRESPONDING FLOW RATE INDICATION ON A-F-124 IS 40 TO50 SCFM.

N. IF ALL OF THE ABOVE OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS ARE BEING MAINTAINED, PERSON-NEL MAY RE-ENTER AIRLOCK AND CONTINUE WITH SONAR DOME ENTRY.

4. BACKPRESSURE REGULATOR A-V-134 FAILURE

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-52


NORMAL OPERATING BACKPRESSURE CANNOT BE MAINTAINED BY ADJUSTMENTOF BACKPRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE A-V-134.POSSIBLE LOW AIR PRESSURE AUDIBLE ALARM SOUNDING.



C. DEPRESSURIZE AIRLOCK, OPEN AIRLOCK TO PASSAGE ACCESS HATCH AND EXITAIRLOCK.

D. OBSERVE GAGES W-GA-10 AND A-GA-167; IF INDICATIONS ARE LESS THAN 14 PSIG,THROTTLE VALVE A-V-145 UNTIL NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE IS RESTORED.

E. OBSERVE GAGES W-GA-10 AND A-GA-167; IF INDICATIONS ARE GREATER THAN 15 PSIG,OPEN AND THROTTLE BYPASS VALVE A-V-131 UNTIL NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE ISRESTORED.

F. OBSERVE NORMAL OPERATING PRESSURE OF 14 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGESW-GA-10 AND A-GA-167. CORRESPONDING FLOW RATE INDICATION ON A-F-124 IS 40 TO50 SCFM.

G. IF ALL OF THE ABOVE OPERATIONAL PARAMETERS ARE BEING MAINTAINED, PERSON-NEL MAY RE-ENTER AIRLOCK AND CONTINUE WITH SONAR DOME ENTRY.

2-5. OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES FOR APPARENT SONAR DOME RUPTURE.

The initial indications of a ruptured sonar dome are a sustained low pressure alarm (visual and audible)accompanied by a sustained WTR-V-ON (water flow) alarm. The circumstances under which sonar dome rup-tures have occurred include extended operation in high sea states, slamming, impact with a submerged object, orimpact with a pier. Sonar domes have also ruptured without apparent direct cause.

2-5.1 INITIAL ACTIONS. The following initial actions shall be taken, if conditions permit when a sonar domerupture is suspected.

a. Slow ship’s speed to the minimum to maintain steerage; do not exceed 5 knots until status of sonar dome isdetermined.

b. Ensure that low pressure and water flow alarms are not caused by pressurization system malfunction.

c. If the pressurization system is functioning properly and the alarm condition continues, the sonar dome isprobably ruptured. See following paragraphs for operational procedure.

2-5.2 DAMAGE ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE.

a. Damage assessment if ship is in port: It may be possible to determine the location of the rupture if striking a

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-53

pier or grounding caused it. If Diving services are available, they shall be utilized to determine the exact loca-tion and extent of damage. The following information shall be provided To NAVSEA IAW current COMNAV-SURFLANT/COMNAVSURFPAC casualty reporting Procedures;

(1) The cause of low pressure/water flow on alarm.

(2) The lowest sonar dome pressure recorded.

(3) The actions taken to resolve alarm condition.

(4) Whether or not the sonar dome was air pressurized or water filled and pressurized at the time of the alarmactivation.

b. Damage assessment if ship is underway: An attempt shall be made to determine whether the sonar dome istorn away or ruptured. All pertinent information regarding status of sonar dome shall be reported to type com-mander via radio message IAW established COMNAVSURFLANT/COMNAVSURFPAC casualty reportingprocedures.

(1) If the sonar dome is ruptured A determination of the location of the rupture must be made. Damage tosonar dome may be localized by conducting underway noise level measurements. If no evidence exists tothe contrary, the rupture is probably a vertical tear located within a few inches of the forward centerlineof the sonar dome. If indications are that a vertical tear exists at the forward center line of the sonar domebut that the sonar dome is not torn away, maintain normal pressurization system valve alignment IAWTable 2-3 of this technical manual, and resume ships operation utilizing guidance in paragraph 2.6. Abovesea state 6, reduce speed to the minimum to maintain steerage to avoid slamming. If the limiting speedsare adhered to, slamming or the emergence of the baseline flat should not occur; if however, slamming orbaseline flat emergence does occur, reduce ships speed and alter heading. It should be noted that the inter-nal sonar dome pressure may fluctuate with ships speed and will be a further indication of a vertical tear.

(2) If the sonar dome is torn away Leaving the transducer array exposed, secure the pressurization system.Ships speed and heading should be adjusted within the following limits as necessary to prevent emergenceof the baseline flat:

(a) For sea state 0 through sea state 4 (up to 7 feet significant wave height) 13 knots maximum on anyheading.

(b) For sea state 5 (7 feet to 13 feet significant wave height) minimum speed to maintain steerage, but nogreater than 13 knots on any heading. Emergence of the baseline flat is probable at sea state 5, there-fore, alter speed and change heading to avoid/minimize emergence of the baseline flat.

(c) For sea state 6 and above (13 feet or greater significant wave height) maximum speed on all headingsis the minimum speed required to maintain steerage.

2-6. OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR SHIPS WITH RUPTURED SONAR DOMES.

Figure 2-4 (sheets 1 and 2) is a reprint of Naval Sea Systems Command letter serial 141, dated 17 March1982. This letter serves as the governing document as it presents operational guidelines for ships with rupturedsonar domes. Selected portions of its enclosure (1) are also presented and are designated herein as Figure 2-4(sheet 3).

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-54

Figure 2-4. Naval Sea Systems Command letter serial 141, dated 17 March 1982 (Sheet 1)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-55


S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-56


S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-57

Figure 2-5. Operational Guidelines for DDG 51 Class Ships With Ruptured Sonar Dome Rubber Window(Page 1 of 2)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-58

1.

Figure 2-5. Operational Guidelines for DDG 51 Class Ships With Ruptured Sonar Dome Rubber Window(Page 2 of 2)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-59

2-7. OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES FOR DRYDOCK/ROH PERIODS.

The following procedures represent the minimum requirements to ensure proper operation of the SDPS andto minimize the possibility of damaging the Sonar Dome during Drydock entry and Lay-up periods. The follow-ing procedures are generalized; specific procedural requirements will vary between repair facilities. The Drydock-ing Officer, as designated by the appropriate Naval organization, represents the final authority during all phasesof Drydock entry and departure.

2-7.1 PRE-OVERHAUL REQUIREMENTS.

a. Self-Noise Evaluation: Prior to entering drydock (within 2 weeks), a self noise evaluation should be con-ducted. The results of the evaluation will be used to identify any specific areas of the sonar dome which needto be repaired or groomed as necessary. Additionally, the results of the pre-overhaul evaluation will be usedas a baseline for comparison to a post drydocking self-noise evaluation.

b. Radiography (X-Ray) Support: A radiographic inspection of the Sonar Dome splice area will usually be per-formed during the drydock period. The inspection must be performed as early as possible in the drydockingperiod in order to allow for repair or replacement of the Sonar Dome if inspection results warrant. Radio-graphic inspection support will normally be scheduled by the Program Executive Office Integrated WarfareSystems (Code IWS5B3C; Sonar Domes/Windows Program Office) via the Type Commander. Radiographs areforwarded by overnight mail to the Naval Research Laboratory (NRL) in Washington D.C. Two working daysare usually required for complete analysis and evaluation of the radiographs by NRL and NAVSEA. Recom-mendations regarding repair or replacement of the Sonar Dome will then be provided to the Type Commanderby NAVSEA. Refer to Chapter 8 of this Technical Manual for complete procedural guidance regarding SonarDome repair and replacement.

(1) Required Ship’s Force Support: Ship’s Force will usually be required to operate the SDPS; Approximatelyfour cycles of pressurizing and depressurizing the sonar dome will be required during the radiographicinspection. The duration of each cycle is 3 hours.

(2) Required Shipyard/Repair Activity Support: Shipyard support items include; availability of electricalpower (115 volts AC), providing a reliable means of communications between sonar dome interior anddrydock area, crane service for radiographic inspection equipment onload and offloading, protection ofsonar dome and adjacent hull area from weather, lighting for night work and liaison to coordinate ship-yard and ship’s force support.

NOTE

Website https://www.muwinfodesk.navy.mil/ provides recommended dome entrystatus, X-ray and SDPS information.

2-7.2 DRYDOCK ENTRY AND DOCKING PROCEDURES. When entering the drydock, the sonar domeshall be completely water filled and pressurized at 39.5 psig. The sonar dome shall remain water filled and pres-surized during the drydocking procedure until the ship has landed on the blocks of the drydock. Once the shiphas landed on the drydock blocks and upon approval of the Drydocking Officer, the sonar dome shall be dewa-tered by performing a Water–to-Air Interchange IAW Table 2-7 of this Technical Manual. The sonar dome shallbe completely dewatered and air pressurized at 15 psig as indicated on gage W-GA-10. Any deviation from thisprocedure must have the prior approval of the Drydocking Officer.

a. If trim by the stern is required during the drydocking procedure the sonar dome may be partially or completely

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-60

dewatered and air pressurized by performing a Water To Air Interchange IAW Table 2-7 of this TechnicalManual. Any dewatering of the sonar dome shall only be accomplished upon approval of the DrydockingOfficer.

b. If replacement of sonar dome is anticipated, refer to Chapter 8 of this Technical Manual for drydock dimen-sional criteria.

2-7.3 DRYDOCK LAY-UP REQUIREMENTS FOR SDPS. If dry docking period will exceed 72 hours, thesonar dome shall be dewatered and the water pressurization subsystem of the SDPS shall be depressurized, iso-lated and drained shortly after the ship has been drydocked. Depressurization of the water pressurization sub-system may be accomplished by performing the following procedure:

a. If dry docking period will exceed 72 hours, the sonar dome shall be dewatered and the water pressurizationsubsystem of the SDPS shall be depressurized, isolated and drained shortly after the ship has been drydocked.Depressurization of the water pressurization subsystem may be accomplished by performing the followingprocedure:

(1) Close isolation valve W-V-24

(2) Close and tag cutout valve W-V-1

(3) Open blowdown valve W-V-2

(4) Open Bypass valves W-V-3 and W-V-17

(5) Verify gages W-GA-38, W-GA-39 and W-GA-41 indicate 0 PSIG.

b. SDPS valve Alignment: After the water pressurization subsystem has been depressurized and dewatered, theSDPS valves shall be aligned IAW Table 2-1 while ship is drydocked. The SDPS valve alignment of Table2-1 represents a baseline alignment which is designed to prevent damage to the SDPS and / or sonar domeduring drydock periods. Care shall be exercised during the removal, replacement or repair of any SDPS com-ponents for maintenance or overhaul purposes; such actions may indirectly cause damage to the SDPS or sonardome if proper procedures are not followed. Refer to Chapter 6 of this technical manual for SDPS componentrepair and replacement procedures.

NOTE

THE SONAR DOME SHALL NORMALLY REMAIN AIR PRESSURIZED ATALL TIMES DURING THE DRYDOCKING PERIOD.

c. SDPS Overhaul Requirements: All SDPS components shall be overhauled or replaced at 60 month intervalsIAW the PMS Maintenance Index Page requirements.

2-7.4 DRYDOCK LAY-UP REQUIREMENTS FOR SONAR DOME.

a. Normal Configuration: The sonar dome shall be completely dewatered and air pressurized at 15 psig at alltimes while the ship is in drydock. In this configuration no support slings or banjo support blocks are required.The sonar dome shall be protected from sunlight by a Herculite Sun Screen Cover (or equivalent) IAWNAVSEA Drawing 602-4590931 at all times during the drydock period. The Sun Screen Cover shall beinstalled within 72 hours after the drydock has been dewatered. Secure the Sun Screen Cover with cloth rein-forced tape. If hot work is being performed in the forward area of the ship, a flame retardant cloth tarp shallbe installed above and over the sonar dome. The tarp shall be secured around the entire perimeter using clothreinforced tape.

b. Depressurizing Sonar Dome: The dewatered sonar dome may be depressurized during drydock periods to

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-61

accomplish repair actions to the sonar dome or sonar equipments as necessary. IF THE DEWATEREDSONAR DOME IS TO BE DEPRESSURIZED FOR MORE THAN 72 CONSECUTIVE HOURS, SONARDOME SUPPORT SLINGS SHALL BE INSTALLED AS SHOWN IN FIGURE 8-59. Refer to Norfolk NavalShipyard Drawing No. 53711-906-6035584 for additional information regarding sonar dome support slings.Support slings shall be installed while the sonar dome is air pressurized at 15 psig. Tension shall be main-tained on the support slings to apply full but not depressed contact with the sonar dome. Support slings shallbe removed or relaxed prior to any hydrostatic testing of the sonar dome. With sonar dome support slings inplace as shown in Figure 8-59 the sonar dome may remain unpressurized indefinitely. Banjo support blocksare not required for a dewatered unpressurized sonar dome.

c. Water Filled Sonar Dome: The sonar dome may be filled with water and held at 39.5 psig in drydock with-out support slings or banjo support blocks FOR TESTING PURPOSES ONLY. THE SONAR DOME MUSTBE AIR PRESSURIZED AT 15 PSIG PRIOR TO REFILLING WITH WATER. Air To Freshwater Interchangeshall be accomplished IAW Table 2-5 of this Technical Manual. Upon completion of testing the sonar domeshall be dewatered and pressurized by air to 15 psig IAW Table 2-7 of this Technical Manual.

NOTE

SONAR DOME SUPPORT SLINGS IF INSTALLED MUST BE SLACKEDOFF PRIOR TO PRESSURIZING THE SONAR DOME. DAMAGE TOSONAR DOME WILL RESULT IF SUPPORT SLINGS ARE NOT SLACKEDOFF.

d. Sonar Dome Grooming: The sonar dome shall be cleaned as soon as possible after drydocking. A freshwaterwashdown shall be performed to remove any slime or verdigris buildup. A second freshwater washdown shallbe performed using a mild detergent to clean the rubber. If the sonar dome is extremely fouled, sand blastingwith a fine abrasive is permitted when authorized by NAVSEA.

NOTE

THE EXTERNAL SONAR DOME SURFACE IS IMPREGNATED WITHTRIBUTYL TIN OXIDE (TBTO). AVOID DIRECT BARE SKIN CONTACTWITH SONAR DOME SURFACE. WASH HANDS THOROUGHLY AFTEREXPOSURE TO SONAR DOME.

e. Hydrostatic Test Requirements: See Figure 8-59. of this Technical Manual for hydrostatic test requirementsfor new and repaired sonar domes.

2-7.5 DRYDOCK DEPARTURE AND UNDOCKING PROCEDURES. When departing the drydock the sonardome shall be completely filled with freshwater and pressurized at 39.5 psig. Air-to-freshwater interchange shallbe performed IAW Table 2-5 of this Technical Manual. The sonar dome shall be completely filled with freshwa-ter before the water level in the drydock reaches the bottom of the sonar dome. Care shall be taken to limit thesonar dome exposure to direct sunlight to a maximum of 3 hours during the undocking procedure. Any deviationfrom this procedure must have the prior approval of the Drydocking Officer.

a. If trim by the stern is required during the undocking procedure, the sonar dome may be air pressurized or par-tially flooded and air pressurized at 15 to 22 psig. Air-To- Freshwater Interchange IAW Table 2-5 of this Tech-nical Manual shall be completed immediately after the ship is pierside.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

2-62

CHAPTER 3

FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

3-1. INTRODUCTION.

3-1.1 PURPOSE. This chapter provides a detailed functional description of the sonar dome rubber window(SDRW) system. The SDRW system is composed of the rubber window/attachment assembly and the followingsubsystems: air pressurization, water pressurization, electrical control/alarms, dome access, and communications.

The detailed functional description of this chapter is divided into sections describing the rubber window/at-tachment assembly and each subsystem. Special subsystem components are discussed at the end of the subsystemdescription. Common components, such as cutoff valves, are discussed at the end of the chapter. Interfacesbetween the air/water pressurization, electrical control/alarms, and dome access subsystems are shown in FigureFO-8 and discussed at locations in the text where required.

3-1.2 BRIEF SYSTEM DESCRIPTION. The following provides a brief description of the SDRW system:

a. Rubber Window/Attachment Assembly. This assembly is a pressure-tight rubber membrane with attachinghardware which protects the sonar transducer array, reduces acoustic attenuation (compared with a steel bowdome), and provides the proper hydrodynamic contour to minimize water flow noise. The rubber window mustbe pressurized at all times including when the ship is drydocked.

b. Air Pressurization Subsystem. This subsystem consists of panel-mounted piping components which regu-late the ship’s low-pressure air supply to pressurize and circulate air within the sonar dome area. This sub-system is used for: (1) initial drydock dome pressurization, (2) dome water removal, and (3) personnel entryinto the dome.

c. Water Pressurization Subsystem. This subsystem consists of panel-mounted piping components required to:(1) regulate either the ship’s firemain or dockside freshwater supply to maintain the required static dome waterpressure, (2) fill air-pressurized dome from dockside freshwater or ship’s firemain at sea, and (3) sweepresidual water from the airlock passageway and dome during dome entry.

d. Electrical Control/Alarms Subsystem. This subsystem comprises the necessary electrical controls andalarms to: (1) control the eductor solenoid valve during dome water removal; (2) provide dome high and lowwater-pressure alarms; (3) provide dome low air-pressure alarm, turning off the eductor solenoid valve in thisevent; (4) provide dome water full and empty indications; (5) deenergize water low- and high-pressure audiblealarms when dome is not full; (6) close eductor solenoid valve when dome is empty; (7) provide water flowoff/on indications; and (8) provide E-V-21 open/closed indications.

e. Dome Access Subsystem. This subsystem provides the necessary controls to permit personnel to enter thedome by equalizing airlock/dome pressures, and to exit the dome by depressurizing the airlock while main-taining dome air pressure and flow.

f. Communication Subsystem. This subsystem provides a sound-powered phone and E-call circuit between thedome, airlock, airlock passageway, dome control station, and forecastle for exclusive use during dome opera-tions. A portable communications panel is provided to be taken into the dome and connected to watertightfeedthrough connectors during dome entry.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-1

3-2. RUBBER WINDOW AND ATTACHMENT ASSEMBLY.

3-2.1 FUNCTION. The rubber window is a rubber-walled, streamlined housing for the ship’s sonar array.Mounted under the prow of the hull at the lowest point, it provides an optimum location for sonar scanning, andits rubber construction allows a maximum of sonar acoustic energy to be transmitted. The hydrodynamic shapeof the rubber window is maintained against sea pressure by internal counterpressure of compressed air or pres-surized water. The window’s contours also minimize the acoustic background interference of water flow whenunderway which increases the range and sensitivity of the sonar gear.

3-2.2 CONFIGURATION. The rubber window configuration is shown in Figures FO-9 and FO-10 shows thesteel bow structure below the baseline flat that mounts the rubber window. Detail E of Figure FO-9 illustrates thelaminated rubber construction details; the outer layer of NOFOUL rubber inhibits marine growth. Looking inwardfrom the outer layer, five plies of wire-reinforced rubber fabric provide basic tensile strength, three plies runningradially and two running longitudinally. Finally, another layer of NOFOUL comprises the inner surface. Averagewall thickness is nominally 1-1/4 inches, but a gum rubber filler increases wall thickness to about 8 inches aroundthe window perimeter where the buildup is used for fairing the SDRW into the hull contours. A bead assembly,comprising a 1-3/4-inch steel cable, is similar in construction and function to the bead assembly of a rubber tire.The cable is secured to the wall structure by three wire-reinforced plies that overlay the bead cable and are fusedinto the wall as shown in details E and A. The bead assembly provides for attachment of the rubber window tothe ship’s hull. Additional mounting means are provided by steel nut plates imbedded in the thick fairing perim-eter. Each nut plate is supported by rubber blocks and a ply of wire-reinforced rubber fabric. These nut platessecure the fairing angle to the rubber window.

3-2.3 WINDOW ATTACHMENT. (Figure FO-9, details B and C.)

The attachment assembly hardware is clamped around the entire rubber window perimeter. The attachmenthardware consists of bead seat castings that are fitted and welded to the ship’s bow dome structure, providing acontinuous, precisely positioned channel to which the rubber window bead is fitted. Bead seat clamps bolted tothe bead seat castings fasten the bead in the channel.

3-2.4 BOW DOME STEEL STRUCTURE. (See Figure FO-10.)

The bead seat castings are attached around the perimeter of the window opening. Attachments are made atthe following locations:

a. Baseline flat along the upper-forward port and starboard waterline.

b. Upper vertical chock along the upper-aft port and starboard portion of the bow dome.

c. Diagonal bulkhead along the extreme aft portion.

d. Lower vertical chock along the lower portion of the banjo structure.

3-2.5 BOW DOME SHELL FAIRING. (See Figure FO-9, details A, B, C, D, and E.)

Fairing angles composed of 14-foot contoured lengths of angle iron are bolted to the fairing nut plates aroundthe perimeter of the rubber window. The fairing angle provides an edge for weldment to the closure plates. Theclosure plates cover the window attachments and complete the fairing of the window to ship hull. The inner voidis foam filled.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-2

3-3. AIR PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM.

The air pressurization is shown in Figure FO-11.

3-3.1 DOME AIR ENTRY. The air pressurization subsystem has one available source of compressed air: ship’slow-pressure (LP) supply at 125 (+30, -25) psig.

a. Low-Pressure Air Input. LP air is normally used to aid in dome water removal and to air pressurize thedome. LP air at 125 (+30, -25) psig enters the SDRW system through cutoff valve A-V-110. LP air supplyfailure switch E-F-175, with associated cutout valve A-V-176, monitors the supply pressure upstream of A-V-110 and activates LP air supply failure indicator E-F-180 at the dome gage panel when the supply pressuredrops below 85 (±2) psig. From A-V-110, air flows through check valve A-V-151, which allows air flow inonly one direction, to gage A-GA-109 with associated cutout valves A-V-183 and A-V-108. A-GA-109 indi-cates the LP air supply pressure. Air at 125 (+30, -25) psig passes through cutout valve A-V-112, air filterA-F-114, orifice A-F-113, and cutout valve A-V-116, to gage A-GA-106 and associated cutout valves A-V-165and A-V-105. The three-stage air filter removes water, oil, and other contaminants from the ship’s service airmaking it suitable for human consumption. Air orifice A-F-113 limits the maximum air flow to 50 StandardCubic Feet Per Minute (SCFM). Cutout valves A-V-112 and A-V-116 isolate the air filter for emergencyoperation and servicing. Valve A-V-107 bypasses the filter and is normally locked closed. The air filter ismonitored by a differential pressure gage, A-GA-117, which indicates the pressure drop across the filter ele-ments. When the pressure drop exceeds 6 psid, the elements require replacement. Three needle valves, A-V-178, drain each filter stage of accumulated liquid to ball-float liquid drain valve A-V-115. Liquid is automati-cally expelled from A-V-115 when the ball float lifts and air pressure forces the liquid out to a deck drain.Gage A-GA-106 indicates the air pressure downstream of the air filter and orifice. Under static conditions,A-GA-106 reads the same as A-GA-109; however, with air flow, a pressure drop of 40 psig or more occursacross orifice A-F-113. Filtered air is supplied to air pressure reducer A-V-119. A-V-119 reduces the incom-ing pressure to 22 (+1, -5) psig. Cutout valves A-V-118 and A-V-148 and bypass valve A-V-147 are providedfor emergency operation. Gage A-GA-123, with associated cutout valves A-V-164 and A-V-121, monitors theair pressure downstream of A-V-119. A-GA-123 reads slightly higher than 22 (+1, -5) psig with no air flow,22 (+1, -5) psig with slight air flow vented to the compartment and slightly greater than 14 psig with air cir-culation due to the effect of the exhaust regulator. Air flow passes by relief valve A-V-122 and through airflow meter A-F-124, valve A-V-125, float check valve A-V-126, dome cutout valve A-V-127, flex hose isola-tion valve A-V-103, damage control valve DC-V-101, and air diffuser A-F-128 into the dome. Relief valveA-V-122, set to relieve, at 25 (±1) psig, protects the dome from over pressurization. Flow meter A-F-124monitors the air flow rate into the dome and should read 50 (+0, -10) scfm. Float check valve A-V-126 allowsair flow in either direction, but prohibits dome water from entering the air system. Valve A-V-127 isolates thedome from the air panel when the dome is water pressurized. Air diffuser A-F-128 diffuses the air flow intothe dome.

3-3.2 DOME AIR EXHAUST. Air exhausts from the dome through hose A-H-120. Because of the location ofthe (1) air diffuser, aft top of dome behind the baffle plate and (2) air exhaust hose, forward bottom of dome,complete dome air circulation is achieved. Air enters the valve board through hose A-H-120, damage controlvalve DC-V-102, flex hose isolation valve A-V-104, and cutout valve A-V-129 which isolate the dome from theair panel when the dome is water pressurized. From A-V-129, air flows through float check valve A-V-130 topressure gage A-GA-133, with associated cutout valves A-V-185 and A-V-132 and air sample valve A-V-144.Float check valve A-V-130 allows air flow in either direction, but prohibits dome water from entering the air sys-tem. Gage A-GA-133 monitors the exhaust air pressure of 14 (±1) psig. Air sample valve A-V-144 permits tak-ing an exhaust air sample. Exhaust air passes by A-V-144 and through cutout valve A-V-145 and control valve

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-3

A-V-134 and is vented to the forecastle through terminal air vent A-F-135. Bypass valve A-V-131, normallylocked closed, bypasses A-V-145 and A-V-134 and is used to regulate the exhaust air pressure if any componentof the exhaust regulator (A-V-134) fails in operation.

3-3.3 DOME AIR PRESSURE REGULATION. Backpressure regulator valve A-V-134 (Figures 3-1, 3-2, and3-3) is an automatic pilot-operated control valve which maintains dome air pressure at 14 (±1) psig. It consistsof the 1-1/2” IPS, 100 M-1 hytrol assembly, 3/8” CRL5M pilot control pressure relief assembly, and 3/8” NO. x58BM restriction tube. Operation of the backpressure regulator valve pilot control depends on the ability of thedome air pressure applied to the valve’s diaphragm chamber to overcome an opposing spring tension. When thedome pressure is 14 (±1) psig or greater, the diaphragm will compress the opposing spring and cause the valve’snozzle disc to open. This allows some portion of the operating air controlling the diaphragm of the Hytrol valveto be vented allowing the Hytrol valve to open and release a greater amount of air from the dome. The degreeof the nozzle disc opening is proportional to the level of the dome air pressure above 14 (±1) psig. The pilot con-trol valve will be forced closed by the diaphragm’s opposing spring when dome pressure falls below 14 (±1) psig.This causes line pressure to increase on the diaphragm of the Hytrol valve, closing the valve and restricting thedome exhaust flow. Gage A-GA-167 indicates local dome air pressure, and W-GA-10 indicates dome air pressureremotely at the dome control station. If dome air pressure drops below 12 (±1) psig, low air-pressure alarm switchE-F-32 sounds panel alarms, and E-V-21 disengages extinguishing E-F-33 OPEN light.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-4

3-3.4 SPECIAL AIR PRESSURIZATION COMPONENTS.

a. Control Pilot Valve. (See Figure 3-2.) The pressure-relief control pilot, part of air pressure regulator valveA-V-134, is a direct-acting, spring-loaded, diaphragm-type valve. It opens and closes through the design rangeof the control without disassembly or use of specially designed tools. The control valve is normally heldclosed Figure 3-1. Typical Backpressure Regulating Valve (A-V-134) 1-1/2” IPS, Type 50M by the force ofthe compression spring above the diaphragm. Controlling pressure is applied under the diaphragm. When thecontrolling pressure exceeds the spring setting, the disc is lifted off the seat and permits flow through the con-trol valve. When the controlling pressure drops below the spring setting, the spring returns the control valveto its normally closed position. When the control valve is used in conjunction with a hytrol valve, it serves toopen the Hytrol valve when operating pressure exceeds the control valves set-point and closes the Hytrol valvewhen the operating pressure returns to below the pilot control valves set-point.

Figure 3-1. Typical Backpressure Regulating Valve (A-V-134) 1-1/2″ IPS, Type 50M

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-5

b. Hytrol Valve. The hytrol valve (Figure 3-3), a part of backpressure regulator valve A-V-134, is apneumatically-operated, diaphragm, globe-pattern valve. It consists of three major components: the body, dia-phragm assembly, and cover. The diaphragm assembly is the only moving part of the valve. Operational set-point is determined by the control pilot valve. The body contains a metal seat insert. This is screwed into thevalve body to form a tight metal-to-metal seal. The diaphragm assembly uses a diaphragm of nylon fabricbonded with synthetic rubber. A synthetic rubber disc, contained on three sides by two disc retainers, forms aseal with the valve seat when pressure is applied above the diaphragm. The valve diaphragm assembly formsa sealed chamber in the upper portion of the valve separating operating pressure from the line pressure. Thevalve position is determined by the line pressure felt on the diaphragm which is controlled by the pilot reliefvalve of the A-V-134 backpressure regulator valve assembly.

Figure 3-2. 3/8″ CRL5M Pressure Relief Valve Assembly Control Pilot Valve (A-V-134)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-6

c. Air Filter A-F-114. Figure 3-4 shows a cross-section view of the air filter and associated components. Thefilter contains three stages of filtration.1. First-Stage Filtration. The first stage is an impact filtration device which removes large oil drops and

particle matter larger than one micron in size. This greatly increases the life of the second- and third-stagefilter elements. The stage consists of a laminar flow device (2), flow straightener, which directs the incom-ing air stream against an impact plate (3). The laminar flow device (2) is made of a pleated stainless steelfoil bonded to the inside of a 1-1/2 inch diameter tube. The impact plate (3) is a 14″ x 14″ stainless steelplate positioned 1/4″ from the end of, and perpendicular to, the laminar flow device. The particles and oildroplets that collect on the impact drain off to the bottom of the chamber.

2. Second-Stage Filtration. The second stage consists of 12 fiberglass filter elements (4) which remove mostof the remaining contaminants and is especially effective in removing submicron-sized aerosols. The 12elements are horizontally positioned in parallel and are supported by a vertical retainer plate (5). Air flowsfrom the inside to outside of the elements. The core of the elements retain most of the solid particles, andthe fiberglass causes the oil aerosol to form into drops which fall to the bottom of the second-stage cham-ber. The elements will become contaminated with use and will require periodic replacement.

3. Third-Stage Filtration. The third stage (6) contains 18 filter elements which provide final air filteringaction and prevent oil drops formed in the second stage from reentering the air stream. The elements arevertically positioned in parallel and mount to the filter closure assembly (7). The air flows from the outside

Figure 3-3. 1-1/2″ IPS, 100 M-1 Hytrol Assembly (A-V-134)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-7

to the inside of the elements. The elements consist of many layers of non-woven cotton cloth and fiber-glass wrapped on a spiral-wound paper core. Each element is encased in an aluminum wrapper. The wrap-per contains a series of holes which provide a flow path for air, but tend to prevent oil drops from reenter-ing the air stream. Air from the third stage passes through an internal check valve (8), which preventsreverse air flow, to the collection tank (9) and air outlet. These filter elements also require periodic replace-ment.

d. Low-Pressure Reducer Valve A-V-119. Figure 3-5 identifies the principal parts of this pressure reducer, andillustrates the flow path of high-pressure air input and reduced-pressure output. The main valve (1) is upwardseating with a piston (2) on top of its stem (3). The auxiliary valve (4) is upward seating, attached to control-ling diaphragm (5) with downward adjusting spring (6). Input air at 125 (+ 30, -25) psig tends to close themain valve disc. The same pressure input air is applied through high-pressure port (7) to the auxiliary valve.This force controls admission of input air to the top of piston (2). The piston surface area is greater than themain valve disc area; therefore, the piston tends to open the main valve disc area admitting reduced pressureflow to the output side of the valve. This also tends to open the auxiliary valve. However, reduced pressurethrough low-pressure port (8) presses the diaphragm upward tending to close the auxiliary valve. The twoopposing forces on the auxiliary valve balance at a set constant output air pressure of 22 psig nominal.

Figure 3-4. Air Filter A-F-114

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-8

3-4. WATER PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM.

The water pressurization subsystem is shown integrated with the total system in Figure FO-8, and parts arerepeated in Figures FO-12 and FO-13 to facilitate discussion.

3-4.1 DOME WATER FILL/PRESSURIZATION. (See Figure FO-12.)

The water pressurization subsystem has two available water sources: (1) ship’s firemain seawater supply at150 (±25) psig, and (2) dockside freshwater supply at 50 (±10) psig, only one of which is used at a time. Theseawater and freshwater input paths join together after the seawater pressure reduction to 50 psig. The domewater fill/pressurization discussion is divided into three parts: (1) seawater input, (2) freshwater input, and (3)common seawater/freshwater path.

a. Seawater Input. The dome is normally filled with freshwater and statically pressurized from the ship’s fire-main supply. Seawater at 150 (±25) psig is supplied to the SDRW system at cutout valve W-V-1. From W-V-1,water flows through check valve W-V-53 and Y-strainer W-F-43 to pressure gage W-GA-38 and associatedcutout valves W-V-64 and W-V-4. The check valve allows water flow in only one direction. The Y-strainer

Figure 3-5. Low-Pressure Valve A-V-119

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-9

traps large particles to reduce fouling of downstream components. The strainer basket can be flushed by open-ing valve W-V-2 which allows water to flow through the basket and out an overboard discharge. The firemaininput supply pressure is monitored by gage W-GA-38. From W-F-43, water passes through orifice W-F-28,which limits the maximum flow to 220 gpm, to pressure reducer W-V-7. Reducer W-V-7 reduces the pressurefrom a nominal level of 150 psig to 50 (±5) psig. Associated with W-V-7 are two cutout valves, W-V-5 andW-V-8, and bypass valve W-V-3. The cutout valves are normally open and the bypass valve is normally closed.The seawater, at reduced pressure, is then applied to pressure gage W-GA-39 and associated cutout valvesW-V-65 and W-V-9; W-GA-39 also monitors the freshwater input pressure when dockside freshwater is in use.

b. Freshwater Input. Freshwater pressurization is used when the ship is dockside for extended periods, andduring certain Planned Maintenance System (PMS) procedures to prevent clogging of critical valves and con-tamination of the dome by dirty firemain seawater. Freshwater at 50 (±10) psig is supplied to the SDRW sys-tem by a hose connection between a dockside facility and hose valve W-V-6. Water is then applied to cutoutvalve W-V-61, check valve W-V-55, and orifice W-F-34. Valve W-V-62 is used to drain the piping betweenW-V-6 on the forecastle and W-V-61 in the dome equipment room to prevent freezing. Check valve W-V-55allows one-way water flow. Orifice W-F-34 limits the flow to a maximum of 220 gpm. The output of the ori-fice is applied to gage W-GA-39.

c. Common Seawater/Freshwater Path. The remainder of the water pressurization subsystem is identicalwhether seawater or freshwater supply is used. From gage W-GA-39, water is applied to pressure reducerW-V-16. Reducer W-V-16 reduces the water pressure from a normal level of 50 psig to a level which willmaintain dome pressure at 39.5 (+2, -0) psig. Associated with W-V-16 are two cutout valves, W-V-15 andW-V-18, and bypass valve W-V-17. The cutout valves are normally open and the bypass valve is normallyclosed. The output of the pressure reducer is applied to flow switch E-F-29 which senses water flow in thesystem and actuates the appropriate indicator on dome status panel E-PN-45. If the flow is less than 2.5 gpm,the WTR VALVE OFF indicator will illuminate; if the flow is greater than 2.5 gpm, the WTR VALVE ONindicator will illuminate. From the flow switch, the water passes to pressure gage W-GA-41 and associatedcutouts W-V-66 and W-V-19, relief valve W-V-31, cutout valve W-V-24, flex hose isolation valve W-V-59,damage control valve DC-V-96, and to dome water fill hose W-H-37. Gage W-GA-41 indicates the outputpressure of pressure reducer W-V-16 at 39.5 (+2, -0) psig less head pressure. Relief valve W-V-31 is set torelieve at 47 (±1) psig less head pressure. Head pressure is the static pressure created by the weight of thewater in the vertical piping between the dome control station and the dome reference level (minus 4-footbaseline (BL), see Figure FO-10) an is equal to 0.44 psig per foot of elevation. Head pressure for each SDRWsystem can be determined as the pressure differential between gages W-GA-41 and W-GA-10 at the domecontrol station when the dome is water pressurized. This value is determined at the time of installation and isinscribed on the operating instruction plate at the dome control station. Relief valve W-V-31 relieves exces-sive dome pressure in case W-V-16 fails. Valve W-V-24 is used to isolate the dome allowing it to retain itsinternal pressure in case of a piping failure. Five vent lines are located in the top of the dome (two forward,one center, and two aft) and connected to vent valve W-V-27 located on the water piping panel. The vent valveallows venting of air pockets in the dome. Remote dome gage/water pressure switch W-GA-10 is a Bartonindicator/switch gage or Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator. The Barton indicator/switch gage has the sen-sor bellows mounted in the rotunda at dome reference level (minus 4-foot BL), and pressure indicator mountedon the dome gage panel. The sensor bellows transmits water pressure below the bellows to an incompressiblefluid in a capillary tube extending from the top of the bellows to pressure indicator W-GA-10. Thus, TheBartonW-GA-10 is not affected by a differential head pressure between the dome and dome control station.The Barton Gage W-GA-10 also contains two cam- The remainder of the water pressurization subsystem isidentical whether seawater or freshwater supply is used. From gage W-GA-39, water is applied to pressurereducer W-V-16. Reducer W-V-16 reduces the water pressure from a normal level of 50 psig to a level whichwill maintain dome pressure at 39.5 (+2, -0) psig. Associated with W-V-16 are two cutout valves, W-V-15 andW-V-18, and bypass valve W-V-17. The cutout valves are normally open and the bypass valve is normallyclosed. The output of the pressure reducer is applied to flow switch E-F-29 which senses water flow in the

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-10

system and actuates the appropriate indicator on dome status panel E-PN-45. If the flow is less than 2.5 gpm,the WTR VALVE OFF indicator will illuminate; if the flow is greater than 2.5 gpm, the WTR VALVE ONindicator will illuminate. From the flow switch, the water passes to pressure gage W-GA-41 and associatedcutouts W-V-66 and W-V-19, relief valve W-V-31, cutout valve W-V-24, flex hose isolation valve W-V-59,damage control valve DC-V-96, and to dome water fill hose W-H-37. Gage W-GA-41 indicates the outputpressure of pressure reducer W-V-16 at 39.5 (+2, -0) psig less head pressure. Relief valve W-V-31 is set torelieve at 47 (±1) psig less head pressure. Head pressure is the static pressure created by the weight of thewater in the vertical piping between the dome control station and the dome reference level (minus 4-footbaseline (BL), See Figure FO-10) and is equal to 0.44 psig per foot of elevation. Head pressure for eachSDRW system can be determined as the pressure differential between gages W-GA-41 and W-GA-10 at thedome control station when the dome is water pressurized. This value is determined at the time of installationand is inscribed on the operating instruction plate at the dome control station. Relief valve W-V-31 relievesexcessive dome pressure in case W-V-16 fails. Valve W-V-24 is used to isolate the dome allowing it to retainits internal pressure in case of a piping failure. Five vent lines are located in the top of the dome (two for-ward, one center, and two aft) and connected to vent valve W-V-27 located on the water piping panel. Thevent valve allows venting of air pockets in the dome. Remote dome gage/water pressure switch W-GA-10 isa Barton indicator/switch gage or Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator. The Barton indicator/switch gage hasthe sensor bellows mounted in the rotunda at dome reference level (minus 4-foot BL), and pressure indicatormounted on the dome gage panel. The sensor bellows transmits water pressure below the bellows to anincompressible fluid in a capillary tube extending from the top of the bellows to pressure indicator W-GA-10.Thus, The BartonW-GA-10 is not affected by a differential head pressure between the dome and dome con-trol station. The Barton Gage W-GA-10 also contains two cam-operated micro switches from W-GA-10 pres-sure indicator drive shaft. These limit switches provide low- and high-water pressure signals to the alarm pan-els. The Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator pressure transducer sensor P-X-26 is mounted in the Airlock.The Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator offsets the transducer output to simulate pressure at the level (minus4-foot BL). The Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator provides low- and high-water pressure signals to thealarm panels. switches provide low- and high-water pressure signals to the alarm panels. The Digital Elec-tronic Pressure Indicator pressure transducer sensor P-X-26 is mounted in the Airlock. The Digital ElectronicPressure Indicator offsets the transducer output to simulate pressure at the level (minus 4-foot BL). The Digi-tal Electronic Pressure Indicator provides low- and high-water pressure signals to the alarm panels.

3-4.2 DOME WATER REMOVAL. (Figure FO-13). Water is removed from the dome and the dome is air pres-surized when dome entry or at-sea freshwater to seawater exchanges are to be performed. When water-to-airinterchange is performed, freshwater water is secured to the dome by closing valves W-V-6, W-V-61 (see FigureFO-8), W-V-24, and W-V-5. The air pressurization subsystem is used to supply static air to the dome at 22 (+1,-5) psig through A-V-127 (see Figure FO-11). Normally closed valves, overboard cutout W-V-11, damage con-trol valve W-V-(4-41-2), and solenoid cutout W-V-49, are opened; W-V-12 remains closed. Water flow overboardis started by positioning the solenoid CLOSED/OPEN switch on panel E-PN-44 to the OPEN position whichenergizes relay E-K-142 and opens solenoid valve E-V-21 energizing the E-F-33 (E-V-21) OPEN light. The waterflow path overboard is through water fill/removal hose W-H-37, damage control valve DC-V-96, check valveW-V-56, cutout valve W-V-49, solenoid valve E-V-21, eductor W-F-13, damage control valve W-V-(4-41-2),check valve W-V-54, and overboard cutout W-V-11 During water removal, dome pressure above the water sur-face is maintained at 22 (+1 -5) psig by the incoming air. Water can only be removed as fast as the incoming airflow rate. If the air flow stops, solenoid valve E-V-21 closes when the air pressure in the dome drops to 12 (±1)psig maintaining pressure in the dome. As long as the air pressure remains constant, A-F-124 indicates waterremoval rate. Water removal continues until the dome low-level water switch E-F-42 is activated. The switchactivates in approximately three hours with approximately four inches of water remaining in the dome. WhenE-F-42 activates, relay E-K-142 deenergizes causing solenoid valve E-V-21 to close, stopping water overboardflow. The eductor is used only as piping during this water-removal phase. Water passes through the eductor, butis not being educted.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-11

3-4.3 DOME/AIRLOCK PASSAGEWAY/AIRLOCK WATER SWEEP. (Figure FO-13). The remainder of thedome water is removed by using eductor W-F-13 and a portable sweep hose assembly, consisting of W-H-36,W-V-48, and W-H-52 inside the dome. The main water removal path is isolated by closing W-V-49. The eductorcan now be utilized by applying 150 psig firemain from a connection between Y-strainer W-F-43 and orificeW-F-28, through cutout valve W-V-12, eductor W-F-13, damage control valve W-V-(4-41-2), check valve W-V-54and overboard cutout valve W-V-11. The flow of water through the eductor creates a vacuum at the suction inletof the eductor. Gage W-GA-40, with associated cutout valve W-V-20, monitors this vacuum, nominally 20 to 30inches Hg. The water sweep path is through the sweep hose assembly, dome cutout valve W-V-23, sweep cutoutvalve W-V-22, check valve W-V-60, eductor W-F-13, damage control valve W-V-(4-41-2), check valve W-V-54,and overboard cutout valve W-V-11. In the event water has leaked into the airlock passageway or airlock, thesweep hose assembly may be connected to airlock passageway cutout W-V-25 which utilizes the same sweeppath. Sweep hoses W-H-36 and W-H-52 are stored on a bracket located in the sonar dome Passageway.

3-4.4 SPECIAL WATER PRESSURIZATION COMPONENTS.

a. The Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator (DEPI) W-GA-10 The Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator(DEPI) W-GA-10 (Figure 3-6) is designed to display actual sonar dome pressure in PSIG at a reference levelof 4 feet below the overhead of the transducer compartment. At this level, the indicated pressure representsthe average internal pressure of the sonar dome. Pressure Sensing Capillary Tubing: A double loop seal, whichis immediately upstream of the pressure sensing (open) end of the capillary tubing, prevents drainage of waterfrom the capillary tubing during sonar dome dewatering procedures. There is a cutout valve (W-V-57) installedthat allows isolation of the capillary tubing during repair or replacement of transducer P-X-26. During normaloperations W-V-25 is in the open position at all time. Vent valve Transducer Test Point Connection (TPC)(W-V-46) provides maintenance personnel with the capability to purge air pockets from the capillary tubingduring sonar dome water filling procedures. The TPC also provides a connection point for calibration equip-ment. During normal operations W-V-46 is in the open position at all times. The capillary tubing is routed tothe airlock compartment where it terminates into pressure transducer P-X-26. Pressure transducer P-X-26 is asealed unit which converts input pressure to an 4 to 20 dcmA electrical output signal. Changes in input pres-sure levels will vary amperage levels, which, in turn, changes the indicated PSIG pressure display on theDEPI. The P-X-26 transducer is connected to the DEPI through a cable which is provided with an in-linequick disconnect fitting. The quick disconnect fitting permits replacement of transducer P-X-26. The PrimeDEPI is programmed through switches located in the front panel. A simple user interface allows for the set upof the unit where High Alarm, Low Alarm, Alarm Delay, and curve data are set up for the particular applica-tion at hand. This set up information is retained in a non-volatile memory that is installed in the Main Board.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-12

1.

Figure 3-6. Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator (DEPI) W-GA-10

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-13

b. Dome Pressure Barton Gage W-GA-10 (Figures 3-7 and 3-8). Remote dome gage/pressure switch W-GA-10is a pressure indicator switch which indicates dome pressure at reference level (minus 4-foot BL) relative toatmospheric pressure, and activates low- and high-pressure limit switches. Dome pressure is applied to sen-sor unit (1) (Figure 3-7) bellows (2), and transmitted without loss through incompressible mineral oil in bel-lows (2) and capillary tube (3) to the gage differential pressure unit (DPU) (4). The capillary tube is connectedto the sensor unit (1) through quick disconnect (5) permitting its installation without loss of tube oil. The DPUcontains two bellows: high-pressure bellows (6) activated (compressed) by sensor unit (1) output pressure, andlow-pressure bellows (7) vented to the atmosphere. The differential movement between the high (6) and thelow (7) DPU bellows is mechanically transferred to the torque tube shaft (8). In turn, the movement of thetorque tube shaft is transmitted through the gage movement follower arm and associated mechanism to deflectthe gage pointer proportionally to DPU differential pressure. The pointer thereby indicates dome pressurerelative to atmospheric pressure. Dome pressure gage W-GA-10 switches (2) and (3) (Figure 3-8) are cam-operated microswitches linked to the torque tube shaft (8) (Figure 3-8). The switch operating pointers areadjusted by switch adjusting screws (4) (Figure 3-8), on the gage face. Switch setting indicators (5) on thegage face indicate switch settings in percent of full scale. The low dome pressure switch (2) is set for 41%or 25 psig, and the high dome pressure switch (3) is set for 70% or 44 psig.

Figure 3-7. Dome Pressure Gage W-GA-10

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-14

c. Solenoid Valve E-V-21 (Figure 3-9). Solenoid valve E-V-21 (Figure 3-9) is an electrically operated valve.When 115 VAC is applied to the solenoid coil (1), the resulting magnetic field pulls up the solenoid plungerrod which is mechanically connected to the pilot stem. This action overcomes the pilot valve spring that nor-mally holds the pilot valve close (4) and relieves input water pressure from the main valve (5) allowing themain valve to open. When the 115 VAC is removed from the solenoid coil, the plunger rod is released and the

Figure 3-8. Dome Pressure Gage W-GA-10 Pressure Switches

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-15

pilot/main valve is pulled close from suction caused by the inertia of the water flowing through the valve. Thisaction is slightly assisted by a light external spring. When E-V-21 opens, the arm connected to the plunger rodmake contact with the micro switch mounted on E-V-21, closes energizing the E-F-33 OPEN indicator in thedome control station giving an indication that the valve is physically opened.

d. Eductor W-F-13 (Figure 3-10). Eductor W-F-13 is a water-powered pump which creates a suction inlet (1)to lift residual water from the dome, airlock, or airlock passageway during sweep operations. Firemain waterat 125 (±25) psig flows through the driving inlet (2) and venturi-shaped nozzle (3) to discharge outlet (4). Thereduced nozzle area causes the firemain water velocity to be greatly increased. Venturi action creates a vacuumat the suction inlet. The size of the discharge outlet is gradually increased to reduce the discharge water veloc-ity.

Figure 3-9. Eductor Solenoid Valve E-V-21

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-16

3-5. ELECTRICAL CONTROL/ALARMS SUBSYSTEM.

The electrical control/alarms subsystem is divided into three parts: (1) audible alarms, Figure FO-14; (2)visual alarms, Figure FO-15; and (3) eductor solenoid valve control, Figures 3-11 and FO-21. Figure FO-16shows the electrical control/alarms subsystem interconnection cabling.

Figure 3-10. Eductor W-F-13

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-17

3-5.1 AUDIBLE ALARMS. (Figure FO-14). Audible alarms are located on dome control panel (dome controlstation) E-PN-44 and dome status panel (sonar control area) E-PN-45. Alarms sound for low dome water pres-sure at 25 (±1) psig, high dome water pressure at 44 (±1) psig, and low dome air pressure at 12 (±1) psig.

a. Alarm Inputs. The panel alarms are activated in parallel from the WATER PRESS. and AIR PRESS. linesindicated in Figure FO-14. The WATER PRESS. line is energized indirectly from high and low dome water-pressure limit switches contained within gage W-GA-10, refer to paragraph 3-4.4a). When low (below 25 (±1)psig) or high (above 44 (±1) psig) water-pressure conditions exist, the low- or high-pressure limit switch inW-GA-10 closes and relay K1 or K2 in E-PN-50 is energized. Parallel sets of normally open contacts of K1and K2 then energize the WATER PRESS. line from one side of the 115 VAC line. The AIR PRESS. line isenergized directly from one side of the 115 VAC line through normally open contacts of low air-pressure alarmswitch E-F-32.

b. Panel E-PN-45 Operation (Figure 3-12). The WATER PRESS. line enters E-PN-45 at (A) through interlockswitch S1-2 to the load (L.D.) side of solid-state switch S4 to junction (C). When the switch (SW) side of S4is closed through interlock switch S3-2 and the contact of dome full indicator switch E-F-14, continuity acrossthe L.D. side terminals results. When the contact of E-F-14 is open, the L.D. terminals of S4 are open. TheAIR PRESS. line enters panel E-PN-45 at (B) through interlock S3-1 to junction (C). When air is circulatingthrough the dome, normal pressure is 14 (±1) psig. Therefore, the low dome water pressure input signal mustbe disabled when the dome is pressurized with air. When dome water level drops seven inches below the dome

Figure 3-11. Simplified Schematic of SDRW Eductor Solenoid Valve Control Circuit

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-18

baseline flat, E-F-14 energizes opening its normally closed contact in SW side of S4 and disconnects theWATER PRESS. line from junction (C). When the dome is filled with water, the contact of E-F-14 is closedand the WATER PRESS. line is connected to the AIR PRESS. line. From junction (C) parallel paths exist topanel E-PN-45 exit point (D) through interlock switch S1-3 to the 115 VAC line return. The right-hand C-Dpath energizes alarm buzzer DS-7. The left-hand C-D path provides a five-minute alarm silence interval. Whenmomentary contact switch S2 is depressed, alarm inputs from junction (C) are applied to the coil of relay K1through the normally closed contact of time-delay relay K2. The normally open contact of relay K1 (in par-allel with S2) and the normally closed contact of K2 provide a holding circuit for K1. The normally open con-tact of K1 also provides power to the coil of relay K2. Time-delay relay K2 does not energize for five min-utes. When relay K2 energizes, its normally closed contact opens breaking the holding circuit and deenergizingK1. During the five-minute interval that K1 was energized, its normally closed contact in series with DS-5was open and buzzer DS-7 was silenced.

c. Panel E-PN-44 Operation. Neon indicators in each panel indicate power presence when panel doors areopened. When the dome is filled with water, the WATER PRESS. and LOW AIR PRESS. lines indicated inFigure FO-14 are still connected together. Therefore, when any panel door is opened, all neon indicators inthe open panel will be lit if a low or high water-pressure alarm condition exists. When the dome is pressur-

Figure 3-12. Dome Status Panel E-PN-45 Audible Alarm

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-19

ized with air, the E-F-14 contacts open and WATER PRESS. and AIR PRESS. lines are not connected together.However, the WATER PRESS. line will be energized because dome air pressure is below 25 (±1) psig. Thus,if one of the panels is opened and a low air-pressure condition exists, all internal indicators in the opened panelwill light. If air pressure is not low, DS-6 of E-PN-45 would light if corresponding panel door was opened.

3-5.2 VISUAL ALARMS. (Figure FO-15). Visual indicators on panels E-PN-44 and E-PN-45 monitor theSDRW system operation status. Indicators are energized from the secondary of a 115-to-5 VAC step-down trans-former T1 in each panel through the appropriate alarm sensor switch contacts. Transformer primaries are con-nected in parallel from the 115 VAC PRIMARY line (indicated in Figure FO-15) and interlock switches S1-1 andS1-3 in each panel. Transformer secondaries are connected in parallel from the 5 VAC SECONDARY line, andinterlock switch S1-4 in each panel through the secondary winding to ground. All panels are provided with waterLOW PRESS. and HIGH PRESS. indicators energized through contacts of E-PN-50 relays K1 and K2, respec-tively. Relays K1 and K2 are energized through water low- and high-pressure limit switches in W-GA-10. Inaddition, panel E-PN-45 provides dome water flow and panel E-PN-44 provides dome water level information.For dome water flow less than 2.5 gpm, dome water flow switch E-F-29 is as indicated in Figure FO-15, and theWTR VALVE OFF indicator in E-PN-45 is lit. For water flow greater than 2.5 gpm, E-F-29 switches lighting theWTR VALVE ON indicator and turning off the WTR VALVE OFF indicator in E-PN-45. The dome full indica-tor switch E-F-14 position is shown for dome water level within seven inches of the baseline flat. Under thiscondition, the DOME FULL indicator in panel E-PN-44 is lit. When water level drops more than seven inchesbelow the baseline flat, E-F-14 switches turning off the DOME FULL indicator. The DOME EMPTY indicatorswitch E-F-42 position is shown for dome water level higher than four inches from the banjo. Under this condi-tion, the E-PN-44 DOME EMPTY indicator is off. When dome water level drops below four inches of the banjo,E-F-42 switches lighting the DOME EMPTY indicator in E-PN-44. LP AIR SUPPLY FAILURE indicator E-F-180 is actuated by LP air supply failure switch E-F-175 when ship’s low-pressure air supply drops below 85 (±2)psig. Each panel alarm indicator has a push-to-test feature which places the indicators across 5 VAC. The indi-cator light labeled P/O S2 in panel E-PN-45 provides background lighting for the ALARM SILENCE pushbut-ton. Internal neon light DS-5 for E-PN-44 and E-PN-45 indicates presence of 115 VAC power in panels whenpanel doors are opened. The E-F-33 OPEN light is located on the dome control station gage panel and lightswhen eductor solenoid valve E-V-21 opens.

3-5.3 EDUCTOR SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT. (Figures 3-12 and FO-21). The eductor solenoidvalve control circuit provides both manual and automatic operation of the eductor solenoid valve E-V-21 duringthe dome water removal operation. Manual operation is controlled by positioning of the solenoid OPEN/CLOSED switch on dome control panel E-PN-44. When the switch is closed, it completes the circuit throughclosed contacts of DOME EMPTY indicator switch E-F-42 providing continuity across the SW terminals S3 inthe dome control panel. This results in continuity across S3 L.D. terminals. Solenoid control relay E-K-142 isthen energized from 115 VAC through interlock switch S1-1, fuse F-1, closed contacts of low air-pressure alarmswitch E-F-32, and L.D. terminals of S3. The contacts of E-K-142 close providing 115 VAC to the coil of educ-tor solenoid valve E-V-21. Energizing E-V-21 causes the valve to open allowing dome water removal. Automaticoperation of the circuit is accomplished by the contacts of low air-pressure alarm switch E-F-32 and DOMEEMPTY indicator switch E-F-42. When dome air pressure drops below 12 (±1) psig, the E-F-32 contacts openand remove the 115 VAC from the L.D. terminals of S3 in the dome control panel. This deenergizes E-K-142and closes the solenoid valve. When dome water drops to within four inches of the banjo, the E-F-42 contactsopen the line to S3 SW terminals in dome control panel E-PN-44. This removes the 115 VAC applied to E-K-142 causing it to close the solenoid valve.

3-5.4 CONTROL/ALARMS INTERCONNECTION CABLING. (Figure FO-16). The cables and terminalboxes connecting the alarm sensors to the alarm panels are shown in Figure FO-16. All alarm and control sig-nals pass through main terminal box E-PN-50 located in the dome equipment room. All cables and componentsnot designated otherwise in Figure FO-16 are also located in the dome equipment room.

3-5.5 SPECIAL CONTROL ALARMS COMPONENTS.

a. Water Flow Switch E-F-29 (See Figure 3-13.) Dome water flow switch E-F-29 contains a spring (1), biasedmagnetic shuttle (2), and a hermetically sealed reed SPDT switch (3). When the water flow is less than 2.5gpm, the spring bias prevents the magnetic shuttle from activating the switch. In this condition, the normally

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-20

closed switch contacts apply 5 VAC to the WTR VALVE OFF indicator on dome status panel E-PN-45. Whenthe water flow is greater than 2.5 gpm, the shuttle lifting force overcomes the spring bias and the magnet (4)causes the switch (3) to activate. In this condition, the normally closed contacts open causing the WTRVALVE OFF indicator to go out, and the normally open contacts apply 5 VAC to the WTR VALVE ON indi-cator.

NOTE

WATER-LEVEL SWITCH OPERATION IS DESCRIBED WITH DOME FULLOF WATER (FLOAT UP).

b. Water Level Switches E-F-42 and E-F-14. (See Figure 3-14.) The low/high water-level switches containdual single-pole, double-throw (SPDT) switches (1) operated by magnetic float (2). The switches are glassenclosed and hermetically sealed within the stem (3). Water entering the vent opening (4) causes the magnet(5) imbedded in the float (2) to move upward along the stem (3). When the float (2) level reaches approxi-mately the midpoint of the stem, the dual SPDT switches (1), are activated by the magnetic field.1. Dome empty indicator switch E-F-42 has one set of normally open contacts and one set of normally closed

contacts. The normally open contacts control the 5 VAC to the DOME EMPTY indicator on dome controlpanel E-PN-44. The normally closed contacts control the SW contacts of S3 in dome control panelE-PN-44 which controls solenoid valve E-V-21. The bottom of the E-F-42 switch is in-line with the top ofthe 3” Dome Fill/Empty hose that is also located below the transducer array. This is critical to prevent col-lapsing the dome during dewatering procedures. Beyond that, residual water (i.e. below the level of E-F-42) must be swept out by using the SDPS eductor prior to sliding under the transducer array.

2. Dome full indicator switch E-F-14 has two sets of normally closed contacts. One set of contacts controlsthe 5 VAC to the DOME FULL indicator in dome control panel E-PN-44. The other set of contacts con-trols the SW contacts of S4 in dome status panel E-PN-45, which controls the audible alarms.

Figure 3-13. Water Flow Switch E-F-29

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-21

c. Air Pressure Switches E-F-32 and E-F-175. (See Figure 3-15.) Air pressure switches E-F-32 and E-F-175consist of a pressure-sensitive, metallic bellows (1) attached to a switch assembly (2). Air input (3) pressureapplied to the bottom of the bellows tends to compress the bellows and activate the switch. A permanent mag-net in the switch assembly provides positive switch opening and closing. An adjusting screw (4) sets theswitch actuating point by adjusting spring (5) tension applied to the top of the bellows.

1. LP air supply failure switch E-F-175 contacts are set to close when the bellows sense a drop in pressurebelow 85 (±2) psig lighting LP AIR SUPPLY FAILURE indicator E-F-180.

2. Low air-pressure alarm switch E-F-32 has two sets of contacts set to activate when the air input pressuredrops to 12 (±1) psig. One set opens and closes eductor solenoid valve E-V-21. The other set closes andsounds the panel alarms.

Figure 3-14. Water-Level Switches E-F-42 and E-F-14

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-22

d. Air Flow Meter A-F-124, Brooks Model 1320-03B1C (See Figures 3-16 or 3-17). Air Flow Meter A-F-124Brooks Model 1320-03B1C (Figure 3-17) is no longer available for sale from Brooks Instruments. BrooksModel 3810A14A1RAA1A1 (Figure 3-16) replaces Brooks Model 1320-03B1C Figure 3-17).Air flow meter A-F-124 Brooks Model 3810A14A1RAA1A1 (Figure 3-16) is inserted in the dome air flowpath, and flow rate indication is provided by means of magnetic coupling where a magnet, encapsulated in thefloat, is coupled to a rotatable magnet located in the rear of the indicator, thus turning the dial indicatormounted on the meter.Air flow meter A-F-124 Brooks Model 1320-03B1C (Figure 3-17) is inserted in the dome air flow path, andthe resulting pressure differential across meter orifice (1) is used to indicate air flow rate. The meter orificepressure drop is coupled across the ends of a calibrated glass tube (2) containing an indicator ball (3) whichrises in the tube to a height proportional to the pressure drop across the meter orifice and, therefore, air flowrate.

Figure 3-15. Air Pressure Switches E-F-32 and E-F-175

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-23

Figure 3-16. Air Flow Meter A-F-124 Brooks Model 3810A14A1RAA1A1

Figure 3-17. Air Flow Meter A-F-124 Brooks Model 1320-03B1C

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-24

e. Solid-State Alarm Panel Switches. (See Figure 3-18.) The Load-Pak switching units used in the audiblealarm and eductor control circuits, 5-amp and 10-amp units, respectively, are solid-state devices which per-form the same function as a relay. The active component of the Load-Pak is a triac semi-conductor. The triacis equivalent to two silicone control rectifiers (SCR’s) connected back to back as shown in Figure 3-18. Apositive gate voltage switches the triac on when it is forward biased, and a negative gate voltage switches iton when it is reverse biased. Each portion or SCR alternately conducts on each sine wave half cycle. The triacremains on and continues to conduct until it is no longer forward or reverse biased.

3-6. DOME ACCESS SUBSYSTEM.

Figure 3-19 shows the airlock, airlock passageway, and dome piping components which comprise the domeaccess subsystem. The airlock allows personnel transfer from the airlock passageway at atmospheric pressure tothe dome air pressurized at 14 (±1) psig. The following gages monitor airlock pressure.

Figure 3-18. Solid-State Alarm Panel Switches

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-25

3-6.1 AIRLOCK PRESSURE REFERENCED TO AIRLOCK PASSAGEWAY PRESSURE. A-GA-140, withassociated cutout valve A-V-171, indicates airlock pressure referenced to airlock passageway pressure. A-GA-140reads 0 psig when the airlock is unpressurized and 14 psig when airlock pressure is equalized to dome pressure.

3-6.2 DOME PRESSURE REFERENCED TO AIRLOCK PRESSURE. A-GA-136, with associated cutoutvalve A-V-137, indicates dome pressure referenced to airlock pressure. A-GA-136 reads 14 psig with the airlockunpressurized, and 0 psig when airlock pressure is equalized to dome pressure.

3-6.3 AIRLOCK PRESSURE REFERENCED TO AIRLOCK PASSAGEWAY PRESSURE. A-GA-139, withassociated cutout valve A-V-170, indicates airlock pressure referenced to airlock passageway pressure. A-GA-139reads 0 psig with the airlock unpressurized, and 14 psig when airlock pressure is equalized to dome pressure.

In addition, gage A-GA-167 indicates dome pressure referenced to airlock passageway pressure. A-GA-167reads 14 psig when the dome is pressurized with air. To pressurize the airlock from the airlock, valve A-V-138is opened allowing air from the dome to enter the airlock through A-V-138. Air flow continues for approximatelytwo minutes until the airlock/dome pressures are equalized. To depressurize the airlock from the airlock, valveA-V-157 is opened allowing air from the airlock to enter the airlock passageway through A-V-157. Air flow con-tinues for approximately two minutes until the airlock is depressurized. Airlock passageway valve A-V-141 pro-vides for equalizing the airlock and airlock passageway pressures from the airlock passageway. Likewise, dome

Figure 3-19. SDRW Dome Access Subsystem

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-26

valve A-V-158 provides for equalizing airlock and dome pressures from the dome. Water fill/removal hoseW-H-37 is capped with hose cap W-F-63 while personnel are in the pressurized dome. It is stored on a threadedmount in the airlock.

3-7. COMMUNICATION SUBSYSTEM.

The communication subsystem provides sound-powered phone communication between all areas critical tothe SDRW system operation. During personnel dome entry, communication is required between the dome, air-lock, airlock passageway, dome control station, and forecastle. Figure FO-17 shows the X25J sound-powered cir-cuit provided exclusively for the SDRW system. For operation inside the dome, sonar dome portable communi-cations panel E-PN-179 is taken into the dome and connected to the call-bell circuit by means of a watertightfeedthrough connector. Each phone station except the forecastle is provided with call-bell pushbuttons and abuzzer (see Figure FO-18.) Depressing a call-bell pushbutton at any station sounds the buzzer at the other sta-tions. As indicated in Figure FO-18, the dome lighting circuit passes through lighting cutout switch E-F-181, andthe dome call-bell circuit passes through call-bell cutout switch E-F-182 located in the airlock passageway. Dur-ing dome entry operations, these switches must be in the OFF position until the E-PN-179 cable is connected toits feedthrough connector and a sound-powered phone headset is connected to its feedthrough connector. Thefeedthrough connectors are capped when the dome is filled with water.

3-8. GENERAL SYSTEM COMPONENTS.

General air/water pressurization components include standard piping cutout valves, check valves, pressurerelief and reducing valves, and pressure gages.

3-8.1 CUTOUT VALVES. Cutout valves are manually operated valves which are inserted in the pipe run tostop or control flow. A number of different types are used to conform to different operating requirements.

a. Gate Valve. (See Figure 3-20.) The moving parts of a gate valve consist of a handwheel, gate, and connect-ing valve stem. For the non-rising stem-type gate valve (Figure 3-20), the gate is threaded to the stem andraises and lowers on the stem threads as the handle is turned. For rising stem-type gate valves (Figure 3-21),the stem is threaded into the bonnet and the gate firmly attached to the stem. As the handle turns the stem, thestem and gate raise or lower together. When fully lowered, the gate wedges with the inlet/outlet gate seat ringsstopping flow. The shape of the gate permits an unrestricted in-line flow when the valve is fully open, and astrong, positive seal when the valve is closed. When a gate is partially open, the flow causes uneven wear ofthe gate and gate seat; therefore, a gate valve is not normally used to throttle flow.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-27

b. Quick-Acting Gate Valve W-V-48. (See Figure 3-22.) The quick-acting gate valve is similar to the standardgate valve except a lever and stem mechanism provides valve opening and closing.

Figure 3-20. Gate Valve (Non-Rising Stem-type)

Figure 3-21. Gate Valve (Rising Stem-type)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-28

c. Globe Valves. (See Figure 3-23.) A globe valve operates on the same principle as a gate valve, but has adisc instead of a gate. The handwheel and stem position the disc in relation to the seat ring providing closed,fully open, or throttled flow. The stem may be of the rising or nonrising type. The uniform fluid flow aroundthe disc and seat ring ensures even distribution of disc and seat ring wear when the valve is partially open.Thus, a globe valve is suitable for throttling flow; however, full flow is partially restricted.

Figure 3-22. Quick-Acting Gate Valve W-V-48

Figure 3-23. Angle Globe Valve

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-29

d. Angle Hose Valve W-V-6. (See Figure 3-24.) An angle hose valve is a globe cutout valve which permitsconnecting a flexible hose line to a rigid piping. Flow through W-V-6 is in the opposite direction from nor-mal globe valve flow; therefore, the valve is not used for throttling.

e. Needle Valve A-V-144. (See Figure 3-25.) A needle valve is a type of globe valve with a long, taperedneedle point at the end of the valve stem. This needle acts as a disc passing through the tapered valve seatbefore actually seating. This configuration permits a very gradual increase or decrease in the opening size,permitting a more precise control of flow than an ordinary globe valve.

Figure 3-24. Angle Hose Valve W-V-6

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-30

f. Gage Valve With Test Point. (See Figure 3-26.) A gage valve is a needle valve with an integral test pointconnection at the top of the stem. When closed, the input is sealed by the seating action of the needle againstthe seat. Pressure at the gate side or output of the valve is available at the test point through the hollow stemand stem opening.

Figure 3-25. Needle Valve A-V-144

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-31

3-8.2 CHECK VALVES. A check valve is a device which allows flow of liquid or gas in only one direction.

a. Swing Check Valve. (See Figure 3-27.) A swing check valve can be used for either a liquid or gas. Inputfluid pressure acts upon the disc carrier forcing it to pivot up to about the disc carrier pin allowing flow. Pres-sure from the reverse direction forces the disc carrier tighter against the seat which prevents reverse flow.

Figure 3-26. Gage Valve With Test Point

Figure 3-27. Swing Check Valve

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-32

b. Ball Float Check Valves A-V-126 and A-V-130. (See Figure 3-28.) A ball float check valve allows air flowin either direction while preventing water flow from the bottom to the top. In operation, water entering thevalve at the bottom causes the ball float to lift and seal against the seat preventing water flow out the top ofthe valve. A view cover allows monitoring the valve operation.

c. Automatic Liquid Drain Valve A-V-115. (See Figure 3-29.) Automatic liquid drain valve A-V-115 is a spe-cial check valve used to automatically drain liquid as it accumulates in air filter A-F-114. The automatic drainvalve must be pressurized with air to operate. Liquid entering the drain valve forces a cellular rubber floatupward opening the drain valve. Air pressure dispels the liquid and reseats the drain valve checking air flow.

Figure 3-28. Ball Float Check Valves A-V-126 and A-V-130

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-33

3-8.3 RELIEF VALVES W-V-31 AND A-V-122. (See Figure 3-30.) A relief valve limits the maximum allowedline pressure in the water or air line. The valve spring is adjusted to apply a pressure equal to the desired maxi-mum allowable relief pressure (set point) against the disc forcing the disc against the valve seat. If the line pres-sure force tending to lift the disc exceeds the spring force tending to force the disc against the seat, the disc liftsfrom the seat venting the excess line pressure. The disc reseats when the force resulting from line pressure dropsbelow the spring force.

Figure 3-29. Ball Float Liquid Drain Valve A-V-115

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-34

3-8.4 REDUCER VALVES W-V-7 AND W-V-16. (See Figure 3-31.) The reducer valve lowers the line pres-sure by throttling the flow through the valve. This throttling action is controlled by the balanced forces of thespring pressure on the top of the diaphragm and the reduced outlet pressure applied to the lower side of the dia-phragm. When the outlet or reduced pressure and the spring pressure are equal, the diaphragm and disc remainstationary maintaining a constant outlet pressure. If the outlet pressure increases, the diaphragm forces the stemupward which tends to close the valve reducing the outlet pressure. Conversely, a decrease in outlet pressuretends to open the valve and increase outlet pressure, thereby maintaining a constant output pressure equal to theadjusted spring pressure (set point).

Figure 3-30. Relief Valves W-V-31 and A-V-122

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-35

3-8.5 PRESSURE GAGES. Pressure gages provide a visual indication of applied pressure and are used formonitoring system parameters.

a. Simplex Bourdon Tube Gage. (See Figure 3-32.) A simplex pressure gage has a single, zero-to-full-scalepressure range. The internal Bourdon tube is in the shape of a C and is welded or silver-brazed to the station-ary base. The free end of the tube is connected to the indicating mechanism by a linkage assembly. Thethreaded socket, welded to the stationary base, is the pressure connection. When pressure enters the Bourdontube, the tube straightens out slightly and moves the link connected with the toothed gear sector. The teeth onthe gear sector mesh with a small gear on the pinion to which the pointer is attached. Thus, when pressure inthe tube increases, the gear mechanism pulls the pointer around the dial and registers the amount of pressurebeing exerted in the tube.

Figure 3-31. Reducer Valves W-V-7 and W-V-16

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-36

b. Compound Bourdon Tube Gage W-GA-40. (See Figure 3-33.) The compound Bourdon tube pressure gageoperation is identical to that of the simplex gage, but has a pressure range which extends from a minimumvacuum to a full maximum positive pressure.

c. Differential Bourdon Tube Gage A-GA-139. (See Figure 3-34.)The Differential Bourdon Pressure Tube

Figure 3-32. Simplex Bourdon Tube Gage

Figure 3-33. Compound Bourdon Tube Gage W-GA-40

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-37

Gage looks identical to the Simplex Bourdon Tube Gage (Figure 3-32). The Differential Bourdon Tube Gagefunctions similarly to the Simplex Differential Gage, except that the differential pressure gage uses two Bour-don tubes and takes the difference of the two as its pressure indication. One Bourdon tube is the low pressuretube and is ported to the lower of the two pressures being measured, the other tube is the high pressure tubeand is ported to the higher of the two pressures being measured. For A-GA-139 the low pressure port is pipedto the airlock passageway and the high pressure port is piped into the airlock. Therefore A-GA-139 will indi-cate the pressure inside the airlock referenced to the airlock passageway, which is at atmospheric pressure.

d. Differential Pressure Gage A-GA-117 (See Figure 3-31.) The differential pressure gage is used to sense thedifference in pressure between the input and output of air filter A-F-114, and indicates when the filter elementsare becoming dirty and clogged. The gage is a cylinder housing a piston, one end of the piston being a mag-net. When a pressure difference exists between the two inputs at the ends of the cylinder, the piston movesproportionally against a compression spring. The magnetic flux field, from the magnet end of the piston, iscoupled through the cylinder wall to the pointer, causing the pointer to deflect proportional to piston travel.

Figure 3-34. Differential Bourdon Tube Gage A-GA-139

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-38

Figure 3-35. Differential Pressure Gage A-GA-117

S9165-AE-MMA-010

3-39 / (3-40 Blank)

CHAPTER 4

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

4-1. INTRODUCTION.

Required preventive maintenance procedures to be performed on a scheduled basis are provided in PlannedMaintenance System (PMS) documentation. OPNAVINST 4790.4 describes this system which also covers depart-mental and work center recordkeeping, as well as the Maintenance Index Page (MIP) and Maintenance Require-ment Cards (MRCs). MRCs cover scheduled inspection, testing, and lubricating procedures for the (NOUNNAME OF EQUIPMENT) covered by this manual.

4-1.1 EXTENT OF COVERAGE. The extensive and comprehensive scheduled maintenance provided byMRCs eliminates the need for any coverage within this chapter. Specific corrective maintenance is covered inChapter 6 of this manual.

4-2. MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT CARDS.

A list of preventive maintenance procedures called Maintenance Requirement Cards are listed on the Main-tenance Index Page (MIP) for the applicable SDRW system.

4-3. OPERATIONAL READINESS TEST.

Refer to MIP for applicable MRC.

4-4. DOME EXTERIOR INSPECTION.

The sonar dome should be inspected each time the ship is drydocked. This procedure will serve as a preven-tive maintenance program for the dome. If a dome problem is suspected when the ship is afloat, a diver inspec-tion should be performed utilizing the Underwater Damage Assessment Television System (UDATS) AN/WXQ-1.The UDATS provides a television tape recording which documents the problem areas and allows those respon-sible to accurately assess the dome condition.

4-4.1 SDRW GRID MARKINGS. In order to facilitate improved diver orientation when inspecting sonar domerubber windows, a system of white grid markings shall be painted on the SDRW. NOT APPLICABLE TODOMES MARKED FROM THE FACTORY.

NOTE

ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURER’S SPECIFICATION 605005, THEEPOXY ANTIFOULING PAINT USED ON THE SDRW IS TRI LUX SIXTY-EIGHT WHITE OR EQUIVALENT. THE PAINT CAN BE PURCHASEDTHROUGH INTERLOX-INTERNATIONAL PAINT CO., 17 BATTERYPLACE, NEW YORK, NY 10004.

a. Each white grid marking shall consist of a 2 x 2-inch square of white EPOXY NOFOUL paint (see Figures4-1 and 4-2).

S9165-AE-MMA-010

4-1

Figure 4-1. Starboard Profile Looking Inboard

S9165-AE-MMA-010

4-2

b. The white 2 x 2-inch squares shall be painted on the dome as follows:1. Starting at the bow (000° relative bearing) in a horizontal line along the periphery of the upper rubber win-

dow/fairing angle interface, paint a 2 x 2-inch square every 15° to a point 165° aft on both the port andstarboard sides of the dome (see Figures 4-1 and 4-2). Directly above each square, paint 2-inch numbersindicating the bearing that the square represents, and add ″S″ or ″P″ to indicate starboard or port, as appro-priate.

2. Starting at the bow (000° relative bearing) in a horizontal line along the periphery of the lower rubber win-dow/fairing angle interface, paint a 2 x 2-inch square every 15° to a point 165° aft on both the port andthe starboard sides of the dome (see Figures 4-1 and 4-2). Directly below each square, paint 2-inch num-bers indicating the bearing that the square represents, and add ″S″ or ″P’ to indicate starboard or port, asappropriate. The required markings can be applied while the ship is in drydock and during the final Exter-nal Fairness Test utilizing the dome inspection grid on Figures 4-1 and 4-2, as referenced.

CAUTION

SDRW MUST BE PRESSURIZED WITH AIR WHILE SHIP IS IN DRY-DOCK. REFER TO CHAPTER 2 FOR PROCEDURES.

NOTE

WATER MAY LEAK FROM VOIDS AROUND PERIMETER OF RUBBERWINDOW FOR SEVERAL DAYS AFTER DRYDOCKING SHIP.

Figure 4-2. Bow On View Looking Aft

S9165-AE-MMA-010

4-3

4-4.2 INSPECTION PROCEDURES. Inspection of the dome system when the ship is dockside needs to beperformed when there is reason to suspect that damage has occurred to the rubber window. External inspectionand repair of the dome can be accomplished by a diver, and prior to waterborne dome entry. Internal inspectionand repair of the dome can be made with the dome pressurized with air. Procedures for water-to-air transfer, andfor personnel entry into the dome, are contained in Chapter 2.

a. Inspect the following conditions, and note on a diver’s slate the physical dimensions and relative bearing of(use Figures 4-1 and 4-2 to determine bearings):1. Cuts, pits, and gouges in the outer surface of the rubber window and the structural area within approxi-

mately 4 feet of the rubber window.2. Separation in rubber plies, which are indicated as bulges or soft spots.3. Previous repairs to the rubber window which have become faulty or have deteriorated.4. Separation of the rubber window from the steel in the area of the closure plate.5. Dents or cracks in the steel areas of the dome including the closure plate.6. Peeling or absence of protective paint on the steel structural portion of the dome.7. Peeling or spalling of the fairing compound on the structural portion of the dome including the banjo.8. Exposed structural steel wire of the rubber window.

NOTE

IF RUBBER WINDOW STEEL WIRES ARE EXPOSED, CONTACT NAVSEAFOR AN ANALYSIS OF THE REPAIR.

b. The following is the general inspection pattern to be followed to ensure complete coverage of the SDRW sur-face and the immediate steel structural areas:

CAUTION

DIVERS MUST EXERCISE CARE WHEN TOUCHING A DOME WITHSTEEL WIRES EXPOSED.

NOTE

BECAUSE OF LIMITED CONTRAST, THE DIVER’S HANDS MAY OFTENSENSE DAMAGE THAT THE EYE CANNOT DETECT.

1. The inspection team follows the stem, surveying both sides (port and starboard), and continues down to theupper marriage-line centerline.

2. Follow the upper marriage-line starboard and inspect the general area while swimming aft. After reachingthe most aft point of the window, drop down approximately 3 feet (depending on water turbidity) and workforward to the dome centerline. This sweeping procedure should be followed until the complete starboardside has been inspected. The port side is inspected using this same procedure.

3. Inspect banjo area and the structural area to the water surface.4. Complete report of damaged area.

4-4.3 INSPECTION ANALYSIS.

a. It is difficult for the diver to make repairs to the dome while the ship is waterborne. In addition, the repairmaterial and the surface of the area to be repaired are subject to contamination that can markedly reduce thestrength of the bond. Therefore, decisions as to which repairs shall be made underwater should be based onsuch factors as the effect that the damage might have on the safety of the ship, the impairment of the sonarperformance, and the retention of the strength of the window.

b. If a pit, gouge, or separation of plies is suspected to be a source of sonar self-noise, it is recommended that

S9165-AE-MMA-010

4-4

the defect be repaired regardless of its depth or extent. Small flaps of rubber in the order of 1/16-inch maxi-mum thickness not suspected to be a source of sonar self-noise, or if cutoff will cause an insignificant amountof self-noise, can be cut off in a faired manner that will result in the least flow noise. A sufficient amount ofthe original 1/4-inch cover ply should remain to protect the wire reinforcement.

The decision to make underwater repairs to a damaged area should be based on the seriousness of the prob-lem. All information on damage should be brought to the attention of the ship’s commanding officer or an officerhe has designated. All major findings should be reported to Commander, Naval Sea Systems Command, Wash-ington, D. C. 20376, using the format in Chapter 8, Figures 8-54 through 8-58.

4-4.4 SDRW REPAIR PROCEDURES. Refer to Chapter 6 for SDRW repair procedures.

4-5. SYSTEM OVERHAUL REQUIREMENTS.

At each ship’s overhaul, the SDRW system should be tested following the installation checkout procedure inChapter 8 of this manual. All faulty or suspected components should be overhauled or replaced.

4-6. DRYDOCK BLOCKING INSTRUCTIONS.

For emergency repair or replacement of a rubber window, the ship shall be blocked a minimum of 12 feetbetween baseline flat and drydock floor. Note that it is necessary to use the special external shipping/installationfixture when removing and installing a window from a ship blocked at a height of less than 14 feet.

4-7. DEPRESSURIZING A DOME IN DRYDOCK.

a. NAVSEA recommends depressurizing a dome for NOT more than 3 days.

b. If a dome is to be depressurized for longer periods, the dome shall be supported as shown in Chapter 8, Figure8-59. Supported as shown, the window may remain unpressurized indefinitely.

c. Install supports while pressurized at 14 psig (air).

d. Maintain tension while at 14 psig (air) to apply full, but not depressed contact.

e. Remove or relax slings prior to any hydrostatic-related tests.

f. Banjo support blocks are not required for ships in drydock.

4-8. PROTECTING A DOME IN DRYDOCK.

NOTE

INITIAL CLEANING SHOULD BE CONDUCTED AS SOON AS POSSIBLEAFTER DRYDOCKING.

For all drydock periods 3 days or longer, the window shall be covered as follows:

a. Hose down window to wash off slime.

b. Cover the entire surface of rubber window to protect it from direct sunlight. This prevents the loss of anti-fouling properties from the rubber. Use a good-quality, cloth-reinforced tape to secure the covering.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

4-5

c. Drape a flame-retardant cloth tarp, and tape the entire upper perimeter of the tarp so that no sparks can becometrapped between the tarp and the window.

4-9. CLEANING PROCEDURE FOR RUBBER WINDOW.

a. A mild detergent can be used to clean the rubber.

b. If a window is extremely fouled, sand-blasting with a fine abrasive is permitted when authorized by NAVSEA.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

4-6

CHAPTER 5

TROUBLESHOOTING

5-1. INTRODUCTION.

This chapter identifies detailed electrical and piping schematic diagrams, fault logic diagrams, and relatedinformation to aid in locating failures in the sonar dome rubber window (SDRW) system.

CAUTION

DOME PRESSURIZATION MUST BE MAINTAINED AT ALL TIMESWHEN THE SHIP IS AFLOAT. IF AN EMERGENCY CONDITIONEXISTS, REFER TO EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURES OFCHAPTER 2.

5-2. TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX.

The troubleshooting index (Table 5-1) provides a cross-reference for the schematic diagrams, fault logic dia-grams, and applicable material in other chapters of this manual.

Table 5-1. Troubleshooting Index

Functional Area Cross-References - Text, Illustrations, Procedures

Functional Descrip-tion Fault Logic Diagrams

Schematic Dia-grams

Alignment/Ad-justment

Air Pressurization Subsystem 3-3 FO-27 FO-8 and FO-11 6-2.3Water Pressurization Sub-system

3-4 FO-26 and FO-28 FO-8, FO-12, FO-13 6-2.2

Electrical Control/AlarmsSubsystem

3-5 None FO-14, FO-15,FO-16, FO-19,FO-20, FO-21,FO-23, FO-24,

FO-25

6-2.4

Communication Subsystem 3-7 None FO-17, FO-18,FO-22

None

5-3. FAULT LOGIC DIAGRAMS.

(See Figures FO-26, FO-27, and FO-28) Fault logic diagrams are provided for malfunctioning water- and air-pressurization conditions. A branching series of questions leads to fault isolation. Note the significance of the boxframes: questions that can be answered are enclosed in a heavy shadow box, questions that require a change incondition or test setup are enclosed in a single-line rectangle, and probable-fault conclusion is outlined in adouble-lined box. ″Yes″ branches are solid lines, and ″NO″ responses are dashed.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

5-1 / (5-2 Blank)

CHAPTER 6

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

SECTION I

ADJUSTMENTS AND ALIGNMENTS

6.1 INTRODUCTION.

This chapter is presented in three sections. Section I presents the procedures necessary to perform any adjust-ments to the primary SDPS components that may be required in order to maintain the Sonar Dome Pressuriza-tion System (SDPS) within operational specifications. Section II presents necessary instructions to accomplishrepairs and conduct performance testing of the repairable primary SDPS components. Section III provides pro-cedural guidance for the removal and installation of all SDPS components.

6.2 LP AIR PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.

WARNING

LP AIR PIPING IS CHARGED WITH PRESSURIZED AIR DURING THEFOLLOWING PROCEDURES. OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAU-TIONS.

CAUTION

ENSURE SONAR DOME REMAINS WATER FILLED AND PRESSUR-IZED AT REQUIRED LEVELS AT ALL TIMES DURING THE PERFOR-MANCE OF THESE PROCEDURES.

6.2.1 PRESSURE REDUCER A-V-119. See Figures 6-1 and FO-32.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-1

a. Ensure dome is pressurized with water.

CAUTION

ANY CHANGE IN VALVE POSITION REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN COR-RECT DOME PRESSURE HAS PRIORITY WHILE PERFORMING THISPROCEDURE.

b. Verify valve alignment at Dome Control Station (0.5-28-0-Q)(1) A-V-110 Shut(2) A-V-127 Shut(3) A-V-129 Shut(4) A-V-155 Open(5) A-V-156 Open(6) A-V-166 Shut(7) A-V-131 Shut (locking device installed)(8) A-V-148 Open(9) A-V-118 Open(10) A-V-125 Open(11) A-V-112 Open(12) A-V-116 Open(13) ALP-V-207 Open (if installed)

c. Vent accumulated condensate from LP Air system piping.(1) Slowly open valve A-V-110; observe air flow through LP air system piping.(2) Observe air/water mixture venting through drain valve A-V-155; continue venting through drain valve

A-V-155 until all water has been purged from LP air system piping.(3) Shut drain valve A-V-155.(4) Shut valve A-V-145.(5) Open bypass valve A-V-131.

Figure 6-1. Pressure Reducer Valve A-V-119

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-2

(6) Slowly open bypass valve A-V-166, observe air flow through LP air system piping.(7) Observe air/water mixture venting through drain valve A-V-156; continue venting through drain valve

A-V-156 until all water has been purged from LP air system piping.(8) Shut drain valve A-V-156.(9) Shut bypass valve A-V-131.(10) Shut bypass valve A-V-166.

d. Test and adjust pressure regulator A-V-119(1) Observe that gage A-GA-109 indicates 125 (100 to 150) psig.(2) Observe that gage A-GA-106 indicates 110 (100 to 135) psig. If gage A-GA-106 does not indicate 110

psig (minimum), perform the following.(3) Observe air filter A-F-114 gage A-GA-117; indication should be less than 6 psid (in clean area). If gage

A-GA-117 indication is greater than 6 psid, clean air filter A-F-114 and replace filter elements asdescribed in MRC R-1.

(4) Open valve A-V-155 for 1 minute; then shut valve A-V-155.(5) Observe gage A-GA-123 indication; gage A-GA-123 should indicate 22 (21 to 23) psig with no air flow

through piping. If gage A-GA-123 indication is correct adjustment is complete. If gage A-GA-123 indi-cation is incorrect, perform the following.(a) Loosen locknut on A-V-119 adjusting screw.(b) Turn pressure regulating valve adjusting screw CLOCKWISE to raise setpoint pressure. Adjust A-V-

119 until gage A-GA-123 indicates 22 psig.(c) Turn pressure regulating valve adjusting screw slightly COUNTERCLOCKWISE to lower setpoint

pressure.(d) Tighten pressure regulating valve A-V-119 adjusting screw locknut.

(6) Repeat steps 6.2.1.d.(4) and 6.2.1.d.(5) as necessary.(7) Shut valve A-V-110.(8) Open valve A-V-155.(9) Open valve A-V-150.(10) Vent air pressure from LP air system piping; continue venting until gages A-GA-109, A-GA-106, and

A-GA-123 indicate 0 psig.(11) Shut valve A-V-150.

6.2.2 RELIEF VALVE A-V-122. (See Figure FO-31.)


CAUTION

ANY CHANGE IN VALVE POSITION REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN COR-RECT DOME PRESSURE, HAS PRIORITY WHILE PERFORMINGTHIS PROCEDURE.

b. Verify valve alignment at Dome Control Station (0.5-28-0-Q).(1) A-V-110 Shut(2) A-V-127 Shut(3) A-V-129 Shut(4) A-V-155 Open(5) A-V-156 Open(6) A-V-166 Shut(7) A-V-131 Shut (locking device installed)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-3

(8) A-V-148 Open(9) A-V-118 Open(10) A-V-125 Open(11) A-V-112 Open(12) A-V-116 Open(13) ALP-V-207 Open (if installed)


A-V-155 until all water has been purged from LP air system piping.(3) Shut drain valve A-V-155.(4) Shut valve A-V-145.(5) Open bypass valve A-V-131.(6) Slowly open bypass valve A-V-166, observe air flow through LP air system piping.(7) Observe air/water mixture venting through drain valve A-V-156; continue venting through drain valve

A-V-156 until all water has been purged from LP air system piping.(8) Shut drain valve A-V-156.(9) Shut bypass valve A-V-131.(10) Shut bypass valve A-V-166.

d. Test and adjust Relief Valve A-V-122(1) Open A-V-155(2) Close A-V-125(3) Verify that A-GA-106 indicates 125 (+30, -25) psig.

CAUTION

OPENING BYPASS VALVE A-V-147 CAUSES PRESSURE AT RELIEFVALVE A-V-122 TO INCREASE RAPIDLY. DO NOT ALLOW A-GA-123INDICATION TO EXCEED 29 PSIG.

(4) Open A-V-147 slightly and verify that A-GA-123 indicates 25 (±1) psig when A-V-122 vents; close A-V-147.

(5) If incorrect, adjust A-V-122 as follows:(a) Remove cap and loosen A-V-122 compression screw locknut.(b) Close A-V-148.(c) Open A-V-125 until A-GA-123 indicates 0 psig; close A-V-125.(d) If A-GA-123 indication was less than 24 psig, turn A-V-122 compression screw slightly clockwise.(e) If A-GA-123 indication was greater than 26 psig, turn A-V-122 compression screw slightly counter-

clockwise.(f) Open A-V-148.

(6) Repeat steps 6.2.2.d.(4) and 6.2.2.d.(5) as necessary.(7) Tighten A-V-122 compression screw locknut and reinstall cap.(8) Close A-V-110.(9) Open A-V-125.(10) Open valve A-V-155.(11) Open valve A-V-150.(12) Vent air pressure from LP air system piping; continue venting until gages A-GA-109, A-GA-106, and

A-GA-123 indicate 0 psig.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-4


6.2.3 BACKPRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE A-V-134. (See Figure 6-2.)


CAUTION


b. Verify valve alignment at Dome Control Station (0.5-28-0-Q).

(1) A-V-110 Shut

(2) A-V-127 Shut

(3) A-V-129 Shut

(4) A-V-155 Open

(5) A-V-156 Open

(6) A-V-166 Shut

(7) A-V-131 Shut (locking device installed)

(8) A-V-148 Open

(9) A-V-118 Open

(10) A-V-125 Open

(11) A-V-112 Open

(12) A-V-116 Open

(13) ALP-V-207 Open (if installed)

c. Vent accumulated condensate from LP Air system piping.

(1) Slowly open valve A-V-110; observe air flow through LP air system piping.

(2) Observe air/water mixture venting through drain valve A-V-155; continue venting through drain valveA-V-155 until all water has been purged from LP air system piping.

(3) Shut drain valve A-V-155.


(5) Open bypass valve A-V-131.

(6) Slowly open bypass valve A-V-166, observe air flow through LP air system piping.

(7) Observe air/water mixture venting through drain valve A-V-156; continue venting through drain valveA-V-156 until all water has been purged from LP air system piping.

(8) Shut drain valve A-V-156.

(9) Shut bypass valve A-V-131.

(10) Shut bypass valve A-V-166.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-5

d. Test and adjust backpressure regulating valve (A-V-134)(1) Open bypass valve A-V-131.(2) Open bypass valve A-V-166; observe A-F-124 for air flow through system piping.(3) Slowly open valve A-V-145.(4) Slowly shut bypass valve A-V-131. If backpressure regulator valve A-V-134 starts to chatter, crack open

bypass valve A-V-131 momentarily to achieve steady flow through A-V-134; then slowly shut bypassvalve A-V-131.

(5) Observe gage A-GA-133 indication of 14 (13 to 15) psig.(6) Observe Flowmeter A-F-124; indication should be 40 to 50 SCFM. If required, throttle valve A-V-148

to obtain required flow rate.(7)

(a) Remove cap and loosen pressure screw locknut on the regulator valve.(b) Adjust backpressure regulating valve A-V-134 pilot control valve adjusting screw clockwise to raise

backpressure setpoint, or counterclockwise to lower backpressure setpoint until gage A-GA-133indicates 14 (±1) psig.

(c) Tighten the regulator valve pressure screw locknut and reinstall the cap. This completes the adjust-ment of backpressure regulator valve A-V-134.

(8) Shut valve A-V-110.(9) Open valve A-V-155.(10) Open valve A-V-150.(11) Vent air pressure from LP air system piping; continue venting until gages A-GA-109, A-GA-106, and

A-GA-123 indicate 0 psig.(12) Shut valve A-V-166.(13) Shut valve A-V-150.

Figure 6-2. Backpressure Regulating Valve (A-V-134) 1-1/2” IPS

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-6

6.2.4 AIR FAILURE SWITCH E-F-175. (See Figure 6-3.)


CAUTION


b. Verify valve alignment at Dome Control Station (0.5-28-0-Q).(1) A-V-110 Shut(2) A-V-127 Shut(3) A-V-129 Shut(4) A-V-155 Open(5) A-V-156 Open(6) A-V-166 Shut(7) A-V-131 Shut (locking device installed)(8) A-V-148 Open(9) A-V-118 Open(10) A-V-125 Open11. A-V-112 Open(12) A-V-116 Open(13) ALP-V-207 Open (if installed)


A-V-155 until all water has been purged from LP air system piping.(3) Shut drain valve A-V-155.(4) Shut valve A-V-145.(5) Open bypass valve A-V-131.(6) Slowly open bypass valve A-V-166, observe air flow through LP air system piping.(7) Observe air/water mixture venting through drain valve A-V-156; continue venting through drain valve

A-V-156 until all water has been purged from LP air system piping.(8) Shut drain valve A-V-156.(9) Continue venting air through LP air system piping for 3 minutes.(10) Shut valve A-V-110(11) Shut bypass valve A-V-131.(12) Shut bypass valve A-V-166.(13) Open Drain valve A-V-156.

d. Test and adjust pressure switch E-F-175. This task ensures pressure switch is within tolerances.(1) Slowly open valve A-V-110.(2) Observe that gage A-GA-109 indicates 125 (100 to 150) psig.(3) Shut ships low-pressure air service valve ALP-V-207 (if installed) or next valve located immediately

upstream of valve A-V-110.(4) Crack open drain valve A-V-155 and vent air from LP air system piping; observe gage A-GA-109 indica-

tion decreasing.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-7

(5) Continue to vent air through drain valve A-V-155 until gage A-GA-109 indicates 85 (83 to 87) psig; thenshut drain valve A-V-155.

(6) When gage A-GA-109 indicates 85 psig, observe low pressure air failure indicator E-F-180 illuminate. Iflow pressure air failure indicator E-F-180 did not illuminate when gage A-V-109 indicated 85 psig, per-form the following.(a) Verify that valves A-V-184 and A-V-176 are open.(b) Verify by reading label plates installed on pressure switch E-F-175 if the switch is manufactured by

Detroit Switch Inc. or United Electric controls.1. If manufactured by Detroit Switch Inc., with open-end wrench remove protective cap from adjust-

ing screw on the right side of the switch.a. Using a flat blade screwdriver adjust pressure switch E-F-175; turn adjusting screw clockwise

to increase setpoint pressure; turn adjusting screw counterclockwise to lower setpoint pressure.b. Replace protective cap.

2. If E-F-175 pressure switch manufactured by United Electric Controls, with flat blade screwdriverremove cover and gasket by removing four screws.a. The adjusting screw is located beneath the switch inside the encloser. Using a 5/8” open end

wrench adjust setpoint pressure; turn adjusting screw clockwise to increase setpoint pressure;turn adjusting screw counterclockwise to lower setpoint pressure.

b. Replace gasket and cover.c. Continue to adjust pressure switch E-F-175 as necessary until low pressure air failure indicator

E-F-180 illuminates when gage A-GA-109 indicates 85 psig.(7) Slowly open ship’s low-pressure air service valve ALP-V-207 until fully open (if installed) or next valve

located immediately upstream of valve A-V-110.(8) Observe that low pressure air failure indicator E-F-180 extinguishes when gage A-GA-109 indicates 100

psig.(9) Repeat steps 6.2.4.d.(2) through 6.2.4.d.(8) as necessary until E-F-180 illuminates when gage A-GA-109

indicates 85 psig of descending air pressure, and extinguishes when gage A-GA-109 indicates 100 psig ofascending air pressure.

6.2.5 L.P. AIR ALARM SWITCH E-F-32. (See Figure 6-3.)

Figure 6-3. L P Air Switches E-F-32 and E-F-175

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-8

CAUTION

STEPS OF THIS PROCEDURE REQUIRE THAT DOME PRESSURE BELOWERED TO 12 PSIG. ANY CHANGE IN VALVE POSITIONS DUE TOEMERGENCY OPERATION HAS PRIORITY.

NOTE

As Sonar Dome is dewatered, a partial vacuum in gage A-GA-167 gage line maydevelop. This may result in inadvertent closure of solenoid valve E-V-21 byaction of Pressure Switch E-F-32. Observe that valve E-V-21 position indicatorE-F-33 remains illuminated to ensure Solenoid valve E-V-21 remains in theOPEN position during dewatering procedure.

a. Ensure dome is pressurized with air.

b. Verify that dome control station valves are set according to Table 2-2 for circulating air.

c. Verify that A-GA-123 and W-GA-10 indicate 22 (+1, -5) psig.

d. At Airlock Passageway, remove caps from Test Point Connection valves A-V-160 and A-V-100; allow allwater to vent from gage lines; then recap Test Point Connection valves A-V-160 and A-V-100.

e. Close A-V-127.

f. Close A-V-129.

CAUTION

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING STEPS WILL RESULT IN ADECREASE OF SONAR DOME PRESSURE. THROTTLE VALVEW-V-27 AS NECESSARY TO ENSURE SONAR DOME PRESSURE DOESNOT DROP BELOW 12.0 AS INDICATED ON GAGES W-GA-10 ANDA-GA-167.

g. Slowly open W-V-27 until W-GA-10 indicates 13 (-1) psig, then close W-V-27.

h. When gages W-GA-10 and A-GA-167 indicate 13.0 psig; audible Low Air pressure alarms should activate oncontrol panel E-PN-44 and alarm panel E-PN-45 and solenoid valve E-V-21 will shut. If alarms do not acti-vate, perform the following:(1) With gages W-GA-10 and A-GA-167 indicating (12 to 13) psig, slowly turn Pressure Switch E-F-32

adjusting screw clockwise until audible alarm activates on control panel E-PN-44.(2) Open valve A-V-127; apply air pressure to Sonar Dome until gage W-GA-10 indication exceeds 13.0 psig

and audible alarm silence, then shut valve A-V-127.(3) Open valve W-V-27; vent air through valve W-V-27 until gages W-GA-10 and A-V-167 indicate 13.0 psig.(4) Slowly turn pressure switch E-F-32 adjusting screw clockwise or counterclockwise, as necessary, to acti-

vate audible alarm on control panel E-PN-44 when gages W-GA-10 and A-GA-167 indicate 13.0 psig.

i. Repeat step 6.2.5.h. until the audible alarms activate when the dome pressure is lowered to 13 (-1) psig, anddeactivates when the dome pressure is raised to 16 (±2) psig.

j. Open A-V-127 and ensure that dome pressure rises to 22 (±1) psig.

k. Open A-V-129 to return the system to the desired circulating air condition Table 2-2.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-9

6.3 WATER PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM COMPONENT ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES.

Adjustment and alignment of the following Water Pressurization subsystem components requires properpressurization of the sonar dome be maintained at all times. This may be accomplished by adherence to the oper-ating procedures and emergency operating procedures provided in Chapter 2. Tools and test equipment requiredconsist of standard hand tools. Operational tolerance values are presented in Table 1-3.

WARNING

ENSURE SONAR DOME REMAINS PRESSURIZED AT REQUIREDLEVELS AT ALL TIMES DURING THE PERFORMANCE OF THESEPROCEDURES. ANY CHANGE IN VALVE POSITION REQUIRED TOMAINTAIN CORRECT SONAR DOME PRESSURE SHALL HAVE PRI-ORITY WHILE PERFORMING THIS PROCEDURE.

6.3.1 PRESSURE REDUCER W-V-7. (See Figures 6-4 and FO-29.)

CAUTION


Figure 6-4. Pressure Reducer W-V-7

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-10

NOTE

DOME MUST BE PRESSURIZED FROM SEAWATER FIREMAIN SUPPLYTO ADJUST W-V-7.

a. Verify that dome control station valves are set according to Table 2-3.

b. Verify that overboard discharge valve W-V-11 is closed.

c. Verify that W-GA-38 indicates 150 (±25) psig.

d. Observe and note gage W-GA-39 indication; indication should be 50 (45 to 55) psig. If gage W-GA-39 indi-cation is correct, do not proceed any further.

e. If gage W-GA-39 indication is greater than 55 psig, perform steps 6.3.1.f through 6.3.1.o. If gage W-GA-39indication is less than 45 psig, proceed to step 6.3.1.p.

CAUTION

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE WILL ISOLATETHE SONAR DOME FROM THE PRESSURIZATION SYSTEM.ENSURE SONAR DOME PRESSURE REMAINS ABOVE 25 PSIG ASINDICATED ON W-GA-10 AT ALL TIMES DURING THE PERFOR-MANCE OF THIS PROCEDURE.

f. Close valves W-V-1, W-V-5 and W-V-15.

g. Remove regulator valve W-V-7 cap and loosen adjusting screw locknut.

h. Open valves W-V-2 and W-V-3; vent line pressure until gages W-GA-38 and W-GA-39 indicate 0 psig; thenshut valves W-V-3 and W-V-2.

i. Turn regulator valve W-V-7 adjustment screw three turns counterclockwise.

j. Slowly open valves W-V-1 and W-V-5.

k. Observe gage W-GA-39; indication should be less than 45 psig. If gage W-GA-39 indication is not less than45 psig, repeat steps 6.3.1.f. through 6.3.1.j. as necessary until gage W-GA-39 indication is less than 45 psig.

l. When gage W-GA-39 indicates less than 45 psig, turn regulator valve W-V-7 adjustment screw clockwiseuntil gage W-GA-39 indicates 50 psig.

m. Tighten regulator valve W-V-7 adjustment screw locknut while holding adjusting screw in place, then rein-stall cap.

n. Open valve W-V-15.

o. Do not proceed any further.

p. If gage W-GA-39 indication is less than 45 psig, perform the following.(1) Remove regulator valve W-V-7 cap and loosen adjusting screw locknut.(2) Turn regulator valve W-V-7 adjustment screw clockwise until gage W-GA-39 indicates 50 psig.(3) If 50 psig indication on gage W-GA-39 is exceeded, repeat steps 6.3.1.f. through 6.3.1.o.(4) Tighten regulator valve W-V-7 adjustment screw locknut while holding adjustment screw in place; then

reinstall cap.

6.3.2 PRESSURE REDUCER W-V-16. (See Figures 6-4 and FO-29 )

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-11

CAUTION


NOTE

TO ADJUST W-V-16, DOME MUST BE PRESSURIZED FROM SEAWATERFIREMAIN SUPPLY OR DOCKSIDE FRESHWATER.


b. Observe and note gage W-GA-41 indication; indication should be 20.0 (19.0 to 21.0) psig. If gage W-GA-41indication is correct, do not proceed any further.

c. If gage W-GA-41 indication is greater than 21.0 psig, perform steps 6.3.2.d through 6.3.2.m. If gageW-GA-41 indication is less than 19.0 psig, proceed to step 6.3.2.o.

CAUTION


d. Shut valve W-V-24.

e. Remove regulator valve W-V-16 cap and loosen adjusting screw locknut.

f. Shut valves W-V-1 and W-V-5.

g. Open valves W-V-2, W-V-3, and W-V-17; vent line pressure until gages W-GA-38 and W-GA-41 indicate 0psig; then shut valves W-V-17, W-V-3, and W-V-2.

h. Turn regulator valve W-V-16 adjustment screw three turns counterclockwise.

i. Slowly open valves W-V-1 and W-V-5.

j. Observe gage W-GA-41; indication should be less than 20.0 psig. If gage W-GA-41 indication is not less than20.0 psig, repeat steps 6.3.2.f through 6.3.2.i as necessary until gage W-GA-41 indication is less than 45 psig.

k. When gage W-GA-41 indicates less than 45 psig, turn regulator valve W-V-16 adjustment screw clockwiseuntil gage W-GA-41 indicates 20.0 psig.

l. Tighten regulator valve W-V-16 adjustment screw locknut while holding adjusting screw in place, then rein-stall cap.

m. Open valve W-V-24.

n. Proceed to step 6.3.2.1.p.

o. If gage W-GA-41 indication is less than 19.0 psig, perform the following.(1) Shut valve W-V-24.(2) Remove regulator valve W-V-16 cap and loosen adjusting screw locknut.(3) Turn regulator valve W-V-16 adjustment screw clockwise until gage W-GA-41 indicates 20.0 psig.(4) Tighten W-V-16 adjustment screw locknut while holding adjustment screw in place; then reinstall cap.(5) Open valve W-V-24.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-12

NOTE

APPROXIMATELY 15 MINUTES ARE REQUIRED TO STABILIZE GAGEW-GA-10 INDICATION AT 39.5 PSIG AFTER ADJUSTMENT OF REGULA-TOR VALVE W-V-16.

p. Observe gage W-GA-10; verify that indication is 39.5 (39.5 to 41.5) psig. If not, repeat steps 6.3.2.b through6.3.2.p.

6.3.3 RELIEF VALVE W-V-31. (See Figures 6-5 and FO-30)

CAUTION

ANY CHANGE IN VALVE POSITION REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN COR-RECT DOME PRESSURE HAS PRIORITY WHILE PERFORMING THISPROCEDURE.

Figure 6-5. Relief Valve W-V-31

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-13

CAUTION


NOTE

TO ADJUST W-V-31, DOME MUST BE PRESSURIZED FROM SEAWATERFIREMAIN SUPPLY OR DOCKSIDE FRESHWATER.


b. Remove retaining nuts and cover from overboard discharge check valve W-V-99 located at bottom of domecontrol station water valve board.

c. At check valve W-V-99, verify that no water is leaking through check valve; this verifies that relief valveW-V-31 is seated properly.

d. Shut valves W-V-24 and W-V-18.

e. Slowly open bypass valve W-V-17 until water is observed venting through check valve W-V-99; then shutvalve W-V-17.

f. Observe and note gage W-GA-41 indication when water begins to vent through check valve W-V-99; indica-tion should be 27.5 (26.5 to 28.5) psig. If gage W-GA-41 indication is correct, proceed to step 6.3.3.h.(9).

g. If gage W-GA-41 indication is less than 26.5 psig when water vents, complete steps 6.3.3.g.(1) through6.3.3.g.(6). If gage W-GA-41 indication is greater than 28.5 psig when water vents, proceed to step 6.3.3.h.(1) Remove cap from relief valve W-V-31 and loosen compression screw locknut.(2) Turn relief valve W-V-31 compression screw one turn clockwise.(3) Slowly open bypass valve W-V-17 until water begins to vent through check valve W-V-99; then shut valve

W-V-17.(4) Observe that gage W-GA-41 indicates 27.5 (26.5 to 28.5) psig when water vents through check valve

W-V-99, repeat steps 6.3.3.g.2 through 6.3.3.g.4 as necessary.(5) Open valves W-V-18 and W-V-24.(6) Proceed to step 6.3.3.i.

h. If gage W-GA-41 indication is greater than 28.5 psig, perform the following.(1) Remove cap from relief valve W-V-31 and loosen compression screw locknut.(2) Open valve W-V-24 until gage W-GA-41 indicates 25.0 psig; then shut valve W-V-24.(3) Slowly open bypass valve W-V-17 until gage W-GA-41 indicates 27.5 (26.5 to 28.5) psig; then shut

bypass valve W-V-17.(4) Turn relief valve compression screw counterclockwise until water begins to vent through check valve

W-V-99.(5) Open valve W-V-24 until gage W-GA-41 indicates 25.0 psig; then shut valve W-V-24.(6) Slowly open bypass valve W-V-17 until gage W-GA-41 indicates 27.5 (26.5 to 28.5) psig; then shut

bypass valve W-V-17.(7) Verify that relief valve W-V-31 vents water through check valve W-V-99 when gage W-GA-41 indicates

27.5 (26.5 to 28.5) psig.(8) If gage W-GA-41 does not indicate 27.5 (26.5 to 28.5) psig when water vents through check valve W-V-

99, repeat steps 6.3.3.h.(2) through 6.3.3.h.(7) as necessary.(9) Open valves W-V-18 and W-V-24.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-14

i. When water stops venting through check valve W-V-99, observe gage W-GA-41; verify that gage indicationremains constant, indicating relief valve W-V-31 has seated properly.

j. Reinstall check valve W-V-99 cover and retaining bolts.

k. Verify valve alignment at Dome Equipment Room (0.5-28-0-Q):(1) W-V-1 Open(2) W-V-2 Shut(3) W-V-3 Shut (valve locking device installed)(4) W-V-5 Open(5) W-V-15 Open(6) W-V-17 Shut (valve locking device installed)(7) W-V-18 Open(8) W-V-24 Open

l. Notify Sonar Control and Combat Systems Maintenance Center of completion of this procedure; regard allfurther Sonar Dome alarms.

6.3.4 LOW AND HIGH WATER-PRESSURE SWITCHES W-GA-10. (See Figure 6-6.)


NOTE

PERFORMANCE OF THIS PROCEDURE SHOULD BE DONE DOCKSIDEBECAUSE DOME PRESSURE MUST BE LOWERED BELOW OPERATINGPRESSURE IN ORDER TO ADJUST THE LOW WATER-PRESSURESWITCH.

Figure 6-6. Dome Pressure Gage W-GA-10 (Barton)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-15

b. Verify that dome control station valves are set according to Table 6-2.

c. Remove the three bezel retainer screws (Figure 6-2) and carefully remove glass face from W-GA-10. Unlockswitch locks.

d. Close W-V-24.

e. Slowly open W-V-27. Close W-V-27 when W-GA-10 indicates 25 psig.

f. With allen wrench, adjust LOW SWITCH adjusting screw until low water-pressure alarm sounds.

g. Open W-V-24 until low water-pressure alarm silences (W-GA-10 indicates approximately 30 psig), then closeW-V-24.

h. Slowly open W-V-27 and note the pressure indication at W-GA-10 when the low water-pressure alarm sounds.

i. Repeat steps 6.3.4.f through 6.3.4.h until low water-pressure alarm sounds when W-GA-10 indicates 25 (±1)psig, descending pressure.

j. Open W-V-24.

CAUTION

OPENING W-V-17 INCREASES DOME PRESSURE RAPIDLY. DO NOTALLOW DOME PRESSURE, AS INDICATED ON W-GA-10, TO EXCEED48 PSIG.

k. Open W-V-17 slightly until W-GA-10 indicates 44 psig, then close W-V-17.

l. Adjust HIGH SWITCH adjusting screw until high water-pressure alarm sounds.

m. Open W-V-27 until W-GA-10 indicates approximately 39 psig, then close W-V-27.

n. Slowly open W-V-17 and note the pressure indication at W-GA-10 when the high water-pressure alarmsounds. Repeat steps 6.3.4.l through 6.3.4.n until high water-pressure alarm sounds when W-GA-10 indicates44 (±1) psig, ascending pressure.

o. Tighten switch locks.

p. Reinstall glass face, bezel, and bezel retainer screws.

6.3.5 BARTON GAGE W-GA-10 CALIBRATION POLICY. As gage W-GA-10 provides the primary indica-tion of internal sonar dome pressure and activates alarm indicators when normal operating pressures areexceeded, it is critical that this gage remains fully operational and within calibration at all times. A conflict doesarise, however, when the sonar dome is considered non-enterable (i.e. due to structural damage determined byradiographic inspection or other causes) which precludes sonar dome entry to perform W-GA-10 calibration pro-cedures. This situation is further aggravated by a malfunctioning gage which degrades the accuracy and reliabil-ity of gage W-GA-10 indications. Operational guidance presented in this paragraphs 6.3.5 through 6.3.6.16 rep-resents established policy regarding calibration requirements and follow-on maintenance procedures for gageW-GA-10. For any situation which falls beyond the scope of normal gage W-GA-10 operation, or precludesaccomplishment of PMS, maintenance personnel are referred to Table 6-1. Table 6-1 identifies the applicableprocedural paragraph for all foreseeable conditions regarding gage W-GA-10 operation and calibration.

NOTE

The following information is applicable to the Analog (Barton) Type GageW-GA-10 Only. If Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator (DEPI) is installed asGage W-GA-10, Refer to Appendix A of this technical manual for maintenanceprocedures.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-16

NOTE

Calibration of analog (Barton) gage W-GA-10 shall be accomplished by SISCALpersonnel and may require Sonar Dome entry. Contact TYPE COMMANDER todetermine Sonar Dome entry status and arrange for calibration using certifiedpersonnel. If dome entry is required, use qualified dome entry personnel to con-nect/disconnect calibration equipment as necessary. Calibration shall be accom-plished IAW procedure PGP003 in NAVSEA Technical Manual ST700-AV-PRO-20 (DDG 51 Class Installed Instrumentation System CalibrationProcedures).

Table 6-1. Barton Gage W-GA-10 Diagnostic IndexIs Gage W-GA-10 withinCalibration?

Is W-GA-10 TrackingProperly?

Are HI/LOW Alarm Acti-vation Setpoints Correct? Refer To Paragraph #:

YES YES YES 6.3.6.1 or .2YES YES NO 6.3.6.3 or .4YES NO YES 6.3.6.5 or .6YES NO NO 6.3.6.7 or .8NO YES YES 6.3.6.9 or .10NO YES NO 6.3.6.11 or .12NO NO YES 6.3.6.13 or .14NO NO NO 6.3.6.15 or .16

6.3.6 PROCEDURES FOR ENTERABLE AND NON-ENTERABLE SONAR DOMES.

6.3.6.1 The Following Procedures Are Applicable To Those Ships With Enterable Sonar Domes.

a. No corrective action necessary

b. Monitor gage W-GA-10 function by comparing gage W-GA-41 and W-GA-10 indications.

c. Continue to perform maintenance IAW established PMS procedures.

6.3.6.2 The Following Procedures Are Applicable To Those Ships With Non-Enterable Sonar Domes.

a. No immediate corrective actions are necessary.



d. Upon expiry of valid calibration of gage W-GA-10, gage W-GA-41 shall become the primary gage for moni-toring internal sonar dome pressure. Continue to monitor gage W-GA-10 function by comparing gageW-GA-41 and W-GA-10 indications.

e. Schedule gage W-GA-10 for calibration during next drydocking availability.


a. Test and adjust if necessary gage W-GA-10 alarms setpoints per PMS. Identify cause of loss of alarm capa-bility, if possible.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-17

b. If alarm capability is restored, continue to perform maintenance IAW established PMS procedures.

c. If alarm capability cannot be restored, request IMA assistance to repair or replace gage W-GA-10 as neces-sary.


a. Test and adjust if necessary gage W-GA-10 alarms setpoints per PMS. Identify cause of loss of alarm capa-bility, if possible.

b. If alarm capability is restored, continue to perform maintenance IAW established PMS procedures.

c. If alarm capability cannot be restored, request IMA assistance to repair gage W-GA-10 as necessary. The IMAmay need to install a temporary emergent simulation repair of W-GA-10 until repair is completed during nextdrydock.

d. Schedule gage W-GA-10 for calibration and/or repair during next drydocking availability.


a. Request IMA assistance to re-calibrate gage W-GA-10.

b. Identify cause of loss of tracking capability, if possible.

c. If alarm capability is restored, continue to perform maintenance IAW established PMS procedures.

d. If alarm capability cannot be restored, request IMA to repair or replace gage W-GA-10.


a. Request IMA assistance to check tracking of gage W-GA-10.



d. If alarm capability cannot be restored, request IMA assistance to repair gage W-GA-10 as necessary. The IMAmay need to install a temporary emergent simulation repair of W-GA-10 until repair is completed during nextdrydock.

e. Schedule gage W-GA-10 for calibration and/or repair during next drydocking availability.


a. Request IMA assistance to re-calibrate gage W-GA-10.



d. If alarm capability cannot be restored, request IMA to repair or replace gage W-GA-10.


S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-18

a. Request IMA assistance to check tracking of gage W-GA-10.






a. Request IMA assistance to re-calibrate gage W-GA-10, as soon as possible.




a. Upon expiry of valid calibration of gage W-GA-10, gage W-GA-41 shall become the primary gage for moni-toring internal sonar dome pressure. Continue to monitor gage W-GA-10 function by comparing gageW-GA-41 and W-GA-10 indications.

b. Schedule gage W-GA-10 for calibration during next drydocking availability.



a. Request IMA assistance to re-calibrate gage W-GA-10, as soon as possible.



d. If alarm capability cannot be restored, request IMA assistance to repair or replace gage W-GA-10 as neces-sary.






S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-19



a. Request IMA assistance to re-calibrate, repair or replace gage W-GA-10 as necessary.








e. If alarm capability cannot be restored, request IMA assistance to repair gage W-GA-10 as necessary. The IMAmay need to install a temporary emergent simulation repair of W-GA-10 until repair is completed during nextdrydock.

f. Schedule gage W-GA-10 for calibration and/or repair during next drydocking availability.


a. Request IMA assistance to re-calibrate, repair or replace gage W-GA-10 as necessary.





b. Request IMA assistance to check tracking of gage W-GA-10.

c. Identify cause of loss of tracking capability, if possible.

d. If alarm capability is restored, continue to perform maintenance IAW established PMS procedures.

e. If alarm capability cannot be restored, request IMA assistance to repair gage W-GA-10 as necessary. The IMAmay need to install a temporary emergent simulation repair of W-GA-10 until repair is completed during nextdrydock.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-20

f. Schedule gage W-GA-10 for calibration and/or repair during next drydocking availability.

SECTION II

REPAIR PROCEDURES FOR PRIMARY SDPS COMPONENTS

6.4 INTRODUCTION.

This section presents the procedures necessary to effect repairs and perform inspections on primary SDPScomponents. Only those SDPS components which are considered to be within the capability of Ship’s Force toeffect repairs are presented in this section. Overhaul and repair of SDPS components not presented in this sec-tion should be accomplished with IMA/Depot assistance.

6.5 REPAIR PROCEDURES FOR PRIMARY LP AIR SUBSYSTEM COMPONENTS.

In order to maximize the operational readiness of the SDPS, the following procedures are provided to enablemaintenance personnel to effect repairs of the primary SDPS LP air subsystem components without having toremove them from the system. Refer to Section III of this chapter for component removal and replacement pro-cedures. As a diagnostic aid, symptoms of component failure as well as common causes of failure are provided.

WARNING

REPAIR OF THE FOLLOWING LP AIR SUBSYSTEM COMPONENTSREQUIRES COMPLETE DEPRESSURIZATION OF THE LP AIR SUB-SYSTEM PRIOR TO REMOVAL OR DISASSEMBLY OF AIR CONTROLDEVICE.

6.5.1 BACKPRESSURE REGULATOR VALVE A-V-134. Symptoms of backpressure regulator valve failureinclude loss of ability to obtain required backpressure setpoint, loss of ability to maintain backpressure setpoint,and loss of ability to control pressure or air flow to any degree through the valve. Most failures of the backpres-sure regulating valve can be traced to a ruptured diaphragm, worn disc assembly, or blockage of pilot valve tub-ing. Disassembly of the Hytrol (main) valve is accomplished in the following sequence: See Figure FO-33.

a. Remove Pilot Control valve from main Hytrol valve assembly at union type connection points. Ensure con-nection tubing is free of debris or blockage. Disassemble and clean connection tubing if necessary.

b. Loosen and remove cover nuts (15).

c. Remove spring (4) from stem (12).

d. Lift out diaphragm assembly from valve body (1) for further disassembly.

e. Remove nut (5) from stem (12).

f. Remove diaphragm washer (6) and diaphragm (7) from stem.

g. Remove stem from disc retainer (8) and disc guide (11).

h. Separate disc retainer from disc guide; Retain spacer washers (10) for reinstallation.

i. Remove disc (9) from disc retainer.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-21

j. Inspect seat for evidence of damage. DO NOT remove unless it is necessary to replace.

k. Inspect cover bearing (3). DO NOT remove unless it is necessary to replace.

l. With valve completely disassembled, inspect and clean all parts with solvent. Solvent per FED SPEC TT-T-291C.

m. Replace parts which are damaged. Piece part support provided on APL #882191723.

n. Reassemble valve in reverse sequence, steps k through a above. Ensure spacer washers (10) are installedbetween disc retainer (8) and disc guide (11). The disc guide should engage the disc (9) with only sufficienttension to hold the disc, without causing the disc to curl or bulge. The spacer washer may be added orremoved to increase or decrease the tension on the disc.

6.5.2 AIR FILTER A-F-114. The primary symptom of Air Filter failure is reduced air flow and loss of air pres-sure through the device. These symptoms are usually the result of clogged filter elements, which will be indi-cated on gage A-GA-117 as a differential pressure greater than 6 psid, or improper drain valve alignment.

WARNING

ENSURE AIR FILTER A-F-114 IS COMPLETELY DEPRESSURIZEDPRIOR TO DISASSEMBLY. VERIFY GAGES A-GA-109, A-GA-106, ANDA-GA-117 INDICATE ″0″ PSIG BEFORE PROCEEDING.

a. Detailed Disassembly, Inspection, and Repair of Air Filter A-F-114 (Figure 3-4.)

(1) Ensure dome is pressurized with water.

(2) Close A-V-110, A-V-127 and A-V-129 then open A-V-178(3) and A-V-150 to depressurize A-F-114.

(3) Verify that A-GA-109, A-GA-106 and A-GA-117 indicate 0 psig.

(4) Remove retaining bolts from service port clamp assembly and remove assembly.

(5) Lift head cover assembly straight up until free of adapter pipe.

(6) Remove stage-3 filter elements retainer.

(7) Remove and discard stage-3 filter elements.

(8) Install new stage-3 filter elements in head cover assembly, and reinstall stage-3 filter elements retainer.

(9) Remove stage-2 filter element plastic retainers from element guide pipes.

(10) Pull out and discard stage-2 filter elements.

(11) Clean inside of filter tank with clean rags and solution of mild detergent and freshwater.

(12) Install new stage-2 filter elements by pushing elements in along guide pipes; start with element furthestfrom service port.

(13) Reinstall stage-2 filter element plastic retainers; hand tighten only.

(14) Remove and discard head cover assembly O-ring.

(15) Install new head cover O-ring using silicone compound MIL-C-21567.

(16) Reinstall head cover assembly using adapter pipe as a guide.

(17) Reinstall service port clamp assembly; replace and tighten bolts.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-22

6.6 REPAIR PROCEDURES FOR PRIMARY WATER PRESSURIZATION SUBSYSTEM COMPO-NENTS.

In order to maximize the operational readiness of the SDPS, the following procedures are provided to enablemaintenance personnel to effect repairs of the primary SDPS water subsystem components without having toremove them from the system. Refer to Section III of this chapter for component removal and replacement pro-cedures. As a diagnostic aid, symptoms of component failure as well as common causes of failure are provided.

6.6.1 REDUCER VALVES W-V-7 AND W-V-16. Symptoms of reducer valve failure include loss of ability toobtain required output pressure setpoint, loss of ability to maintain output pressure setpoint, and loss of all capa-bility to control pressure to any degree through the valve. Most failures of the reducer valves can be traced to aruptured diaphragm and/or stem O-ring, or leakage between the seat and disc. A ruptured diaphragm and/or stemO-ring is easily identified as there will be no control of flow through the valve. Additionally, a ruptureddiaphragm can be identified by obvious water seepage through the bleed hole of the spring chamber bonnet. Othercauses of failure include cracked or broken spring assembly and sensing port blockage. Disassembly and repairof the reducing valves is accomplished in the following procedure: See Figure FO-29.

WARNING

PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE REQUIRESISOLATION OF THE SONAR DOME FROM THE PRESSURIZATIONSYSTEM. THE SONAR DOME SHALL BE WATER FILLED AND PRES-SURIZED AT 39.5 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGE W-GA-10 PRIOR TOCOMMENCING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE. INITIAL SDPSVALVE ALIGNMENT SHALL BE IAW TABLE 2-3 OF THIS TECHNI-CAL MANUAL. THE SONAR DOME PRESSURE SHALL BE MAIN-TAINED ABOVE 25.0 PSIG AS INDICATED ON GAGE W-GA-10 AT ALLTIMES DURING THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE. ADDITIONALLY,LP AIR SHALL BE AVAILABLE AS AN ALTERNATE MEANS OFAPPLYING PRESSURE TO THE SONAR DOME AT ALL TIMES DUR-ING THE PERFORMANCE OF THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE.

a. Close sonar dome isolation valve W-V-24.

b. Close upstream isolation valve; for repair of reducer W-V-7, close valve W-V-5; for repair of reducer W-V-16, close valve W-V-15.

NOTE

LINE PRESSURE MUST BE REDUCED PRIOR TO ISOLATION AND DIS-ASSEMBLY OF REDUCER VALVES

c. Bleed line pressure by slowly jacking open relief valve W-V-31.

d. Close remaining isolation valve; for repair of reducer W-V-7, close valve W-V-8; for repair of reducer W-V-16, close valve W-V-18.

e. Remove adjusting screw cap and count the number of threads from the adjusting screw jam nut to the top ofthe adjusting screw and record results.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-23

WARNING

ENSURE SPRING TENSION IS RELEASED PRIOR TO VALVE DISAS-SEMBLY. FAILURE TO RELEASE SPRING TENSION MAY RESULT INPERSONNEL INJURY AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

f. Loosen jam nut and turn adjusting screw fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE to ensure all spring tension has beenreleased.

g. Remove nuts and bolts from spring chamber bonnet.

h. Remove spring chamber bonnet from valve body.

i. Remove spring button and spring; inspect spring for deterioration, cracks, or other damage.

j. Remove diaphragm jam nut and button.

k. Remove diaphragm; inspect diaphragm for cracks, cuts, or areas of excessive ware.

l. Remove liner bolts.

m. Remove liner and stem from valve body; remove stem from liner; inspect liner upper bore for excessive ware,inspect liner O-ring, inspect liner seat ring for cuts, deterioration or other damage.

n. Inspect stem and O-ring for damage.

o. Inspect disc seat for cuts and deterioration.

p. Inspect valve body for damage; inspect pressure sensing port for debris or blockage. Clear sensing port, ifrequired, using a rigid flexible wire.

q. Thoroughly clean all parts.

r. Replace all damaged parts as necessary. Piece part support provided on APL #882097548 (manufacturer Trac)or #882095816 (manufacturer Warren).

s. Reinstall stem in liner; reinstall liner in valve body and replace liner bolts; tighten liner bolts evenly.

t. Reinstall diaphragm, diaphragm button and diaphragm jam nut.

u. Reinstall spring and spring button.

v. Reinstall spring chamber bonnet to valve body; tighten bolts evenly.

w. Turn adjusting screw to match the number of threads showing as recorded in step e.

x. Return SDPS to normal valve alignment; Open isolation valves and W-V-24.

y. Adjust reducer valve as required IAW paragraph 6.3.1 or 6.3.2 as applicable.

6.6.2 RELIEF VALVE W-V-31. Symptoms of relief valve failure include inability to maintain sonar domepressure at normal operating pressure and activation of WTR-V-ON indicator on alarm panel E-PN-45. Mostfailures of the relief valve may be attributed to incorrect spring setting, leakage between the disc and the seat,leakage around the threads of the seat ring, cocking of the disc or stem, or accumulation of dirt or other foreignmatter around working parts. Disassembly of the relief valve is accomplished in the following sequence. SeeFigure FO-17.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-24

WARNING



b. Close cutout valves W-V-5 and W-V-15.


d. Remove adjusting screw cap and count the number of threads from the adjusting screw jam nut to the top ofthe adjusting screw and record results.

WARNING

ENSURE SPRING TENSION IS RELEASED PRIOR TO VALVE DISAS-SEMBLY. FAILURE TO RELEASE SPRING TENSION MAY RESULT INPERSONNEL INJURY AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

e. Loosen jam nut and turn adjusting screw fully COUNTERCLOCKWISE to ensure all spring tension has beenreleased.

f. Remove nuts and bolts from spring housing bonnet.

g. Remove spring housing bonnet from valve body.

h. Inspect bonnet gasket and O-ring for cracks, cuts, deterioration or other damage.

i. Remove spring buttons, spring and stem.

j. Remove disc and seat from valve body; Inspect for cuts, cracks or other indications of damage.

k. If metallic seats are installed, recondition seating surfaces by lapping or machining. Replace parts as required.Piece part support provided on APL #883116596 (manufacturer Kunkle) or #883120149 (manufacturerDanco).

l. Inspect stem and spring for excess wear, cracks, or other deterioration. Replace as necessary. Piece part sup-port provided on APL #883116596 (manufacturer Kunkle) or #883120149 (manufacturer Danco). Ensureselection of proper spring size for particular valve.

m. Thoroughly clean all parts.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-25

n. Reinstall seat.

o. Reinstall disc in valve body.

p. Reinstall spring, stem, and spring buttons.

q. Reinstall spring housing bonnet on valve body; tighten nuts evenly.

r. Turn adjusting screw to match the number of threads showing as recorded in step 6.2.2.d.

s. Return SDPS to normal valve alignment; Open cutout valves W-V-5 and W-V-15; open isolation valve W-V-24.

t. Adjust relief valve setpoint as required IAW paragraph 6.3.3.

6.6.3 FLOW SWITCH E-F-29. Symptoms of flow switch failure include no WTR-V-ON indication on alarmpanel E-PN-45 during sonar dome filling operations, no WTR-V-OFF indication on alarm panel E-PN-45 duringnormal operating procedures, or no illumination of panel E-PN-45 visual indicators under any conditions. Com-mon causes of flow switch failure include broken spring, magnet and/or shuttle mechanism, broken seal of reedswitch chamber or faulty electrical connections. Disassembly of the flow switch is accomplished in the follow-ing sequence: See Figure 3-13.

WARNING



b. Close cutout valves W-V-8 and W-V-15.


d. Close cutout valve W-V-18.

NOTE

ENSURE FLOW SWITCH E-F-29 IS DEENERGIZED

e. At Distribution Panel E-PN-50, secure electrical power to Flow Switch circuit by pulling plug P11 from jackJ11. Ensure circuit is deenergized by utilizing a voltmeter.

f. Disconnect flow switch E-F-29 electrical connections at terminal box above switch.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-26

g. Remove shuttle and magnet retaining collar.

h. Remove shuttle and magnet subassembly from flow switch body.

i. Inspect flow switch body internal cavity for dirt, verdigris or other debris; clean internal cavity as necessary.

j. Install replacement shuttle and magnet subassembly in flow switch body; apply a light coat of silicon greaseto O-ring seal of subassembly cap.

k. Reconnect electrical connections at terminal box; restore electrical power to flow switch circuit.

l. Verify proper function of shuttle and magnet subassembly by manually raising and lowering shuttle assem-bly along stem.

m. At alarm panel E-PN-45, verify that the WTR-V-ON indicator illuminates when the shuttle assembly is in thefully raised position and that the WTR-V-OFF indicator illuminates when the shuttle assembly is fully low-ered; trip point between the two indications is approximately at the midpoint of shuttle travel along stem.

n. Reinstall subassembly retaining collar.

o. Open cutout valves W-V-8, W-V-15 and W-V-18.

p. Open sonar dome isolation valve W-V-24.

6.7 REPAIR STATEMENT FOR ELECTRICAL/ALARM SUBSYSTEM COMPONENTS.

Repair of all electrical subsystem components consists of replacement only; no disassembly is required.Maintenance personnel should inspect all electrical cabling for visible damage. Alarm panel internal componentsshould be inspected for indications of excessive heat (component or wiring discoloration), foreign materials andproper grounding.

6.8 REPAIR OF REMOTELY OPERATED VALVE ACTUATORS (RMVA’S).

6.8.1 RIGID ROD RMVA SYSTEMS. Repair of Rigid Reach Rod RMVA systems consists primarily of pre-ventive maintenance and is limited to replacement of shear pins and lubrication of universal joints, operating/in-dicating gear and remote operating gear IAW established PMS requirements. Where applicable, gear operator boxcover may be removed to allow for cleaning and application of a light coat of grease (grease per MIL-G-23549)to worm shaft and segment gear. Cover plate gasket should be replaced prior to reassembly of gear operator boxcover.

6.8.2 SEALED HELICAL CABLE RMVA SYSTEMS. Repair of Helical cable type RMVA systems is limitedto replacement of actuator station shear pins and cable conduit support clamps and mounting hardware. The Heli-cal cable RMVA system is a permanently lubricated and sealed system which does not require periodic greasing.Repair or replacement of Helical Cable RMVA systems requires specialized equipment. Maintenance personnelare strongly advised to contact local IMA for assistance prior to attempting repairs to this type of RMVA system.

If recent normal use of the RMVA has indicated no increase in the force at the handwheel (torque) requiredto open and close the valve, no additional operation is necessary. If, however, an appreciable increase in torquerequired is noticed, make the following diagnostic check:

a. Note the open/closed position of the valve, the position of the valve actuator and the position of operating sta-tion handwheel. Record these component positions in a tag-out log. When reconnecting the RMVA, verify that

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-27

the valve, valve actuator and operating station handwheel are in the same positions as when the RMVA wasdisconnected. FAILURE TO FOLLOW THIS PROCEDURE WILL REQUIRE RE-INITIALIZATION OFRMVA SYSTEM.

b. Completely disengage the RMVA from the valve at the valve actuator station by removing bolts from theadaptor flange at the valve handwheel spokes.

c. While the valve is completely disengaged, operate the RMVA through its complete operating cycle in bothdirections. RMVA should be completely free of binding and require only a minimum amount of torque.

d. If the torque required is considered acceptable, then the valve must be considered at fault and shall be repairedor replaced as necessary.

e. If the torque required is considered too high, the RMVA must be considered at fault. Repair or replacementof Sealed Helical Cable RMVA systems should only be attempted by trained IMA personnel or authorizedmanufacturer’s representative.

6.9 REPAIR PROCEDURES FOR TRUNK TO AIRLOCK AND AIRLOCK TO SONAR DOMEACCESS HATCHES.

6.9.1 PRELIMINARY. Repair or replacement of hatch plates or associated structural elements, includingcounter-balance mechanisms and hatch coamings, is normally beyond ship’s force capability. Such repairs shouldbe accomplished during SRA’s with IMA assistance. Repair of Trunk To Airlock and Airlock To Sonar DomeAccess Hatches is limited to replacement of hatch gasket IAW established PMS procedures and lubrication ofgear teeth and all other faying surfaces, except self lubricating bearing, and parts equipped with grease fittingswith multipurpose grease, military specification MIL-G-24139. As both hatches are identical, the following pro-cedures are applicable to both.

WARNING

THE USE OF ANY FLAME PRODUCING MATERIAL WITHIN THEPRESSURIZED ENVIRONMENT OF THE SONAR DOME OR AIR-LOCK IS PROHIBITED.

SECTION III

REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES FOR SDPS COMPONENTS

6.10 INTRODUCTION.

The procedures presented in this section will enable maintenance personnel to effect replacement of all sys-tem components. It is emphasized that a complete and thorough understanding of SDPS operation is required ofall personnel who are performing corrective maintenance on the system. Every effort should be made to deter-mine the exact cause of component failure and a determination made if repairs are possible prior to replacementof the component. All replacement components shall be of the authorized type and shall be verified as to form,fit and function requirements prior to removal of the existing component.

All SDPS components are listed on Table 6-2, ″SDPS Component Replacement Index.″ Maintenance person-nel shall locate the specific SDPS component(s) on Table 6-2 and effect replacement of the component(s) IAWthe corresponding reference paragraph.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-28

WARNING

MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL SHALL READ AND UNDERSTANDENTIRE PROCEDURE PRIOR TO INITIATING COMPONENTREPLACEMENT PROCEDURE. ALL WARNING AND CAUTIONSTATEMENTS SHALL BE OBSERVED AND FOLLOWED.

6.11 REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES FOR LP AIR SUBSYSTEM COMPONENTS.

The following paragraphs present concise procedural information required to accomplish replacement of allSDPS components found within the LP Air Subsystem. Maintenance personnel are advised to ensure themselvesthat the replacement component is of the proper type and size, and is fully functional prior to attempting replace-ment of the existing component. Additionally, maintenance personnel should have on hand all required hand toolsas well as required replacement gasketing material, sealing materials and component fasteners prior to removalof existing component. For waterborne replacement procedures, the initial SDPS valve alignment shall be IAWTable 2-3 of this Technical Manual; for drydock replacement procedures the initial SDPS valve alignment shallbe IAW Table 2-1 of this Technical Manual.

NOTE

REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF PIPING DEVICES SHALL BE INACCORDANCE WITH NAVAL SHIPS’ TECHNICAL MANUAL, NSTMS9AA0-AB-GOS-010, CHAPTER 505, PIPING SYSTEMS.

NOTE

REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF W-V-24, W-V-27, A-V-127, AND A-V-129 CAN BE ACCOMPLISHED BY CLOSING THE DAMAGE CONTROLVALVES INSTALLED BETWEEN THE SONAR DOME AND THE PRES-SURIZATION SUBSYSTEM (SEE FIGURE FO-8). (SHIPS WITHOUT DCVALVES CONTACT NAVSEASYSCOM.)

Table 6-2. SDPS Component Replacement Index

COMPONENT CONNECTION TYPE WATERBORNE RESTRICTION/REMARKS

W-V-1 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-V-2 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-3 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-V-4 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;W-V-5 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-6 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-V-7 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-8 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-9 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;W-V-11 Flange REPLACE VALVE ONLY WHEN SHIP IS IN DRY-

DOCKW-V-12 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-13 Flange No waterborne restrictions;

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-29

Table 6-2. SDPS Component Replacement Index - Continued


E-F-14 N/A REQUIRES DOME ENTRYW-V-15 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-16 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-17 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-V-18 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-19 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;W-V-20 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;E-V-21 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-V-22 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-23 Union REQUIRES DOME ENTRYW-V-24 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-V-25 Union No waterborne restrictions;P-X-26 N/A No waterborne restrictions;W-V-27 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-F-28 Flange No waterborne restrictions;E-F-29 N/A No waterborne restrictions;W-V-31 Flange No waterborne restrictions;E-F-32 N/A No waterborne restrictions;W-F-34 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-H-37 Union REQUIRES DOME ENTRYW-GA-38 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;W-GA-39 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;W-GA-40 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;W-GA-41 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;E-F-42 N/A REQUIRES DOME ENTRYW-F-43 Welded No waterborne restrictions;E-PN-44 N/A No waterborne restrictions;E-PN-45 N/A No waterborne restrictions;W-V-46 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;W-V-48 Thread No waterborne restrictions;W-V-49 Flange No waterborne restrictions;E-PN-50 N/A No waterborne restrictions;W-H-52 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-53 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-V-54 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-V-55 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-V-56 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-V-57 Union REPLACE VALVE ONLY WHEN SHIP IS IN DRY-

DOCKW-V-58 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-59 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-V-60 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-61 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-V-62 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-F-63 Threaded REQUIRES DOME ENTRY TO INSTALLW-V-64 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;W-V-65 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-30



W-V-66 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;W-V-67 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;W-F-92 Union No waterborne restrictions;DC-V-95 Union REPLACE VALVE ONLY WHEN SHIP IS IN DRY-

DOCKDC-V-96 Flange REPLACE VALVE ONLY WHEN SHIP IS IN DRY-

DOCKW-V-97 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-98 Union No waterborne restrictions;W-V-99 Flange No waterborne restrictions;W-V-100 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;DC-V-101 Union REPLACE VALVE ONLY WHEN SHIP IS IN DRY-

DOCKDC-V-102 Union REPLACE VALVE ONLY WHEN SHIP IS IN DRY-

DOCKA-V-103 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-104 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-105 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-GA-106 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-V-107 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-108 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-GA-109 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-V-110 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-F-111 Flange No waterborne restrictions;A-V-112 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-F-113 Flange No waterborne restrictions;A-F-114 Flange No waterborne restrictions;A-V-115 Thread No waterborne restrictions;A-V-116 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-GA-117 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-V-118 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-119 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-H-120 Union REQUIRES DOME ENTRYA-V-121 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-V-122 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-GA-123 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-F-124 Thread No waterborne restrictions;A-V-125 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-126 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-127 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-F-128 Thread REQUIRES DOME ENTRYA-V-129 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-130 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-131 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-132 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-GA-133 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-V-134 Flange No waterborne restrictions;

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-31



A-F-135 Weld No waterborne restrictions;A-GA-136 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-V-137 Gage line REPLACE VALVE ONLY WHEN SHIP IS IN DRY-

DOCKA-V-138 Union REPLACE VALVE ONLY WHEN SHIP IS IN DRY-

DOCKA-V-139 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-GA-140 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-V-141 Union No waterborne restrictions;E-K-142 N/A No waterborne restrictions;A-V-144 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-V-145 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-147 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-148 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-150 Thread No waterborne restrictions;A-V-151 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-155 Thread No waterborne restrictions;A-V-156 Thread No waterborne restrictions;A-V-157 Thread No waterborne restrictions;A-V-158 Union REQUIRES DOME ENTRYA-V-159 Gage line REPLACE VALVE ONLY WHEN SHIP IS IN DRY-

DOCKA-V-160 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-V-161 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-V-162 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-V-163 No waterborne restrictions;A-V-164 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-165 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-166 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-GA-167 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-V-170 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-171 Union No waterborne restrictions;E-F-175 N/A No waterborne restrictions;A-V-176 Gage line No waterborne restrictions;A-V-177 Union REPLACE VALVE ONLY WHEN SHIP IS IN DRY-

DOCKA-V-178 (3) Gage line No waterborne restrictions;E-F-180 N/A No waterborne restrictions;A-V-183 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-184 Union No waterborne restrictions;A-V-185 Union No waterborne restrictions;

6.12 LP AIR DEPRESSURIZATION PROCEDURES.

Depressurization of LP Air Subsystem is accomplished by performing the following procedural steps insequential order:

a. Removal and replacement of the following air components. Removal and Replacement of: A-V-151, A-V-183,

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-32

A-V-112, A-GA-117, A-F-114, AV-178(3), A-V-150, A-V-115, A-V-107, A-F-113, A-V-116, A-V-165, A-V-118,A-V-119, A-V-147, A-V-148, A-V-164, A-V-122, A-F-124, A-V-125, A-V-126, A-V-155, A-V-166, A-V-156,A-V-130, A-V-185, A-V-144, A-V-145, A-V-131, A-V-134, A-F-111 and A-F-135.

(1) Secure A-V-127 and A-V-129.

(2) Secure and tag LP air supply by closing isolation valve A-V-110.

(3) Ensure A-V-183, A-V-108, A-V-112, A-V-107, A-V-116, A-V-165, A-V-105, A-V-147, A-V-164, A-V-121,A-V-125, A-V-166 and A-V-155 are open.

(4) Gages A-GA-109, A-GA-117, A-GA-106 and A-GA-123 indicate “0” PSIG.

NOTE

REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THESE DEVICES DO NOT REQUIREDEPRESSURIZATION OF THE WATER CONTROL SYSTEM LINES.

(5) Remove and replace piping devices.

(6) DELETED

b. REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ALL GAGES, PRESSURE SWITCHES AND TEST POINT CON-NECTION VALVES.

Removal and Replacement of: W-GA-38, W-V-4, W-GA-39, W-V-9, W-GA-41, W-V-19, W-GA-40, W-V-20,A-GA-167, A-V-160, A-GA-140, A-V-162, A-GA-139, A-GA-123, A-V-121, A-GA-106, A-V-105, A-GA-109,A-V-108, E-F-175, A-V-176, A-GA-133, A-V-132, A-GA-136, A-V-161, P-X-26, W-V-46, E-F-32 and A-V-100

WARNING

WARNING IF E-F-32 IS TO BE REMOVED, DISCONNECT PLUG P8FROM TERMINAL BOX E-PN-50 (J8) PRIOR TO REMOVAL.

NOTE

REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THESE DEVICES DO NOT REQUIREDEPRESSURIZATION OF THE WATER OR AIR CONTROL SYSTEMLINES.

(1) Close cutoff valve to the device.

WARNING

PRESSURIZED WATER OR AIR IS PRESENT IN THIS SYSTEM.OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.

(2) Relieve pressure from gages, ensure cutoff valve is closed, opening the Test Point Connection (TPC) valvecarefully and then loosen the gage’s test point cap until all flow has stops.

(3) Remove and replace piping devices.

(4) Return the SDRW system to the normal condition.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-33

c. REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ALL WATER CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICES. Removal andReplacement of: W-F-13, E-V-21, W-V-22, W-V-25, W-V-54, W-V-60, W-V-67, W-V-(4-41-2).

NOTE

REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THESE DEVICES DO NOT REQUIREDEPRESSURIZATION OF THE WATER CONTROL SYSTEM LINES.

(1) Ensure W-V-12 and W-V-49 are closed.

(2) Relieve all pressure to the device being removed as follows:

WARNING

WATER PRESSURIZED AT 150 PSIG IS PRESENT IN THIS SYSTEM.OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.

(3) To relieve pressure from devices in the overboard discharge line, open valves W-V-11, W-V-(4-41-2),E-V-21, W-V-22 and W-V-25.

(4) Remove piping device.

(5) Repair or replace piping device.

(6) Reinstall piping device in SDRW system piping.

(7) Return the SDRW system to the normal condition.

d. REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF SONAR DOME BOUNDARY COMPONENTS. Removal andReplacement of: W-V-23, E-F-14, E-F-42, and A-V-158.

NOTE

REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THESE DEVICES REQUIRE DOMEENTRY.

(1) Ship in unflooded drydock.

(a) Verify dome depressurization has been completed and 115 VAC, 60 Hz electrical power to the SDRWsystem has been secured.

(b Remove piping devices.

(c) Repair or replace the device.

(d) Reinstall the device in the SDRW system piping.

(2) Ship in port.

(a) Perform water-to-air interchange.

WARNING

IF E-F-14 AND/OR E-F-42 ARE TO BE REMOVED, DISCONNECTPLUGS P9 AND P10 FROM TERMINAL BOX E-PN-50 (J9 AND J10)PRIOR TO REMOVAL.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-34

(b) Enter dome in accordance with procedures given in Table 2-8.

(c) Remove piping device.

(d) Repair or replace the device.

(e) Reinstall the device in the SDRW system piping.

(f) Exit dome in accordance with procedures given in Table 2-8.

(g) Perform air-to-freshwater interchange in accordance with procedures of Table 2-5.

(h) Reconnect plugs P9 and P10 in terminal box E-PN-50 if required.

(i) DELETED

(j) DELETED

(k) DELETED

(l) DELETED

e. REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF WATER CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICES WHICH REQUIREDEPRESSURIZATION OF THE WATERCONTROL SYSTEM SUPPLY LINE. Removal and Replacementof: W-V-61, W-V-55, W-F-34, W-V-53, W-V-43, W-V-2, W-V-64, W-V-28, W-V-5, W-V-7, W-V-8, W-V-3,W-V-49, W-V-65, W-V-12, W-V-17, W-V-15, W-V-16, E-F-29, W-V-18, W-V-66, W-V-31, W-V-24 and W-V-59.

CAUTION

TO BE PERFORMED DOCKSIDE ONLY. DOME WILL BE PRESSUR-IZED WITH WATER DURING THIS PROCEDURE. THE DOME PRES-SURE WILL NOT BE AUTOMATICALLY MAINTAINED (DC-V-96CLOSED). THEREFORE, PRIOR TO BEGINNING THE PROCEDURE,ENSURE THAT SHIP’S LOW PRESSURE AIR SERVICE IS AVAILABLETO THE SDRW SYSTEM AND THAT THE AIR CONTROL VALVES ARESET ACCORDING TO TABLE 2-2. THIS WILL ALLOW THE IMMEDI-ATE APPLICATION OF AIR TO THE DOME IF THE WATER PRES-SURE SHOULD DROP TO LESS THAN 22 PSIG DURING THE PROCE-DURE.

(1) Depressurize the water control system supply line as follows:

(a) Close DC-V-96.

(b) Secure W-V-1 seawater firemain supply to the SDRW system.

(c) Secure W-V-6 freshwater supply to the SDRW system.

(d) Open valves W-V-2, W-V-3, and W-V-17.

(e) Verify that gages W-GA-38, W-GA-39, and W-GA-41 indicate 0 psig.

WARNING

IF E-F-29 IS TO BE REMOVED, DISCONNECT PLUG P11 FROM TER-MINAL BOX E-PN-50 (J11) PRIOR TO REMOVAL.

(2) Remove desired piping device from water control system supply line.

(3) Repair or replace device as necessary.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-35

(4) Reinstall device in the SDRW water control system supply line.

(5) Bleed all air from supply line and pressurize line as follows:

(a) Close W-V-2, W-V-3, W-V-15, and W-V-17.

(b) Apply ship’s seawater firemain supply pressure to the SDRW water control system.

(c) Open W-V-1 and W-V-3.

(d) Slowly open W-V-17 until relief valve W-V-31 vents.

(e) Close W-V-17 and W-V-3.

(f) Close valves W-V-4 and W-V-9.

WARNING

WATER PRESSURIZED AT 150 PSIG IS PRESENT IN THIS SYSTEM.OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.

(g) Carefully loosen test point cap at gage W-GA-38 and slightly open W-V-4 until all air has beenremoved from the line.

(h) Tighten test point cap and open W-V-4 fully.

(i) Carefully loosen test point cap at gage W-GA-39 and slightly open W-V-9 until all air has beenremoved from the line.

(j) Tighten test point cap and open W-V-9 fully.

(k) Verify that gage W-GA-38 indicates 150 (±25) psig.

(l) If W-V-7 has been repaired or replaced, perform the adjustment procedures of paragraph 6-3.1.

(m) Verify that gage W-GA-39 indicates 50 (±5) psig.

(n) Open W-V-15.

(o) Slowly open W-V-17 until relief valve W-V-31 vents.

(p) Close W-V-17.

(q) Close W-V-19.

(r) Carefully loosen test point cap at gage W-GA-41 and slightly open W-V-19 until all air has beenremoved from the line.

(s) Tighten test point cap and open W-V-19 fully.

(t) Verify that gage W-GA-41 indicates 39.5 (+2, -0) psig, minus head pressure.

(6) If W-V-16 or W-V-31 have been repaired or replaced, perform the adjustment procedures of paragraphs6-3.2 and 6-3.3.

(7) Position valves W-V-1, W-V-6, and DC-V-96 as necessary to return the SDRW system to the desired con-dition.

(8) If dome is pressurized with water, bleed all air from the dome through W-V-27.

6.13 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF AIR CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICES.

a. Removal and Replacement of: A-V-141, A-V-157, A-V-163, A-V-171 and A-V-170.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-36

NOTE

REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF THESE DEVICES DO NOT REQUIREPRESSURIZATION OF THE AIRLOCK.

(1) Gas free airlock if replacing A-V-170 or A-V-157.

(2) Open valves A-V-141, A-V-162, A-V-157, A-V-170, and A-V-171.

(3) Remove desired piping device.

(4) Repair or replace piping device.

(5) Reinstall piping device in SDRW system piping.

6.14 REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF ELECTRICAL CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICES.

WARNING

115 VAC, 60 HZ ELECTRICAL POWER IS PRESENT IN THIS SYSTEM.OBSERVE ALL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.

a. Removal and replacement procedures for electromechanical sensing devices are contained in the followingparagraphs:

E-F-14 paragraph 6.12.d.

E-F-29 paragraph 6.12.e.

E-F-32 paragraph 6.12.b.

E-F-42 paragraph 6.12.d.

E-F-175 paragraph 6.12.b.

E-V-21 paragraph 6.12.c.

b. Removal repair, and replacement of circuit components shall be accomplished by qualified personnel only.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

6-37 / (6-38 Blank)

CHAPTER 7

PARTS LIST

7-1. INTRODUCTION.

The tables in this chapter contain all information necessary to identify each component in the sonar domerubber window (SDRW) system. Figure 7-1 illustrates the sonar dome pressurization system components bymajor subsystems, i.e., air, electrical, and water.

7-2. PARTS LISTS AND REFERENCES.

a. Table 7-1 gives nomenclature and primary reference designations of major components and parts list page ref-erences.

b. Table 7-2 is the Parts List. It contains all information prescribed by specification for the pressurization sys-tem.

c. Table 7-3 is the List of Common Items, parts used more than once in the system, such as lights, fuses,switches, relays, and common air and water valves.

d. Table 7-4 lists the code number, name, and address of each manufacturer or source of parts.

e. Table 7-5 lists the Shipping Fixture Parts List and Quantities for SDRW-1.

Figure 7-1. SDRW Family Tree

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-1

Table 7-1. List of Major ComponentsNomenclature

Name DesignationSDRW-1, -2

Rubber Window -R-Bead Seat Assembly -H-Fairing Angle Assembly -F-Repair Kit -K-Water System -W-Air System -A-Electrical System -E-

Table 7-2. Parts List

System Desig-nator SDRW-1

Figure,Index

Number Description

Manufacturer’sPart Number

(SDRW-1)Mfg.Code APL Number

Sonar Dome Rubber WindowSystem

5S808-1 03481 316330001

R Window Assembly 6S1086-1 03481H Attachment Hardware Pack-

age6S1086-3 03481

F Fairing Angle Package 6S1086-4 03481A, W, E Pressurization System, Air,

Water, and Electrical6258815 53711

A Air Pressurization Compo-nents

See Parts List

W Water Pressurization Compo-nents

See Parts List

E Electrical PressurizationComponents

See Parts List

K Repair Kit 3S1441, 0 03481H Bead Seat Hardware Package 5S2393 03481

H-1 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-14(1) 03481H-2 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-14(2) 03481H-3 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-15(1) 03481H-4 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-15(2) 03481H-5 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-16(1) 03481H-6 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-16(2) 03481H-7 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-17(1) 03481H-8 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-17(2) 03481H-9 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-18(1) 03481H-10 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-18(2) 03481H-11 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-19(1) 03481H-12 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-19(2) 03481H-13 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-20(1) 03481H-14 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-20(2) 03481H-15 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-21(1) 03481H-16 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-21(2) 03481H-17 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-22(1) 03481

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-2

Table 7-2. Parts List - Continued

System Desig-nator SDRW-1

Figure,Index

Number Description

Manufacturer’sPart Number

(SDRW-1)Mfg.Code APL Number

H-18 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-22(2) 03481H-19 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-23(1) 03481H-20 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-23(2) 03481H-21 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-24(1) 03481H-22 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-24(2) 03481H-23 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-25(1) 03481H-24 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-25(2) 03481H-25 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-26(1) 03481H-26 Bead Seat Assembly 5S2393-26(2) 03481

H-MP-1 Bolt 6S1086-30 03481H-MP-2 Bolt 6S1086-31 03481

F Fairing Angle HardwarePackage

552542 03481

F-1 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-2 03481F-2 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-3 03481F-3 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-4 03481F-4 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-5 03481F-5 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-6 03481F-6 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-7 03481F-7 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-8 03481F-8 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-9 03481F-9 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-10 03481F-10 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-11 03481F-11 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-12 03481F-12 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-13 03481F-13 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-14 03481F-14 Fairing Angle Assembly 552542-15 03481


Fig/Item

ReferenceDesignator

Nomenclature/Description CAGE

National Stock Num-ber Qty. CID/APL

Application/Notes

SDRW-W-V-1

Firemain SupplyCutout 2-1/2″ IPSGlobe Valve

03950 1H 4820-00-585-0433 1 882010196

W-V-2 Firemain StrainerBlowdown 1″ IPSGate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-184-9108 1 882047488

W-V-3 Firemain ReducerBypass 2-1/2″ IPSGlobe Valve

03950 1H 4820-00-585-0433 1 882010196

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-3


Fig/Item

ReferenceDesignator



Application/Notes

W-V-4 Firemain SupplyGage Cutout 1/4″IPS Needle GlobeValve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

W-V-5 Firemain ReducerCutout 3/4″ IPS,Gate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-497-1677 1 882045185

W-V-6 Freshwater HoseCutout 2-1/2″ IPSAngle Valve

14959 1H 4820-00-580-6422 1 882000828

W-V-7 Firemain Reducer3/4″ IPS ReducingValve Set @ 50PSI

55378 4820-01-458-0235 1 882097548

W-V-8 Firemain ReducerCutout 3/4″ IPSGate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-497-1677 1 882045185

W-V-9 Freshwater SupplyGage Cut-out 1/4″IPS Needle GlobeValve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

W-GA-10C Remote DomeGage/Water-PressSW Pressure Gage0-60 PSI

05991 7H 5930-01-206-5399 1 450100996

W-GA-10 Digital ElectronicPressure Indicator

0BHF9 7HH6685-01-498-9593 1 38A020010

W-V-11 Overboard Dis-charge Cutout 3″IPS Globe Valve

80064 1H 4820-00-585-0431 1 882010197

W-V-12 Eductor SupplyCutout 2″ IPSGate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-483-0677 1 882047490

W-F-13 Eductor 3″ IPSEductor

71905 9C 4730-00-165-0956 1 740000218

SDRW-E-F-14

Dome Full Indica-tor Switch Water-Level Switch

04034 9N 5930-00-008-0547 1 213480382

W-V-15 Dome WaterReducer Cutout3/4″ IPS GateValve

80064 9C 4820-00-497-1677 1 882045185

W-V-16 Dome WaterReducer 3/4″ IPSReducing ValveSet @ 22 PSI

55378 4820-01-458-0235 1 882097548

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-4


Fig/Item

ReferenceDesignator



Application/Notes

W-V-17 Dome WaterReducer Bypass2-1/2″ IPS GlobeValve

80064 4820-00-585-0433 1 882010196

W-V-18 Dome WaterReducer Cutout3/4″ IPS GateValve

80064 9C 4820-00-497-1677 1 882045185

W-V-19 Dome Water Sup-ply Gage Cutout1/4″ IPS NeedleGlobe Valve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

W-V-20 Eductor VacuumGage Cutout 1/4″IPS Needle GlobeValve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

E-V-21 Eductor Solenoid4″ IPS SolenoidValve

87229 9C 4810-01-124-9000 1 882182574

W-V-22 Dome/TrunkSweep Cutout 3/4″IPS Gate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-497-1677 1 882045185

W-V-23 Dome Sweep Cut-out 3/4″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-483-0699 1 882057051

W-V-24 Dome Water Sup-ply Cutout 3″ IPSGate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-541-5693 1 882042017

W-V-25 Trunk Sweep Cut-out 3/4″ IPS GateValve

80064 9C 4820-00-497-1677 1 882045185

W-PX-26 DEPI PressureTransducer

27385 7H 6695-01-413-4641 1 612730003

DEPI TransducerCable

27385 9G 6150-01-413-3044 1 612730003

W-V-27 Dome Vent 1″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-189-4887 1 882057052

SDRW-W-F-28

Firemain SupplyOrifice 1-13/16″Dia.

Manufactured by Install-ing Activity, Drawing6258815, Sheet 11,

Detail 96BE-F-29 Dome Water Flow

Switch 3/4″ IPSFlow Switch

04034 7H 5930-01-208-6549 1 213480877

W-V-31 Dome Water Sup-ply Relief 3″ IPSRelief Valve

65079 4820-01-457-3110 1 883120149

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-5


Fig/Item

ReferenceDesignator



Application/Notes

E-F-32 Low Air-PressureAlarm SwitchPressure Switch

19278 9N 5930-00-615-4520 1 509990739

E-F-33 Lamp, Incandes-cent SolenoidValve Indicator

80064 9G 6210-00-336-5867 1 239990021

W-F-34 Freshwater SupplyOrifice 1-13/16″Dia.


Detail 96BW-H-36 Dome Sweep Hose

3/4″ ID Hose,Eductor

03481 9C 4720-01-091-5277 1 316330013

W-H-37 Water Fill/Re-moval Hose 3″ IDHose, Eductor &Fill

03481 9C 4720-01-052-6930 1 316330013

W-GA-38 Firemain SupplyGage Gage, Pres-sure 0-300 PSI

64467 9G 6685-01-122-3793 1 316330010

W-GA-39 Freshwater SupplyGage Gage, Pres-sure 0-200 PSI

81349 9G 6685-01-047-5116 1 316330011

W-GA-40 Eductor VacuumGage Gage, Com-pound 300-0-30″

38056 9G 6685-01-131-8105 1 316330011

W-GA-41 Dome Water Sup-ply Gage Gage,Pressure 0-60 PSI

64467 9G 6685-01-059-6266 1 316330011

SDRW-E-F-42

Dome Empty Indi-cation SwitchWater-LevelSwitch

04034 9N 5930-00-007-7781 1 213480381

W-F-43 Firemain Strainer2-1/2″ IPS ″Y″Strainer

80064 9B 4730-01-336-6991 1 759990012

E-PN-44 Alarm Panel-Dome Control Sta-tion Dome ControlPanel

21445 3BD6110-01-453-6081 1 501070003

E-PN-45 Dome StatusPanel-Sonar Con-trol Room DomeStatus Panel

21445 3BD6110-01-453-7473 1 501070004

W-V-46 DEPI CutoutValve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017 If DEPI wasinstalled forW-GA-10

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-6


Fig/Item

ReferenceDesignator



Application/Notes

E-PN-47 Isolation Box,Sonar

20890 9B 5895-01-446-6321 1 999972201

W-V-48 Dome Sweep HoseCutout 1-1/4″ IPSQuick-Acting GateValve

37239 9C 4820-00-384-0346 1 882047971

W-V-49 Eductor SolenoidCutout 3″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 1H 4820-00-585-0431 1 882010197

E-PN-50 Dome Control Sta-tion Terminal Box

03481 9G 6110-01-023-0351 1 601070006

W-H-52 Trunk Sweep Hose3/4″ ID Hose,Cleanup

03481 9C 4720-01-053-5121 1 316330013

W-V-53 Firemain CheckValve 2-1/2″ IPSCheck Valve

80064 3HD 4820-00-058-3509 1 882032745

W-V-54 Overboard Dis-charge CheckValve 3″ IPSCheck Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-005-7328 1 882032746

W-V-55 Freshwater CheckValve 2-1/2″ IPSCheck Valve

80064 3HD 4820-00-058-3509 1 882032745

W-V-56 Water RemovalCheck Valve 3″IPS Check Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-005-7328 1 882032746

W-V-57 Dome Gage Cut-out 1″ IPS GlobeValve

80064 9C 4820-00-189-4887 1 882057052 If Barton gageinstalled forW-GA-10

W-V-57 DEPI TransducerRoot Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048 If DEPIinstalled forW-GA-10

W-V-58 Dome VentFlexhose Cutout1″ IPS Gate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-184-9108 1 882047488

SDRW-W-V-59

Dome Water Sup-ply Flexhose Cut-out 3″ IPS GateValve

80064 9C 4820-00-541-5693 1 882042017

W-V-60 Dome/TrunkSweep CheckValve 3/4″ IPSCheck Valve

53711 9C 4820-00-483-0680 1 882037048

W-V-61 Freshwater SupplyCutout 2-1/2″ IPSGlobe Valve

03950 1H 4820-00-585-0433 1 882010196

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-7


Fig/Item

ReferenceDesignator



Application/Notes

W-V-62 Freshwater SupplyDrain 1″ IPS GateValve

80064 9C 4820-00-184-9108 1 882047488

W-F-63 Water Fill/Re-moval Hose Cap3″ Pipe Cap,Screwed

03481 1HS 4730-01-199-1221 1 316330011

W-V-64 Firemain SupplyGage Root 1/4″IPS Globe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

W-V-65 Freshwater SupplyGage Root 1/4″IPS Globe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

W-V-66 Dome Water Sup-ply Gage Root1/4″ IPS GlobeValve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

W-V-67 Eductor VacuumGage Root 1/4″IPS Globe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

W-F-92 1-1/2″ IPS Funnel Manufactured by Install-ing Activity, Drawing6258815, Sheet 11,

Detail 92FDC-V-95 Dome Vent Dam-

age Control Valve1″ IPS Gate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-184-9108 1 882047488

DC-V-96 Dome Water Sup-ply Damage Con-trol Valve 3″ IPSGate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-541-5693 1 882042017

SDRW-W-V-97

1-1/2″ IPS GateValve

80064 9C 4820-00-482-8905 1 882047489

W-V-98 1-1/2″ IPS CheckValve

80064 9C 4820-00-451-2682 1 882037214

W-V-99 3″ IPS CheckValve

80064 9C 4820-00-005-7328 1 882032746

A-V-100 Pressure SwitchCutout Valve 1/4″IPS Needle GlobeValve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

DC-V-101 Dome Air SupplyDamage Control1-1/2″ GlobeValve

80064 9C 4820-00-482-8905 1 882047489

DC-V-102 Dome Air ExhaustDamage Control2″ Gate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-483-0677 1 882047490

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-8


Fig/Item

ReferenceDesignator



Application/Notes

A-V-103 Dome Air SupplyFlexhose Cutout1-1/2″ Gate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-482-8905 1 882047489

A-V-104 Dome Air ExhaustFlexhose Cutout2″ Gate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-483-0677 1 882047490

A-V-105 Filtered Air GageCutout 1/4″ IPSNeedle GlobeValve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

A-GA-106 Filtered Air GageGage, Pressure0-200 PSI

81349 9G 6685-01-047-5116 1 316330012

A-V-107 Air Filter Bypass1″ IPS GlobeValve

80064 9C 4820-00-189-4887 1 882057052

A-V-108 L.P. Air SupplyGage Cutout 1/4″IPS Needle GlobeValve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

A-GA-109 L.P. Air SupplyGage Gage, Pres-sure 0-200 PSI

81349 9G 6685-01-047-5116 1 316330012

A-V-110 L.P. Air SupplyCutout 1″ IPSGate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-184-9108 1 882047488

A-V-111 Air Exhaust Ori-fice, 1/2″ Diameter

(Fabricated) 1

A-V-112 Air Filter Cutout1″ IPS Gate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-184-9108 1 82047488

SDRWA-F-113

Air Supply Orifice7/32″ Diameter


Detail 94BA-F-114 Air Filter 79960 1HS 4330-01-199-1144 1 480120085P/O A-F-114

Filter Element,2nd Stage

79960 9C 4330-01-033-7574 12 480120085

P/O A-F-114

Filter Element, 3rdStage

79960 9C 4330 01-172-1969 18 480120085

A-V-115 Air Filter BallFloat Drain 1/2″Ball Float Valve

98963 9C 4440-00-139-4324 1 316330012

A-V-116 Air Filter Cutout1″ IPS Gate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-184-9108 1 882047488

A-GA-117 Air Filter Differ-ential Gage 1/4″IPS Air MonitorGage 0-10

90005 1HS 6685-01-199-1304 1 480120085

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-9


Fig/Item

ReferenceDesignator



Application/Notes

A-V-118 Dome Air ReducerCutout 1-1/2″ IPSGate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-482-8905 1 882047489

A-V-119 Dome Air ReducerCutout 1-1/2″ IPSPress. Reg. Valve

35795 9C 4820-01-007-4046 1 882095713

A-H-120 Air Exhaust Hose2″ ID Hose AirExhaust

03481 9C 4720-01-050-9159 1 316330013

A-V-121 Dome Input AirGage Cutout 1/4″IPS Needle GlobeValve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

A-V-122 Dome Air Relief1-1/2″ IPS ReliefValve

65079 3BD4820-01-456-9766 1 883120148

SDRWA-GA-123

Dome Input AirGage Gage, Pres-sure 0-60 PSI

64467 9G 6685-01-059-6266 1 316330012

A-F-124 Air Flow MeterFlow Meter 1-1/2″NPT

91556 9G 6680-01-502-5813 1 10A020013

A-V-125 Air Flow Control1-1/2″ IPS GateValve

80064 9C 4820-00-482-8905 1 882047489

A-V-126 Air Supply FloatCheck Valve1-1/2″ IPS FloatCheck Valve

09032 9C 4820-00-198-7151 1 882037456

A-V-127 Dome Air SupplyCutout 1-1/2″ IPSGate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-482-8905 1 882047489

A-F-128 Dome Air Diffuser1-1/2″ IPS AirDiffuser


Detail 96EA-V-129 Dome Air Exhaust

Cutout 2″ IPSGate Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-483-0677 1 882047490

A-V-130 Air Exhaust FloatCheck Valve 2″IPS Float CheckValve

09032 9C 4820-01-052-5766 1 882037037

A-V-131 Dome ExhaustControl Bypass 2″IPS Globe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-497-1681 1 882057055

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-10


Fig/Item

ReferenceDesignator



Application/Notes

A-V-132 Exhaust Air GageCutout 1/4″ IPSNeedle GlobeValve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

A-GA-133 Exhaust Air GageGage, Pressure0-60 PSI

64467 9G 6685-01-059-6266 1 316330012

A-V-134 Exhaust ControlRegulator

86184 9C 4820-01-184-4104 1 882095771

P/O A-V-134

Reducer Valve 86184 9C 4820-01-139-1896 1 882191723

P/O A-V-134

Relief Valve 86184 9C 4820-01-138-5587 1 883116083

SDRWA-F-135

Terminal, Air, Vent2″ IPS

09032 9C 4820-01-155-0261 1 316330012

A-GA-136 Dome/AirlockDiff. Gage Gage,Pressure 0-60 PSI

64467 9G 6685-01-059-6266 1 316330012

A-V-137 Dome/AirlockDiff. Gage Root1/4″ IPS GlobeValve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

A-V-138 Airlock PressureValve 1″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-189-4887 1 882057052

A-V-139 Trunk/AirlockDiff. Gage Gage,Pressure 0-60 PSI

38056 9G 6685-00-872-4866 1 316330012

A-GA-140 Airlock GageGage, Pressure0-60 PSI

64467 9G 6685-01-059-6266 1 316330012

A-V-141 Airlock BleedValve 1″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-189-4887 1 882057052

E-K-142 Solenoid ControlRelay Relay

11660 9N 5945-00-968-3607 1 198900567

A-V-144 Air Sample 1/4″IPS Needle GlobeValve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

A-V-145 Dome ExhaustControl Cutout 2″IPS Globe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-497-1681 1 882057055

A-V-146 Airlock AuxiliaryAir Supply 1″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-189-4887 1 882057052

A-V-147 Dome Air ReducerBypass 1-1/2″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-495-6228 1 882057054

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-11


Fig/Item

ReferenceDesignator



Application/Notes

A-V-148 Dome Air ReducerCutout 1-1/2″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-495-6228 1 882057054

A-V-150 Air Filter BallFloat Drain ValveBypass,1/2″ IPS GlobeValve1/4″ IPS GlobeValve

Various 9C 4820-00-483-06959C 4820-01-085-3344

11

882059576882057030 (DDG-68, 72 and 73 only)

A-V-151 L.P. Air CheckValve 1″ IPSCheck Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-483-0681 1 882037049

A-V-155 Air Supply Drain1/4″ IPS GlobeValve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

SDRWA-V-156

Air Exhaust Drain1/4″ IPS GlobeValve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

A-V-157 Airlock BleedValve 1″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-189-4887 1 882057052

A-V-158 Airlock Press.Valve 1″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-189-4887 1 882057052

A-V-159 Dome Gage Root1/4″ IPS GlobeValve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

A-V-160 Dome Gage Cut-out 1/4″ IPSNeedle GlobeValve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

A-V-161 Dome/AL DiffGage Cutout 1/4″IPS Needle GlobeValve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

A-V-162 Airlock Gage Cut-out 1/4″ IPSNeedle GlobeValve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

A-V-163 Pass/AL Diff GageCutout 1/4″ IPSNeedle GlobeValve

30327 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

A-V-164 Dome Input AirGage Root 1/4″IPS Globe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-12


Fig/Item

ReferenceDesignator



Application/Notes

A-V-165 Filtered Air GageRoot 1/4″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

A-V-166 Dome Air Bypass1-1/2″ IPS GateValve

80064 9C 4820-00-482-8905 1 882047489

A-G -167 Dome Gage Gage,Pressure 0-60 PSI

64478 9G 6685-01-059-6266 1 316330012

A-V-170 Trunk/AirlockDiff. Gage Root1/4″ IPS GlobeValve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

SDRW-A-V-171

Airlock Gage Root1/4″ IPS GlobeValve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

E-F-175 L.P. Air SupplyFail Switch Pres-sure Switch

19278 9N 5930-01-023-9210 1 509990739

A-V-176 L.P. Air SupplyFail Sw. Cutout1/4″ IPS NeedleGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-01-246-2812 1 882072017

A-V-177 Low Air-Press.Alarm SwitchRoot 1/4″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

A-V-178 Air Filter DrainCutout 1/4″ NPTNeedle Valve

79960 9C 4820-01-145-4105 3 480120085 Provided withA-F-114

E-PN-179 Sonar Dome Por-table Communica-tions Panel

Manufactured by Install-ing Activity, Long

Beach Naval ShipyardDrawing 401-1582187

E-F-180 L.P. Air SupplyFailure Ind. TypeB41A

80064 9G 6210-00-336-5867 1 239990021

E-F-181 Lighting CutoutSwitch Type3SR2C4A-2

81349 9N 5930-01-222-6650 1 316330001

E-F-182 Call-Bell CutoutSwitch TypeS2JR5-3

03950 1H 5930-00-581-6032 1 316330001

A-V-183 L.P. Air SupplyGage Root 1/4″IPS Globe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-13


Fig/Item

ReferenceDesignator



Application/Notes

A-V-184 L.P. Air SupplyFailure SwitchRoot, 1/4″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

A-V-185 Exhaust Air GageRoot 1/4″ IPSGlobe Valve

80064 9C 4820-00-188-8248 1 882057048

Table 7-3. List of Common Items

ITEM APL OR NSN QTYSYSTEM REFERENCE

DESIGNATOR

3/4″ IPS Reducing Valve 882095816 2 W-V-7, W-V-163″ IPS Globe Valve 882010197 2 W-V-11, W-V-493″ IPS Check Valve 882032746 3 W-V-54, W-V-56, W-V-992-1/2″ IPS Globe Valve 882010196 4 W-V-1, W-V-3, W-V-17,

W-V-613/4″ IPS Gate Valve 882045185 6 W-V-5, W-V-8, W-V-15,

W-V-18, W-V-22, W-V-252-1/2″ IPS Check Valve 882032745 2 W-V-53, W-V-552″ IPS Gate Valve 882047490 4 W-V-12, A-V-104, A-V-

129, DC-V-1022″ IPS Globe Valve 882057055 2 A-V-131, A-V-1451-1/2″ IPS Gate Valve 882047489 6 W-V-97, A-V-118, A-V-

125, A-V-127, A-V-166,DC-V-101

1″ IPS Globe Valve 882057052 7 W-V-27, W-V-57, A-V-107,A-V-138, A-V-141, A-V-

157, A-V-1581″ IPS Gate Valve 882047488 7 W-V-2, W-V-58, W-V-62,

DC-V-95, A-V-110, A-V-112, A-V-116

3/4″ IPS Globe Valve 882057051 1 W-V-231/2″ IPS Globe Valve 882059576 1 A-V-1501/4″ IPS Needle Globe Valve 882072017 14 W-V-4, W-V-9, W-V-19,

W-V-20, A-V-100, A-V-105, A-V-108, A-V-121,A-V-132, A-V-160, A-V-161, A-V-162, A-V-163,

A-V-1761/4″ IPS Globe Valve 882057048 16 W-V-64, W-V-65, W-V-66,

W-V-67, A-V-137, A-V-155, A-V-156, A-V-159,A-V-164, A-V-165, A-V-170, A-V-171, A-V-177,A-V-183, A-V-184, A-V-

185

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-14

Table 7-3. List of Common Items - Continued

ITEM APL OR NSN QTYSYSTEM REFERENCE

DESIGNATOR

1/4″ IPS Globe Valve 882057030 1 A-V-150 (DDG-68, 72 and73 only)

Pressure gage, 0-200 psig 9G 6685-01-047-5116 2 A-GA-106, A-GA-109Pressure Gage, 0-60 psig 9G 6685-01-059-6266 7 W-GA-41, A-GA-123,

A-GA-133, A-GA-136,A-GA-139, A-GA-140,

A-GA-167Buzzer 9G 6350-00-295-2847 1 E-PN-45-DS7Bell 9G 6350-00-295-2682 1 E-PN-44-DS7Relay 9N 5945-00-914-0152 1 E-PN-45-K1Relay, Time Delay, Solid state, 5-minutedelay, TS241300.

9G 6645-01-482-970450107004

1 E-PN-45-K2

Relay, Solid State SPST 9N 5945-00-008-0546 1 E-PN-45-S4Transformer 9N 5950-01-162-6090 2 E-PN-44-T1, E-PN-45-T1Switch, Push Button 9N 5930-00-142-4418 1 E-PN-45-S2Switch, Interlock 9N 5930-00-052-3260 3 E-PN-44-S1, E-PN-45-S1,

S3Fuse, 4 Amp 9N 5920-00-281-0210 2 E-PN-45-F1, F2Fuse, 6 Amp 9N 5920-00-281-0225 2 E-PN-44-F1, F2Lamp 9G 6240-00-155-7857 8 E-PN-44-DS1, 2, 3, 4,

E-PN-45-DS1, 2, 3, 4Lamp, Neon 9G 6240-00-892-4420 6 E-PN-44-DS5, 6, E-PN-45-

DS5, 6, 8, E-PN-50-DS1Pressure Gage 300-0-30 9G 6685-01-131-8105 2 W-GA-40Pressure Gage, O-Looping 9G 6685-00-906-4002 1 W-GA-39

Table 7-4. List of Manufacturers

CAGE Company Address

0BHF9 Prime Technology LLC 344 Twin Lakes Rd 352North Branford, Ct. 06471-

122003481 B. F. Goodrich Co.

Engineered Products Group500 S. Main StreetAkron, OH 44318

03847 Warren Controls Corp. Route 57, P.O. Box 8Broadway, NJ 08808-3474

03950 Ships Parts Control Center Mechanicsburg, PA 17055-0788

04034 Transamerica DeLaval, Inc.Gems Sensors Div.

Cowles RoadPlainsville, CT 06062

05991 ITT Barton Instruments 900 S. Turnbull Canyon RoadP.O. Box 1882

City of Industry, CA 9174909032 Tate Andale Inc. 1941 Lansdowne Road

Baltimore, MD 2122711660 Westinghouse Electric Corp.

Distribution Equipment Div.1945 Craig Road

St. Louis, MO 63141

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-15

Table 7-4. List of Manufacturers - Continued


14959 Crane CompanyCentral Quotations Dept. 500

500 Executive Blvd.Elmsford, NY 10532

19278 Detroit Switch Inc. 1025-33 Beaver AvenuePittsburgh, PA 15233

20890 VMC Instruments, Inc.(formely Volumetrics Inc.)

3010 Rollie Gates Dr.Paso Robles, CA 93447

21445 Panelmatic Youngstown Inc. 1125 Meadowbrook AVEYoungstown, Oh. 44512-1884

27385 Viatran Corp. 300 Industrial Dr.Grand Island, NY 14072

27710 Carborundum Co.The Bonded Abrasives Div.

P.O. Box 403Niagara Falls, NY 14302-

329130327 Clevite

An Imperial Clevite Co.Fluid Components Div.

6300 W. Howard StreetChicago, IL 60648

34494 Kunkle Valve Co., Inc. 8200 Bluffton RoadP.O. Box 1740

Fort Wayne, IN 4680135795 Leslie Co.

Navy Sales401 Jefferson Road

Parsippany, NJ 0705438056 Dresser Industries, Inc.

Dresser Instrument Div.250 C. Main StreetStratford, CT 06497

53711 Naval Sea Systems Command Washington, DC 20362-510164467 Weksler Instruments Corp. 80 Mill Road, Freeport

Long Island, NY 11520-382365079 Danco Valve Company 15230 Lakewood Blvd

bellflower, Ca. 90706-424065597 Wilcox Electric, Inc.

Subsidiary of Northrup1400 Chestnut Street

Kansas City, MO 6412765709 Ran-Paige Co Inc 1 Jeffrey Way

Youngsville, Nc. 2759671905 Derbyshire Machine & Tool Co. Belfield Avenue and Wister

St.Philadelphia, PA 19144-3599

75954 J. E. Lonergan Co. 10050 Sandmeyer LanePhiladelphia, PA 19116

76364 Milwaukee Valve Co. 2375 S. Burrell StreetMilwaukee, WI 53207

77348 Plumb Rayette R. Inc. Aramingo Ave. at Tocony St.Philadelphia, PA 19137

79960 Facet Enterprises Inc.Fuel Devices Div.

1048 Industrial Park RoadBristol, VA 24201

80064 Naval Sea Systems Command Washington, DC 20362-510181349 Military Specifications promulgated by military departments/agen-

cies under authority of defense standardization manual 41203-M86184 Cla-Val Co. 17th and Placentia St.

Costa Mesa, CA 92627

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-16

Table 7-4. List of Manufacturers - Continued


87229 R.G. Laurence Co., Inc. 29 Atwood AvenueP.O. Box 187

Tenafly, NJ 07670-349490005 Facet Enterprises, Inc.

Filter Products Div.8439 Triad Road

Greensboro, NC 2740991556 Emerson Electric Co.

Brooks Instrument Div.407 W. Vine StreetHatfield, PA 19440

92108 Semco Div. Products Research & Chemical Corp. 5454 San Fernando RoadGlendale, CA 91203

98963 Wilkerson Corp. 1201 W. Mansfield AvenueEnglewood, CO 80110

Iberia High Tech 3424 State Route 309Iberia, OH 43325

Table 7-5. Shipping/Installation Fixture Parts List for SDRW-1

Required Quantity ARTICLE Received Quantity

2 Halves, Port and Starboard1 Hinge Assembly1 Tail Connector1 53″-long, 4″ Angle7 Pins - 2″ diameter7 4″ O.D. x 2″ I.D. Washers3 4″ O.D. x 2″ I.D. Spacers4 Jacking Pads

42 1″, 8 UNC x 3″-long Bolts42 1″, 8 UNC Nuts42 1″ Lock Washers32 Butterflies30 1-1/4″, 7 UNC x 4″ - long Bolts32 Bead Clamp Brackets (see below)32 Bead Clamps72 3/4″ 10 UNC x 2-1/4″-long Bolts16 3/4″ 10 UNC x 2-1/2″-long Bolts72 3/4″ 10 UNC x 3″-long Bolts86 3/4″ 10 UNC Nuts144 3/4″ Flat Washers72 3/4″ Lock Washers108 1/2″, 13 UNC x 1-3/4″-long Bolts108 2-1/4″ O.D. x 9/16″ I.D. Washers6 1-1/4″ diameter x 12-ton Shackles2 1-1/2″, 6 UNC x 4-1/2″-long Bolts2 1-1/2″, 6 UNC Nuts2 1-1/2″ Lock Washers8 3/4″ diameter x 5-ton Shackles2 4S17 13-1, 3/4″ diameter wire Rope Slings (short)2 4S17 13-2, 3/4″ diameter wire Rope Slings (long)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-17

Table 7-5. Shipping/Installation Fixture Parts List for SDRW-1 - Continued

Required Quantity ARTICLE Received Quantity

2 3/4″ Turnbuckles2 C5A Loading Beams, 14’8″ and 16’5″2 20’ 8″-long, 2″ Angle Shipping Braces

S9165-AE-MMA-010

7-18

CHAPTER 8

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

8-1. INTRODUCTION.

8-1.1 GENERAL. This chapter provides information necessary to remove and install the sonar dome rubberwindow (SDRW-1 and SDRW-1A) and sonar dome pressurization systems (SDPS) on DDG 51 Class ships.

8-1.2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE SDRW AND SDPS SYSTEMS.

a. Removal of Rubber Window.

b. Installation of the Rubber Window/Attachment Assembly:

1. Installation of bead seat castings.

2. Installation of rubber window.

3. Installation of fairing angles.

4. Installation of fairing closure plates.

c. Installation of the Support Subsystems:

1. Air pressurization.

2. Water pressurization.

3. Electrical control/alarms.

4. Dome access.

5. Communication.

d. Installation Checkout.

8-2. REMOVAL OF RUBBER WINDOW.

8-2.1 REMOVAL OF SDRW FAIRING CLOSURE PLATES AND ANGLES.

a. Removal of Fairing Closure Plates.

WARNING

WHEN ARC-GOUGING, AN EXCESSIVE AMOUNT OF SMOKE ANDGASES WILL DEVELOP FROM THE VOID FILL FOAM. ALL CRAFTWORKERS SHOULD USE APPROPRIATE PROTECTIVE MASKS.

1. The suggested method for removing the fairing plates is by arc-gouging. Start at the fairing angle weldseam and work up to within 2 inches of the shell seam weld. Care should be taken near the shell area toprevent unnecessary damage. Final trimming to the shell should be accomplished after the void fill foamhas been removed. (See Figure 8-1.)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-1

CAUTION

CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN NOT TO DAMAGE THE BOLT HEADSTHAT HOLD DOWN THE BEAD SEAT CLAMPS AND THE SOCKETHEAD CAPSCREWS THAT HOLD THE FAIRING ANGLE TO THERUBBER WINDOW NUT PLATES. (SEE FIGURE 8-2.)

2. When either the port or starboard fairing plates have been removed, the void fill foam must be removed.It is suggested that pneumatic chipping guns be used with a variety of chisels. The arc-gougers should beremoving the remaining fairing plates from the other side of the ship at the same time.

b. Removal of Fairing Angle Sections.1. The fairing angle socket head capscrews and the bead seat clamp bolts are locked into place with 1/8-inch-

diameter CRES wire. A chipping gun and chisel are recommended for this operation to prevent damage to

Figure 8-1. Removing the Fairing Plates

Figure 8-2. Bolt Head Critical Areas

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-2

the hardware that can be reused during reinstallation of the new rubber window. (See Figure 8-3.)

2. The fairing angle must be removed at locations where the installation/removal fixture fairing adaptor platesare attached. The bolt holes to be used are the same used to secure the fairing angle. It is not necessary forall fixture adaptor plates to be installed for window removals. However, if the window is to be shipped forrepair, all adaptor plates and bead clamps should be installed after the window has been removed from theship’s structure. The recommended adaptor plate locations for window removal are at radial frames 4, 7,11, 15, 17, and 21, upper and lower, both port and starboard. Remove all fairing angle supports. (See Figure8-1.)

8-2.2 PLACEMENT OF SHIPPING/INSTALLATION FIXTURE.

NOTE

WHEN TWO FIXTURES ARE REQUIRED TO REMOVE AND REPLACE AWINDOW, ONE EMPTY FIXTURE, 2-PIECE, B.F. GOODRICH DRAWINGNUMBER 7S1020, IS PLACED AROUND THE DAMAGED WINDOW.

a. Install cables, shackles, and chainfall as shown in Figure 8-4. Rigging the fixture correctly is very important.The forward cables are attached with a shackle directly to the chainfall, and the chainfall is attached to thebottom of the fixture. The aft cables are rigged similarly; however, the cable must be ″snaked″ between theaft top frame and then attached to the chainfall.

b. Raise the fixture approximately 1 foot, and spread the fixture a sufficient amount to clear the installed rubberwindow. Use a chainfall/come-along and cables on the lower side at the rear of the fixture to control theamount of spread. (See Figure 8-4.)

c. Using a gantry, slowly move the fixture into position on the window. Slowly collapse the tail end of the fix-ture until the fixture is in the desired position. A chainfall on each of the two rear lift points provide precisecontrol of fixture pitch and roll. Two 1-1/2-ton come-alongs connected to temporary padeyes, port and star-board of the ship, provide side-to-side control of the fixture. The rear post attachment points provide controlalong the longitudinal axis. (See Figure 8-4 as an example of how this can be accomplished.) For heightadjustments, use four 8-ton hydraulic jacks placed beneath the four jacking pads on the fixture’s 10-inchbeams.

Figure 8-3. Lock Wire Removal

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-3

d. An alternate method for positioning the fixture would be in two halves. This would be accomplished byremoving the pins at the centerline of the fixture and placing each half in position around the rubber window,then repinning the centerline of the fixture. All rigging of the fixture should then be added as discussed inparagraphs 8-2.2.a through 8-2.2.c.

8-2.3 REMOVAL OF BEAD CLAMPS AND BOLTS. All clamps, except for about every eighth clamp, maybe removed prior to installing the adaptor plates. As the adaptor plates and fixture are installed, the remainingclamps should be sequentially removed.

8-2.4 REMOVAL OF SONAR DOME RUBBER WINDOW. Check to verify that all rigging is properlyattached. With tension on the gantry cables, spread the rear of the fixture with the window attached to approxi-mately 17 feet 6 inches wide at the narrowest points between the upper beads. See Figure 8-4 for suggested fix-ture rigging method. Slowly move the fixture forward until it is clear of the structure. Care should be taken toavoid possible damage to the transducer elements that could occur without having strict control of the fixture.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-4

8-2.5 STRUCTURE CLEANING REQUIREMENTS. Special attention should be taken to ensure that the beadseat cavity is completely free of foam chips, weld splatter, and so forth. In addition, the interior area of the beadseat may have portions of the secondary sealing system (PR 1422) still attached. The PR 1422 should be com-pletely removed.

8-2.6 RECOMMENDED SDRW REMOVAL PROCEDURE WITHOUT A SHIPPING/INSTALLATION FIX-TURE.

a. The following procedure may be used for the removal of an SDRW without a shipping/installation fixture. Theequipment required (or the removal includes the spreaders, cable pendants, and chainfalls normally used for

Figure 8-4. Removal of Sonar Dome Rubber Window

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-5

the installation of a new SDRW. The only additional equipment necessary is two cable pendant chainfallassemblies made to the same length as the ones used for the new window installation.

b. Following the removal of the closure plates, foam, and clamp bolt locking bars, remove clamps leaving everytenth one secured. Weld three padeyes and stiffener bars to the existing upper fairing angles at 10-foot inter-vals measured from the stem aft along both sides of the SDRW. Weld an additional padeye to the fairing anglesin the tail section at the minus 4-foot baseline. (See Figure 8-5.)

c. Rig the crane and spreader bars so that there are three pick points on each side of the ship. After hooking tothe padeyes previously welded to the fairing angles, attach a chainfall between the two padeyes welded at theminus 4-foot baseline, running the tightened pendant beneath the ship. Temporarily shore the bottom of theSDRW under the maximum inboard areas below the last padeye welded to the upper fairing angles. Balancethe load between the six lift points supporting the dome, and remove the remaining clamps beginning with thebottom. Always stand clear of the sonar dome when removing these last clamps. Certain areas along the lowerbead seat may fall to the shoring when these final clamps are removed.

d. With all the clamps removed, slowly release the chainfall connecting the tail sections together. If the sonardome does not spread open upon release of the pendant, it may be necessary to pull the tail sections outboardslightly with another chainfall. If this step is necessary, the pendant between the tail sections should be loos-ened enough to allow the sonar dome to spread open several feet. This is necessary to maintain control overthe spread rate.

e. After the sonar dome is free from the bead seat, walk the crane forward with the tail sections spread wideenough to eliminate any chance of interference with the transducer array. When the SDRW is removed fromthe ship, it should set down in such a manner that the welded padeyes are exposed in case it has to be movedagain.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-6

8-3. CUTTING SDRW SAMPLES.

8-3.1 PARTS REQUIRED. The following is a list of recommended parts to be used in cutting the SDRWsamples:

a. Gasoline-powered rotary saw (e.g., Homelite XL-98).

b. Steel cutting disk, 12-inch, with impregnated blade (e.g., Homelite 64597B).

Figure 8-5. SDRW Removal Without a Shipping/Installation Fixture

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-7

c. Spare drive belts.

d. Spare air filters.

e. Blades with a particularly good endurance (e.g., Bergen and AEG Telefunken); the quantity varies dependingon the quality of the blades.

8-3.2 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS.

a. The recommended sawing crew is two persons; one to man the saw, the other as a safety observer. At the timeof each blade change, these personnel will rotate.

b. Avoid inhaling NOFOUL vapors, mist, dust, or fumes. Dust from buffing operations may cause irritation ofupper and lower respiratory tract and mucous membranes, nausea, headache, and eye and skin irritation. Theuse of adequate ventilation within the SDRW is recommended. A fan can be directed against the curvature ofthe SDRW to sweep most of the fumes away from the saw operator and out of the SDRW enclosure.

c. Avoid direct bare skin contact with NOFOUL surfaces or dust. If hands have been exposed to the NOFOULrubber material, avoid contact between hands and mouth, and hands and eyes. Wash hands thoroughly beforeeating or smoking.

WARNING

DUE TO SMALL PIECES OF WIRE BEING THROWN OFF DURINGCUTTING, AND THE NEED TO AVOID CONTACT WITH NOFOUL,PROTECTIVE CLOTHING SHOULD BE WORN AT ALL TIMES.

d. The following equipment and/or clothing is required to be worn at all times during the cutting procedure:

1. A chemical cartridge respirator, NIOSH approved, for an atmosphere containing organotins. Use an air-purifying cartridge for organic vapors and a HEPA filter, MSA, Comfo-Fit II respirator with a Type H ultrafilter cartridge.

2. Goggles (with a full faceshield being the most desirable).

3. Head protection.

4. Long-sleeved shirt buttoned to the neck.

5. Long trousers.

6. Disposable vinyl gauntlet-type gloves.

e. In addition, it is recommended that the occupational health and safety specialist be consulted to ensure thathandling procedures will be adequate for required operations, and are in compliance with applicable laws andregulations.

8-3.3 EMERGENCY AND FIRST-AID PROCEDURES.

a. Eyes Flush with plenty of water for 15 minutes, lifting eyelids occasionally; see a physician.

b. Skin Remove contaminated clothing; wash area with plenty of soap and water. If irritation develops, see aphysician.

c. Inhalation Remove to fresh air. If breathing is difficult, give oxygen. See a physician.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-8

8-3.4 CUTTING PROCEDURES.

WARNING

PERFORM THIS PROCEDURE IN AN ISOLATED AREA ONLY. THOR-OUGH CLEANUP OF NOFOUL DUST IS REQUIRED.

a. The SDRWs are best cut from the interior. Chalk marks are laid out and the cut preferably starts near theminus 4-foot baseline at the thinner portion of the SDRW wall. The saw is worked so as to make a groovewith even cuts through approximately one ply of the wire at a time. The groove is then worked deeper anddeeper through succeeding plies. As the beads are approached, the thickness of the fill rubber makes cuttingwith the disk somewhat difficult. A recommended procedure is to cut through the wire reinforcement with thesaw, then to pry the crack apart with a wedge or bar and cut the fill rubber with a sturdy knife.

b. In a bead-to-bead cut, the cutting would proceed from the minus 4-foot baseline upward and downwardtoward the bead area. Staging is required to allow the saw operator to reach the upper portions of the SDRW.The staging must have an overhang of several feet because of the concave curvature of the SDRW internalwall.

When the entire wall of the SDRW is cut through on either side of the splice, cut the lower beads. This allowsthe cut section to sag toward the ground when the final cut is made through the upper bead.

c. Usually, the part of the SDRW removed will be a bead-to-bead section at the bow, 3 feet to either side of thesplice centerline. The piece cut out will have approximate dimensions of 6 feet wide x 9 feet long x 2-1/2 feethigh, with an approximate weight of 2,000 pounds. A shipping container would have dimensions of 6 to 6-1/2feet wide x 9-1/2 to 10 feet long x 2-1/2 feet high. It is recommended that the shipping box be constructedso that the SDRW piece can be loaded from one end using a forklift. The container should be mounted onskids for pallet use. The recommended wrap for cut pieces is either shipping foil or polyethylene to protectthe piece from moisture.

d. The SDRW piece should be placed in the crate with the convex surface (splice) upwards. Bracing is requiredto prevent the piece from sagging in the crate. For shipping information, contact NAVSEA Code 63J.

8-4. SONAR DOME RUBBER WINDOW DISPOSAL.

SDRWs are classified by Defense Reutilization and Marketing Service (DRMS) as nonhazardous material.To arrange for disposal of scrap SDRWs, the repair activity should submit a DD 1348-1 form to the local DefenseReutilization and Marketing Office (DRMO) who will then contract for the removal and disposal of the discardedSDRWs. A sample DD 1348-1 form with known items included is shown in Figure 8-6. If the SDRW is sawedor buffed, the dust becomes hazardous during the cutting or buffing operation. Refer to paragraph 8-3.2 for safetyprecautions that apply during the cutting or buffing operation. B.F. Goodrich of Jacksonville, FL, will also pro-vide disposal services (telephone 904-757-3660).

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-9

1.

Figure 8-6. Sample Form DD 1348-1

S9165-AE

-MM

A-010

8-10

8-5. MEASUREMENT BEAD SEAT OFFSETS: METHOD 1.

8-5.1 BEAD SEAT HARDWARE MEASUREMENT. This section covers the measurement of the bead seathardware for SDRW-1 sonar domes using a coordinate analyzing theodolite (CAT) system. (See Figure 8-7.) Analternate method of measurement is in Paragraph 8-6.

8-5.2 SHELTER & ENVIRONMENT.

a. This section covers the facilities and environment required. These facility requirements must be accomplishedprior to CAT measurements.

b. A shelter (Figure 8-8) will be required over the dome module portion of the ship because CAT electronicequipment is sensitive to temperature changes. Shelter types vary considerably, climate being the principlegoverning factor. A tarpaulin, canvas or preferably white Herculite (allows improved visibility) are adequate

Figure 8-7. Measurement of the Bead Seat Hardware for SDRW-1

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-11

in warm climates and during the summer months in the north. For CAT hardware checks during the winter, asturdy plywood shelter is the preferred construction. Construction using a plywood roof with Herculite coveredstud walls has been used successfully during northern springs and falls and warm climate rainy seasons; how-ever, high winds (i.e., Santa Anas) can be severely damaging to this type construction. Sealing the shelter againstthe hull of the ship is always critical. The roof, therefore, must be watertight. For bow dome hardware measure-ment, a 42- x 52-foot area is required.

c. During a CAT hardware check, there is to be no fixed position staging; however, a portable electric lift or por-table, rolling staging will be required for access to the upper bead seat.

d. Good visibility is necessary for surveying of the hardware with a CAT system. Painting the interior of theshelter white or using white Herculite for canvas type shelters improves the lighting. Lighting should produceapproximately 90 candies (per a photometer). As a rule of thumb, one should be able to read by the lighting.A115 VAC, 60 cycle, isolated circuit line will be necessary for the CAT system.

e. During the winter, or seasons when the temperature goes down below 60 degrees, heating will be necessary.

8.5.3 MEASURING THE STATIONS, CHORDS, AND ANGLES.

a. Because several instrument positions are required and grid templates are not used, control point targets arenecessary. These adhesive targets allow alignment of instruments to the same coordinate system regardless ofposition. They also allow later alignment to the ship’s coordinate system after it has been established. Con-trol point targets must be installed on easily visible, rigid positions around the periphery of the sonar domemodule. The visibility of these targets must be ensured from the anticipated theodolite positions.

b. After control point targets are installed, the next step is to obtain a set of measurements to align the system

Figure 8-8. Dome Module Shelter

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-12

to the coordinate system of the ship and/or existing bead seat hardware. The desired references (ship center-line, centerline of transducer, baseline flat, identifiable stations, and so forth) vary dependent upon availableinformation.

c. Place the 2-1/2-inch diameter disk (fabricated in accordance with Figure 8-9) in the bead seat at a station.Ensure that the disk fits tightly into the bottom of the bead seat and squarely within it. If necessary, clamp thedisk into the bead seat. Shoot the center of the disk and compare the measurement with the loft offsets for thatstation.

d. When the station is satisfactorily located, record it and mark its location with a felt tip marker along the edgeof the 2-1/2-inch diameter disk.

e. After all stations have been measured, calculate the chord lengths and record them. Marginal or out of toler-ance chords should be rechecked with chord calipers. With an angle indicator gage, measure the angle of thehardware and record the results. Angles are measured at each station in a plane normal to the centerline ofbead, and are referenced to a horizontal plane. The angle at station 12 is an exception; it is on a horizontalplane and is measured referenced to the diagonal bulkhead.

8-5.4 PERIMETER CHECK.

a. Bead seat length is measured by using two 100-foot measuring tapes around the outboard lip of the bead seat.For further instructions or alternate methods, contact NSWCCD Philadelphia Code 9244.

b. Locate the centerline of ship. Using two 100-foot measuring tapes and two rolls of duct tape, start at stations1 upper (centerline of ship) and tape them flat against the outermost edge of the lip of the bead casting.

c. In the tail section, starting at the smaller #3 bead clamp bolt holes, it will be necessary to twist the measur-

Figure 8-9. Bead Seat Centerline Target Disk

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-13

ing tape onto its edge to get around the tighter turns. (See Figure 8-10.) The perimeter measurement for eachside will end at station 1 lower. The average of three readings will be used to establish the perimeter length.

8-5.5 OFFSET MEASUREMENT TOLERANCES.

a. Refer to Table 8-1 for offset tolerances. Offsets are referenced to the following locations:1. X - measurements are referenced to frame 14 (station 9), centerline of transducer for SDRW-1 Symmetric-

to-loft and SDRW-1A Spliceless domes.2. Y - measured from longitudinal,centerline of ship.3. Z - measured from baseline flat.4. Attachment angle is the intersection of mounting surface and attach hardware in a plane perpendicular to

the bead centerline and hardware surface as referenced from the horizontal.

Table 8-1. Offsets for SDRW-1 and -1A Bead SeatsMEASUREMENT TOLERANCE

X +/-1/8 inchY at Station 9 +/-1/8 inchY at Other Sta. +/-1/4 inchZ at Station 24 +/-1/8 inchZ at Other Sta. +/-1/4 inchChord Length +1/16 inch-/4 inchAttach Angle +/-3 degrees

Bead Lip Length 1,961 +/-1 in inches

Figure 8-10. Bead Lip Perimeter Measurement

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-14

Table 8-2. Symmetric-to-Loft SDRW-1 and Spliceless SDRW-1A Port Offsets

S9165-AE

-MM

A-010

8-15

Table 8-3. Symmetric-to-Loft SDRW-1 and Spliceless SDRW-1A Stbd. OffsetsS9165-A

E-M

MA

-010

8-16

8-5.6 REPORTING/RECORDING THE DATA.

a. Record the measurement results in the appropriate form (Table 8-2 or 8-3). Calculate all the differences between loft andthe X-Y-Z measurements, the chords, hardware angles, and bead seat lip perimeter.

b. From the data generated determine the parameters that are out of tolerance and produce a hardware map highlighting thestations that must be moved (See Figure 8-11). Install station target at every station that must be relocated or installed.

Figure 8-11. 24 Station Map

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-17

8-5.7 TARGET INSTALLATION.

a. The shipyard must prepare precut lengths of 16-inch long sections of 3 to 4 inches wide angle iron for station targets.One piece will be required for each station that will be relocated/installed.

b. The upper stations require the targets to be positioned on the hull above the bead seat hardware and the lower stationson the hull below the bead seat hardware. Position the angle iron targets 8 to 12 inches vertically away from the stationmark with one leg of the angle centered and level horizontally over the station marks. (See Figure 8-14.)

c. Use a level on the flat horizontal surface of the angle to set it level in the X and Y directions.

d. Use a plumb bob to center the horizontal leg of the angle iron over the station mark.

e. Weld the angles to the hull with a 3/8-inch weld on one side of each leg. The targets must be attached so that they willnot move, even if they are accidentally hit. All subsequent hardware movement and checks depend on the fixed locationof these targets.

8-5.8 SHOOTING THE STATION TARGETS.

a. Shoot the station targets by locating the point on the target that has the loft X-Y offset for the hardware station. Mark thispoint with a center punch, and drill a 1/16 to 3/32-inch diameter hole through the target. This will provide a permanentX-Y offset location on the target. Calculate the distance from this point to the loft Z for this station. This distance willprovide a measurement from the target to the centerline of bead loft off set.

b. Repeat the above step for each station target installed.

8-5.9 CHECKING THE HARDWARE WITH THE STATION TARGET.

a. The shipyard must fabricate bead seat centerline target disks to make measurements to the station targets while the hard-ware is being moved. (See Figure 8-9.)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-18

1.

Figure 8-12. Station Targets

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-19

b. All subsequent checks to move the hardware and/or recheck its position can now be accomplished with the establishedtargets.

c. To check the X and Y coordinates, use a plumb bob between the station target and a ″Pac-man″ disk in the hardwarebead cavity. (See Figure 8-12.) When locating the disk in the bead cavity, disregard any previous station marks. Move thedisk within the cavity to the best fit to the station target. This will indicate how close the hardware is to the desired loca-tion.

d. To check the Z coordinate, measure the vertical distance between the target and the horizonal/level surface of the notchin the ″Pac-man″ disk with a tape measure. (See Figure 8-12.)

e. Angles are measured at each station in a plane normal to the centerline of bead and are referenced to a horizontal plane.The angle at the station located at the minus 4-foot baseline is an exception; it is on a horizontal plane and is measuredreferenced to the diagonal bulkhead.

f. The hardware must be located within the loft offset tolerances for the X, the Y, and the Z. (Refer to Tables 8-2 and 8-3.)

8-5.10 CHECKING CHORDS.

a. In order to check the chords during the process of moving the hardware, the shipyard must fabricate a set of chord cali-pers. A set of chord calipers that must be fabricated to take the chord measurements is shown in Figure 8-13.

b. Chords are calculated based upon the position in space of the upper and lower station forming the chord. Marginal andout of tolerance chords should be rechecked by measuring with a caliper as shown in Figure 8-13.

c. Use the fabricated chord calipers to measure the chord lengths at the stations that are being moved. Make certain that thecalipers are seated tightly into the bead seat. Lock the calipers with the wing nuts, and measure the chord length betweenthe scribed lines on the calipers.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-20

8-6. BEAD SEAT OFFSET MEASUREMENTS: METHOD 2.

The methods of measurement for bead seat angles, bead seat length, and chords remain unchanged. The following is analternate method of measuring bead seat offsets using optical theodolites and wooden offset templates. Other appropriate

Figure 8-13. Cord Calipers

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-21

methods may be used at the discretion of the installing activity, providing all bead seat casting installation dimensional tol-erances can be obtained. The attachment offsets are in Tables 8-2 and 8-3.

8-6.1 INSTALLATION MATERIALS AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS. Refer to Table 8-4 for a summary of installationmaterials and Table 8-5 for the tools/equipment requirements list. The facility requirements remain unchanged.

Table 8-4. SDRW Summary List, Installation Material

Qty Req. Description BFG Dwg. No.

26 Bead Seat Casting 5S2393204 Bead Seat Clamp, Code 1 5S1852-1134 Bead Seat Clamp, Code 2 5S1852-284 Bead Seat Clamp, Code 3 5S1852-384 Hex Head Bolts, Cres, 3/4-10 UNC-2A x 1-3/4-in. -----84 Washer, Flat, Round, Cres for 3/4-in. diameter bolt -----238 Hex Head Bolts, Cres, 1-1/4-UNC-2A x 1-3/4-in. -----238 Washer, Flat, Round, Cres, for 1-1/4-in. diameter bolt -----440LF Wire, 1/8-in. diameter, Cres -----104 Hex Head Capscrew, ZN CTD STL, 1/2-in. -13 UNC-2A x 2 in. -----104 Nut, ZN CTD STL, 1/2-in. -13UNC-38 -----104 Washer, Flat, Round, ZN CTD STL -----26.4-SF Plate, 20.4, OSS16 LF Angle, 2 in. x 2 in. x 3/8-in., OSS -----10 LF 5 in. x 4 in. x 6:#:T -----4 LF Pipe, 2.375 in. OD X 0.154 in. well1 SF 1/4-in. Plate, 9 in. diameter1 SF 1/4-in. Plate, 3 in. x 4 in.1 SF 3/4-in. Plate, 9 in. diameter1 SF 3/4-in. Plate, 9 in. diameter3 Stud, 1/2-in. -20 UNF 2A6 Nut, Self-Locking, 1/2-in. 20 UNF 3B6 Washer for 1/2 in bolt 16 3 in. x 1/4 in. FB, 18 in. long

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-22

Table 8-5. Tools/Equipment Requirement List

Item Qty

1. Theodolites (normal accuracy +/-sec.) calibrated with close focus lens and 90-degreeeyepiece

2

2. Template 1

Figure 8-14. Reference Plane Template (Starboard Shown)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-23

Table 8-5. Tools/Equipment Requirement List - Continued

Item Qty

3. 2-1/2-inch diameter by 3/4-inch thick disk with a quarter section cut out 3 min.4. Chord calipers As required

5. Shepherd’s hooks As required6. 100-foot measuring tapes 27. 15-foot measuring tapes 3

8. Magnetic based protractor or angle indicator As required9. Plumb bobs As required

8-6.2 GENERAL.

a. A full size loft template must be fabricated by the shipyard to serve as an upper reference plane during bead seat cast-ing and bracket installation.

b. All 24 stations (listed in Tables 8-2 and 8-3), as well as centerline ship and buttock lines 1 through 10, must be locatedon the underside of the template.

c. The template (shown in Figure 8-14) can be fabricated from 1/2-inch thick plywood or other materials at the discretionof the installing activity.

NOTE

USE ESTABLISHED CONSTRUCTION REFERENCE LINES AND TABLES 8-2AND 8-3 TO LOCATE STATIONS 1 THROUGH 24.

8-6.3 PRELIMINARY SETUP.

a. Install transit platforms to ship banjo structure as shown in Figure 8-15.

b. Establish pitch and roll reference planes as follows:

1. Set the theodolite in a location so that the three approximate points are as shown in Figure 8-16.

2. Suspend three measuring tapes from these baseline points and adjust the theodolite (that has been locked in on ver-tical 90 degrees) by using the leveling screws until all tape readings are the same.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-24

Figure 8-15. Theodolite Platform Location

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-25

3. Once this has been achieved, transfer this temporary line onto the dome structure with as many points as possible,so the theodolite can be set to the same plane on the opposite side of the ship.

4. From this plane, do a general survey of the existing bead seat casting at centerline ship (upper and lower), centerlinebaffle frame 26 (upper and lower), and the minus 4-foot baseline in the horseshoe area, port and starboard, to obtainoffset readings.

5. After data has been collected, compare the readings to the original offsets at these locations. This information can beobtained from NAVSEA Code 63J if not in the work package. At this time, it may require that the horizontal planebe adjusted to better suit the original offsets and the ship structure.

Figure 8-16. Establishing Baseline Flat Reference Plane

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-26

6. This line becomes the sonar dome reference plane (SDRP) and should be marked on the ship structure in as manylocations as possible.

7. Place a theodolite on the forward stands that have been attached to the ship structure. (See Figure 8-15.) Normalizethe theodolite scope to its base plate, and lock the scope barrel on vertical 90 degrees. Plane the theodolite into theSDRP by using jacking screws on the instrument stand (Figure 8-17). When this has been achieved, remove the the-odolite and take roll and pitch inclination of the stand by means of a clinometer or equivalent instrument. This infor-mation will be needed to acquire the longitudinal centerline.

8. To establish centerline of dome, plumb down to a temporary platform (angle or other suitable member) from the cen-terline of bead seat at the minus 4-foot baseline, station 24, port and starboard. Adjust the plummet point and cor-rect for error caused by roll of the dome structure, if any. The half-breadth of these two points can be determined/checked by obtaining the original offsets if available. Where slight differences occur between the original offsets andthe newly obtained offsets, an average may be taken.

9. To establish the second set of points, plumb down to another temporary platform from the upper bead at frame 14(centerline transducer), port and starboard. Correct plummet point according to roll error taken off theodolite stand.The half-breadths of these two points can be determined by comparing the original bead seat offsets to the newlytaken offsets and averaging. Double checks for human error should be made where compared differences are greaterthan 1/8-inch.

10. Once satisfied with the point locations, set the theodolites on the forward platform stands normal to the SDRP andparallel to the newly created line.

11. From this setup, survey predetermined points; port and starboard, to establish the centerline of sonar dome. This sur-vey is taken to determine if an adjustment is needed to better suit the structure.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-27

12. At this point, establish two known buttock lines (suggest 8 feet), one port and one starboard. The lines should belocated on an angle iron bar attached to the sonar dome structure both forward and aft. The lines should be locatedoutside of the working area and remain throughout the entire casting changeout for periodic reference checks.

13. Next, establish a transverse reference line at the centerline of the transducer. This can be accomplished by turning 90degrees off the established buttock line and reading the centerline of bead seat at station 1, upper and lower. Com-pare these two readings to the original offset data and establish centerline of transducer. Mark location on the shellplating or other visible location at the baseline flat and banjo flat, port and starboard.

14. When confidence has been established that the reference lines are correct, mark and punch the location on the struc-ture for future use.

15. Using the established reference lines, lay out the 24 stations on the upper and lower shell. This should be accom-

Figure 8-17. Instrument Stand

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-28

plished at night, if possible, and after the ship reaches a constant temperature. At this time, the drydock floor can beused with absolute accuracy. This can be accomplished as follows:

(a) From the theodolite stands (port and starboard), plane the theodolite into the SDRP.

(b) Parallel the theodolite vertical crosshairs to the 8-foot buttock.

(c) Transfer this buttock onto the drydock floor, and establish a 10-foot buttock and a centerline of the dome.

(d) Turn the theodolite 90 degrees toward the ship, and take a tape reading from the transverse centerline of thetransducer (station 9).

(e) Project this line onto the drydock floor.

(f) Establish two known (forward/aft) reference lines that can be used to lay out coordinate stations 1 through 24 asspecified in Tables 8-2 and 8-3.

(g) Along established transverse reference lines, lay out stations 1, 2, and 3, upper and lower. These stations are con-trolled by the “Y” dimension (transverse) in lieu of the “X“dimension (longitudinal) used for stations 4-24.

(h) Along the buttocks, transverses, and centerline established, lay out stations 4 through 24, upper and lower.

(i) Locate a leveling station at starting point, station 4, and set to roll and pitch plane previously established. SeeFigure 8-17 for suggested level station.

(j) Set the normalized theodolite on top of the leveling station, and move the theodolite in a manner to make its lineof sight correspond to the station layout on the dock floor.

(k) Project this line onto the baseline flat and banjo flat, and extend onto the shell approximately 2 feet. This lineshould be clearly marked by punch or other suitable method.

(l) Lay out remaining stations, port, starboard, upper, and lower, as described above.

8-6.4 REFERENCE PLANE TEMPLATE BRACKETS. Install reference plane template brackets as shown in Figure 8-18.The brackets must be placed 3 to 4 feet apart to provide adequate support for the template. Care must be taken to allow forthickness of the template when installing the brackets.

8-6.5 TEMPLATE INSTALLATION. After the reference plane template brackets have been installed and welded in place,locate and attach the template to the brackets using a suitable fastening system. Shims may be required between the tem-plate and brackets during final alignment.

The template must be aligned into the ship coordinate system, as well as parallel to the sonar dome reference plane.Frequent monitoring of the template plane is essential.

8-6.6 INSTALL BEAD SEAT CASTINGS. Install bead seat castings with temporary welds. Check alignment of castings,make necessary corrections, and lay final welds.

8-6.7 OBTAIN AND RECORD BEAD SEAT CASTING OFFSET DATA. After installation of the bead seat casting hasbeen completely welded, the final offsets can be taken as follows:

a. Lay out the location of each station (1 through 24). This can be accomplished most accurately by the plumb bob method,using the installed baseline template as the layout guide.

b. Once the layout is complete, install the theodolite on the welded platform stands suspended from the banjo flat.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-29

c. Plane the theodolite into the SDRP, and record the instrument height. From this setup, take and record the below baseline″Z″ dimensions.

d. The ″Y″ dimensions for stations 1 through 3 were established when laying out the centerline of bead cavity locations.Take and record the ″X″ dimensions for stations 1 through 3 by dropping a plumb bob from the known forward refer-ence line and measuring aft to the centerline of bead cavity.

NOTE

EACH TIME THE PLUMB BOB IS USED, CORRECTIONS FOR ERROR IN PLUM-MET CAUSED BY PITCH AND ROLL OF THE SHIP ON DOCK MUST BE COM-PENSATED FOR.

e. The ″X″ dimensions for stations 4 through 24 were developed when laying out the centerline of bead cavity locations.Take and record the ″Y″ dimensions by dropping a plumb bob from the installed template layout.

f. All final coordinate data shall be recorded on the appropriate (Tables 8-2 and 8-3) and forwarded to NAVSEA Code 63Jfor permanent record.

8-7. BEAD SEAT CASTING INSTALLATION.

8-7.1 SCOPE. Two procedures are presented in this section. These procedures are provided as a guide to the installingactivity. Other appropriate methods may be used at the discretion of the installing activity, provided all bead seat castinginstallation tolerances can be obtained.

8-7.2 GENERAL. This section provides information necessary to install bead seat castings for symmetric-to-loft or splice-less sonar dome rubber windows (SDRW-1 or SDRW-1A) with 26 (Figure 8-19) bead seat castings on DDG 51 Class ships.

a. On retrofit:

Figure 8-18. Template Brackets

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-30

NOTE

THIS PROCEDURE ASSUMES THE RUBBER WINDOW, CLOSURE PLATES, ANDVOID FOAM HAVE BEEN REMOVED FROM THE SHIP.

b. Two methods of bead seat handling and installation are presented. The first utilizes a screw adjustable fitting tool to alignand trim the castings. The second method utilizes erection brackets to position the castings.

8-7.3 BEAD SEAT INSTALLATION: METHOD 1.

a. SDRW Hardware/Shipfitting Tool. The shipfitting tool depicted in Figure 8-20 is available as an aid to the shipfittingprocess during SDRW hardware installations, changeouts, and hardware relocations. The tool is designed to provide asupport for each casting during the fitting, and to provide adjustability in any direction.

b. Two tools are needed to support each piece of casting while the casting is being fitted, scribed, cut, tack welded, andbraced off. After each casting is braced and tack welded, the tools may be removed and relocated for the fitting processon the next piece of casting.

c. Tooling Requirement Example. Two tools are required for each team of ship fitters working separate casting locationsat the same time. Two teams of fitters working two separate casting locations equals a need for four tools. Four teams onfour castings would need eight tools, and so forth.

d. Fitting and Cutting. Each piece of casting presents a different challenge to the ship fitters. Some castings may be off-set in the ″X″ direction for scribing, and others may require an offset in the ″Y″ or ″Z″ direction. Often castings are off-set in the ″XY″ direction. There are choices to make, and each choice can require a different procedure during the scrib-ing process.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-31

Figure 8-19. SDRW-1 & -1A Hardware Map

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-32

e. Scribe and cut casting twice to avoid cutting a casting too short. Experience has shown that the shape of a casting maychange during the cutting. The heat from the cutting torch sometimes stress relieves the castings and, in some cases,enough to effect a change in the ″XYZ″ offsets and the scribe fit of the casting. The safest procedure is to scribe and cuteach casting about 1/2- to 1-inch long. Then refit, carefully checking each offset and angle before making the final cut.

f. Using the Shipfitting Tools.1. The shipfitting tools are designed to provide minor adjustments to a casting location. Therefore, it is important to

locate each casting as near as possible to its proper location before trying to install the adjustable tools. Build thetools in place from the casting, rather than trying to locate the tools and then the casting. Locate the casting near itsproper location, especially in the fwd/aft direction.

2. Determine the best location for each tool. In most cases, tools should be 6 to 18 inches from each end of the cast-ing, depending on station locations. Do not install the tools or attachment brackets where they will interfere with sta-tion measurements.

3. Cut the angle irons which attach to the castings as depicted in Figure 8-21. This requires cutting one end with theproper attachment angle for the location.

4. Check fit the angle iron. The bottom of each should be within about 5 degrees of level when the cut side of the angleis placed against the casting, assuming the casting is somewhere near its proper angle. When the fit is right, weld theangle to the casting.

CAUTION

ENSURE CASTING HAS AN ADEQUATE GROUND BEFORE WELDING TOAVOID DAMAGE TO CHAINFALLS, AND SO FORTH.

5. Adjust the inboard/outboard adjustment of each tool, outboard a little more than the amount of material which is tobe removed from the back side of the casting for final fit. Usually about 4 inches is adequate.

6. Screw the up/down adjustments to extend up about 1-1/2 to 2 inches above the top surface of the tools.

Figure 8-20. Bead Seat Fitting Tool

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-33

7. Calculate the proper location and cut the elongated hole in the angles which are attached to the casting.

8. Place a shim over the tool and between the two extending screws, thick enough so that the tool can be clamped tothe angle iron without rocking on the screws.

9. C-clamp the tool to the angle.

10. Cut and fit the angles which will support the tools.

11. Weld the attachment angles to the vertical chock or other support brackets as depicted in Figure 8-21.

12. Tack weld or C-clamp the tools to the support brackets.

13. Remove the shims, and the tools are ready for use.

14. Measure station offsets and adjust the casting to obtain equal offsets at each station.

15. Adjust a scribe to the delta difference of the offsets.

16. Scribe and cut the casting.

17. When the final fit is accomplished, tack weld the casting in place, install adequate braces or gussets, and then removethe tools for use at the next location.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-34

8-7.4 BEAD SEAT CASTING INSTALLATION: METHOD 2.

a. This section applies to the installation of a symmetric-to-loft or spliceless sonar dome rubber window with 26 (vice 14)bead seat castings on DDG 51 Class ships. The procedure presented in this section (for bead seat casting installation)

Figure 8-21. Fitting Tool Installation

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-35

does not require the use of an installation platform. Of the steps listed below, only the installation of bead seat castingsand the fairness and smoothness requirements are affected by this section.

b. Bead Seat Casting Erection Brackets. Erection brackets must be fabricated by the installing activity. Fabrication of beadseat casting erection brackets are shown in Figure 8-22 and Table 8-6.

Figure 8-22. Specifications for Fabrication of Bead Seat Casting Erection Brackets (Sheet 1 of 3)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-36


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-37


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-38

Table 8-6. Installation of Bead Seat Casting Erection Brackets

BRACKETNO. X DIM Y DIM Z DIM ANGLE 0

UPPER/LOWER

BRACKETTYPE L H PART NO.

BRKT CLIP1 -128.88 12.00 -6.88 49 UPPER A 6-7/16″ 5-1/4″ 01001 010022 -108.69 59.00 -6.88 44 UPPER A 6-7/16″ 5-1/4″ 01001 010023 -64.00 93.71 -6.88 44 UPPER A 6-7/16″ 5-1/4″ 01001 010024 -36.00 100.78 -6.88 44 UPPER A 6-7/16″ 5-1/4″ 01001 010025 -12.00 102.02 -6.88 44 UPPER A 6-7/16″ 5-1/4″ 01001 010026 47.00 96.50 -6.88 43 UPPER A 6-5/8″ 5-1/4″ 01001 010027 71.00 90.69 -6.95 40 UPPER SIM A 7-13/

32″5-3/8″ 01003 01004

8 132.00 71.23 -7.12 36 UPPER SIM A 9-9/16″ 5-9/16″ 01005 010069 144.00 66.98 -7.19 32 UPPER SIM A 9-29/

32″5-9/16″ 01005 01006

10 204.00 46.80 -10.97 15 UPPER B 7-13/16″

7-11/16″ 01007 01008

11 228.00 41.87 -14.94 11 UPPER SIM B 7-5/16″ 7-1/8″ 01009 0101012 263.00 47.16 -24.30 12 UPPER SIM B 7-5/32″ 7-3/16″ 01011 0101213 286.94 61.06 -48.00 15 UPPER C 5-1/2″ 4-3/4″ 01013 0101414 275.00 53.22 -65.83 7 LOWER SIM E 6-29/

32″6-5/8″ 01015 01016

15 263.00 46.44 -71.36 -6 LOWER SIM D 7-1/16″ 5-1/4″ 01017 0101816 228.00 33.23 -79.63 -14 LOWER SIM D 7-7/16″ 4-5/16″ 01019 0102017 204.00 28.95 -83.22 -14 LOWER SIM D 7-17/

32″4-1/4″ 01019 01020

18 144.00 33.17 -90.94 -14 LOWER SIM D 7-19/32″

4-1/4″ 01019 01020

19 119.00 41.58 -93.98 -12 LOWER D 7-7/16″ 4-1/2″ 01021 0102220 71.00 72.47 -95.83 10 LOWER SIM E 7-9/16″ 7-1/16″ 01023 0102421 60.00 80.83 -94.86 13 LOWER SIM E 7-7/32″ 7-5/16″ 01025 0102622 12.00 97.93 -89.61 23 LOWER SIM E 6-31/

32″8-7/16″ 01027 01028

23 -12.00 97.91 -89.97 25 LOWER SIM E 7-1/32″ 8-11/16″ 01029 0103024 -60.00 80.79 -96.34 23 LOWER SIM E 7-1/8″ 8-1/2″ 01031 0103225 -82.72 59.00 -99.99 23 LOWER SIM E 7-7/32″ 8-1/2″ 01031 0103226 -101.94 12.00 -102.65 23 LOWER E 7-5/32″ 8-1/2″ 01031 01032

S9165-AE

-MM

A-010

8-39

c. Erection Brackets Installation. Erection brackets must be installed by the installing activity. Specifications and instal-lation of the brackets are shown in Figure 8-22 and Table 8-6. The following general guidelines shall apply during bracketinstallation:

NOTE

CARE MUST BE TAKEN SO THAT SUPPORT BRACKETS DO NOT LAND ONSTATION LAYOUTS.

1. Brackets shall be installed normal to the ship structure.

2. Centerline of bead (target point) shall be located as specified in Tables 8-2 and 8-3.

3. Weld brackets A and B (from Figure 8-22) to structure using 1-1 intermittent weld.

4. Movable brackets C and D (from Figure 8-22) shall be finite adjusted to required offsets and fasteners secured tomaintain position.

5. The target point shall be painted with a 1/4-inch black dot and have a punchmark at the center.

6. After final alignment of the movable brackets and quality assurance verification, tack weld in position to preventmovement during casting installation.

7. ″X″ dimensions are from centerline transducer running fore and aft.

″Y″ dimensions are from centerline ship running athwartship.

″Z″ dimensions are from molded line of baseline flat running vertical.

8. Brackets and clips shall have applicable part number from Table 8-6 bead welded to its surface for identification.

9. Port and starboard brackets and clips are to be opposite hands. Part number shall indicate port or starboard.

8-7.5 WELDING OF BEAD SEAT CASTINGS.

a. Weld bead seat sections to ship. Remove all restraint from bead seat assembly as soon as enough weld has been appliedto support assembly.

CAUTION

DO NOT COMPLETE WELDING WITH BRACES IN PLACE. RESIDUALSTRESSES MAY CAUSE THE BEAD SEAT TO WARP OUT OF SHAPE ANDOUT OF TOLERANCE. USE CONTROLLED WELDING PROCEDURES. PRE-VENT CONCENTRATED (LOCAL) WELDING. CHECK MEASUREMENTSPERIODICALLY TO ENSURE THAT BEAD SEAT ASSEMBLY IS CORRECTLYPOSITIONED AND IS NOT MIGRATING OUT OF TOLERANCE.

b. Dress all weld joints.

c. Inspect bead seat cavity for smoothness, and dress as necessary.

d. Measure and record final X, Y, and Z planes, attachment angles, and chord lengths.

e. While welding the bead seat, conduct interior dome work. At this time, all work on the interior of the dome must becompleted prior to sonar dome installation. This work consists of the following:

1. Airlock construction.

2. Baffle assembly and damping tile installation.

3. Anode installation.

4. Pressurization system installation.

5. Airlock and trunk pressure testing.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-40

6. Underwater telephone transducer installation.

7. Sonar transducer element installation, continuity, and insulation resistance tests.

8. Painting of applicable surfaces. (Do not paint acoustic tile.)

9. Removal of all debris from the dome interior.

f. Final Bead Seat Inspection.

1. The bead seat areas will be checked for preservation, soundness of welds, adequate clamp bolt thread depth (1-1/2inches for 3/4-inch bolts and 1-13/16 inches depth for 1-1/4-inch bolts), and damages.

8-8. SONAR DOME INSTALLATION.

8-8.1 SPECIAL EQUIPMENT. Special equipment needed for SDRW system installation includes a shipping/installation(S/I) fixture. Installation/interface drawings are listed in Tables 8-7 and 8-8. Tool, equipment, and facility requirements areprovided in Tables 8-9 and 8-10.

a. Shipping/Installation Fixture (BFG Dwg. No. 7S1020 for SDRW-1 and -1A). The rubber window is shipped from themanufacturer to the shipyard mounted on a shipping/installation fixture. The fixture provides support and protection forthe rubber window during shipping and handling. The fixture for SDRW-1 or SDRW-1A is illustrated in Figure 8-23.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-41

Table 8-7. Data List - SDRW-1

Item BFG Dwg. No. Title

01 5S2393** Bead Seat Assy.551578 Bead Seat Assy. - Lower

02 551579 Bead Seat Assy. - Lower03 5S1580 Bead Seat Assy. - Lower04 5S1581 Bead Seat Assy. - Tail Section05 551582 Bead Seat Assy. - Upper06 5S1583 Bead Seat Assy. - Upper07 551584 Bead Seat Assy. - Upper08 5S2542 Fairing Angle Sections09 6S1087 Loft10 7S1020 Shipping/Installation Fixture

**SDRW-1A only.

Figure 8-23. Rubber Window Shown in Shipping Fixture

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-42

Table 8-8. Drawing List - SDRW-1 and SDRW-1A

BFG Dwg. No. Description

6S1086 Rubber Window System (as of 1-31-88)5S2545 Symmetric to Loft SDRW-15S2556 Spliceless SDRW-1A

Table 8-9. Tools/Equipment Requirements List

Item Quantity

1. Pneumatic chipping gun 12. Pneumatic scaling gun 13. Chisels for pneumatic guns Assorted4. Arc-gouging assembly 15. 70’ steel cable slings with minimum 10,000-pound lift capacity 46. 18’ spreader bars capable of 40,000-pound lifts (fixture rotation) 27. Shackles capable of supporting 20,000-pound lifts 88. Shackles capable of supporting 50,000-pound lifts 49. 41’ spreader bar, capable of a 40,000-pound lift (USN-02-4-008) 1 minimum10. Steel cable slings, minimum 12’ length and 20,000-pound lift capacity(fixture rotation)

4

11. Shackles capable of supporting 12,000-pound lifts 1012. Shackles capable of supporting 3,000-pound lifts 1013. 6-ton chainfalls 414. 1-1/2-ton come-alongs 515. Expandable post jacks, 8’ long 416. 8-ton hydraulic floor jacks 417. SDRW shipping/installation fixture (USN-03-6-139) 118. Portable grinders 4″ to 7″ pneumatic (speed 6, 000 rotations per minutemaximum)

As required

19. Impact wrenches As required20. Special sockets for 1-1/4″ clamp bolts (USN-03-9-105) As required21. Allen wrench or socket for 1/2″ socket head capscrews, fairing angles 122. Torque wrenches capable of applying torques at 50, 144, and 475 foot-pounds, respectively

As required

23. 100’ measuring tape 224. Feeler gage set up to 1/4″ 125. Wooden battens for fairness checks of the dome window and requiredshell plating area 12″ x 3/16″ x 3/16″ where dome precludes use of longerbatten

As required

26. Wooden battens for fairness checks of the dome window and requiredshell plating area 24″ x 3/16″ x 3/16″

As required

27. Wooden battens for fairness checks of the dome window and requiredshell plating area 36″ x 1/4″ x 1/4″

As required

28. Miscellaneous slings 6’ and 8’ long with 3,000-pound capacity As required29. 25’ x 1/2″ manila or nylon guide ropes 430. Paint trays As required31. Paint roller handles As required32. Paint roller shells (medium nap) As required33. Hypodermic needles (1-1/2″ x 20 gage) As required34. Marking pencils (yellow) or chalk As required

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-43

Table 8-9. Tools/Equipment Requirements List - Continued

Item Quantity

35. Grinding disks (50 to 80 grit) As required36. Clean, disposable, lint-free rags As required37. Clear polyethylene film (used during rubber application and as a coverfor the cementing tables)

As required

38. Bear-Tex buffing pads As required39. Microinch smoothness comparator As required40. 4″ x 12″ steel (WAO 12, 3/8″ plate) panels 841. Putty knives (1-1/2″ and 3″) As required42. 8″ wide polyester window support straps (USN-03-09-103) 3

Table 8-10. Facility Requirements List

Item Quantity

1. Marking table (wood) approximately 4’ x 8’ As required2. Electrical power outlet, explosion-proof wiring As required3. Compressed air outlets, air manifold, 1-1/2″ air lines, and IPT pipe fittings As required4. Portable explosion-proof lighting (fluorescent) sufficient to illuminate the immediate worksurface to a minimum of 80 foot-candles shall be available and utilized during application andbuffing of antifouling rubber. The illumination shall be measured using a portable photometerat a distance of 6″ from the work surface.

As required

5. An environmental control shelter equipped with dehumidifiers and heater/air conditionerunits capable of maintaining the temperature between 60° and 85° F and the relative humidityat least five units below the temperature

As required

6. White, fire-resistant plastic shroud7. Gantry-type cranes (two to rotate shipping fixtures; one to install rubber window) 28. Lightweight scaffolding around SDRW As required9. Eye and hand wash facilities to be located in immediate vicinity of the sonar dome As required10. Air motor, variable speed, 3/8″ capacity chuck 111. Drydock (Refer to paragraph 8-13 for minimum requirements.) As required

b. The bead seat shall be properly preserved prior to installation of the SDRW.

8-8.2 IMPORTANCE OF PROPER INSTALLATION.

a. The importance of the sonar dome rubber window installation cannot be overemphasized. All personnel should be awarethat proper installation of the rubber window is instrumental to the accuracy, range, and overall performance of the sonarsystem. The rubber window acts as an aperture through which the sonar signals are sent and received in target searchesperformed in antisubmarine warfare. The rubber window must be free of flaws on the outside surface. The inside surfacewill be marked from wires, thermocouples, and stock used during the manufacturing cure cycle. Any flaw or defect isharmful to the purity of the transmitted and received sonar signals and causes range and accuracy degradation.

b. Careful inspections will be made to ensure that no shipping damage, gouges, air pockets, blisters, voids, wrinkles, or otherdisfiguring conditions exist before, during, or after the sonar dome rubber window installation.

8-8.3 INSTALLATION WITH A SHIPPING/INSTALLATION FIXTURE (BFG 7S1020).

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-44

a. Several supports are required during shipment. They consist of two I-beams and two supports across the aft end of thefixture. Each of these supports must be removed before the window can be spread. Remove two tail brackets and twoshipping I-beams (Figure 8-24).

b. Located at each upright and attached to the window are combination fairing adapters (butterflies) and clamp assemblies.Remove all clamp assemblies (shipping clamps and clamp brackets).

c. Remove the first four lower adaptor plates at and forward of upright #11 (90 and 270 degrees), port and starboard. Thisstep should be accomplished 24 hours prior to installing the SDRW. This will allow the lower bead to sag and, in turn,increase the distance between the upper and lower beads at the centerline of ship, making for an easier installation.

NOTE

THE SDRW IS SHIPPED WITH THE FIRST TWO (2) (FORWARD LOWER PORTAND STARBOARD) ADAPTOR PLATES REMOVED. REMOVAL OF THE CLAMPSAND ADAPTORS PERMITS THE BEAD TO SAG AND THE SDRW TO OPENWITHOUT WRINKLING.

Do not remove any other adaptor plates. Windows are sometimes shipped without the two forward upper fairing platesand clamps in position. This can cause problems during installation in that, as the window is spread, the upper bead will″fall″ and will cause bead seating problems at the forward end during installation. To prevent this problem, install fairingplates at the two upper points prior to spreading.

Figure 8-24. Installation with a Shipping/Installation Fixture (BFG 7S1020)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-45

d. Adjust the remaining butterflies to make the chord distance between the upper and lower beads at each station as largeas possible without distorting the nut plates of the SDRW.

CAUTION

DO NOT REMOVE ANY S/I FIXTURE HINGE PINS PRIOR TO INSTALLA-TION. THE SDRW AND S/I FIXTURE WILL OPEN TO THE DESIRED 17 FEET6 INCHES (PER FIGURE 8-25) WITH ALL HINGE PINS IN PLACE. SEVEREDAMAGE TO THE FIXTURE AND SDRW CAN OCCUR IF THE PINS AREREMOVED.

8-8.4 RIGGING OF THE S/I FIXTURE.

a. Prior to rigging, cut 3/4-inch plywood to fit the top of the S/I fixture from RF-11 to RF-20. Secure this working platformwith banding straps. Cut holes in the plywood where aft rigging cables come through fixture. Install temporary safetyrails around the top of the fixture.

b. Rigging the S/I fixture for installation is important, as the fixture can be lifted in only one manner. The forward cablesare to be connected directly to the shackles. The aft cables must pass between the frame and then attach to the aft shack-les. (See Figure 8-26.) If the installation fixture is not hoisted in this manner, the aft top end will rotate inboard, prevent-ing a smooth installation.

Figure 8-25. SDRW Fixture Opened to 17’6″

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-46

CAUTION

DO NOT ATTACH A CLEVIS, CABLES, OR CHAINFALLS TO THE AFTFRAME MOUNTING HOLES. THE HOLES ARE DESIGNED FOR MOUNTINGTHE AFT SHIPPING BRACKETS.

1. Chainfalls must be attached between the four lifting cables and the shackles to provide up/down adjustments at eachof the four corners of the S/I fixture.

NOTE

TOTAL WEIGHT OF THE S/I FIXTURE WITH A SDRW ATTACHED IS 42,000POUNDS. (SEE FIGURE 8-26.)

2. Raise fixture/window approximately 1 foot. Open the S/I fixture tail such that the shortest distance between the upperport and upper starboard bead is 17 feet 6 inches. This distance should be measured perpendicular to the centerline ofthe SDRW. As the fixture is being opened, check the upper center nut plates and butterflies for excess strain. Removethe butterfly if the strain appears excessive.

3. Lock the S/I fixture into this position. This can be done by attaching a 4-inch angle (25 feet long) between the twoS/I fixture halves near the bottom. Tack weld the angle to the fixture. The fixture can also be locked by attaching acome-along between the port upright #1 and the starboard upright #1 near the lower hinge. This will prevent the hingefrom operating.

8-8.5 MOVING THE FIXTURE INTO POSITION.

a. Lift the fixture so that the lower bead (near the thickest section) will pass below the banjo. At the proper position, theupper bead should be at approximately the minus 4-foot baseline at the transducers.

b. Move the fixture in around the transducer until the SDRW bead at centerline is within 5 feet of the transducer. Raise theS/I fixture so that the upper bead is just above the upper bead seat.

Figure 8-26. Rigging the S/I Fixture

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-47

CAUTION

DO NOT HIT THE TRANSDUCER ELEMENTS OR THE BAFFLE WHILEPOSITIONING THE WINDOW.

c. At this time, attach two chainfalls to the aft end of the fixture, crossing each other and attached to a keel block. (SeeFigure 8-27.) This will allow the fixture to be pulled aft and rotate slightly.

d. Remove the angle or come-along used in step c.

CAUTION

THE S/I FIXTURE TAIL SECTIONS WILL MOVE INBOARD; DO NOT HITTHE BAFFLE PLATE.

e. Attach a come-along between the two sides of the S/I fixture to pull the tail sections together. (See Figure 8-27.)

f. Continue closing the tail section and moving the S/I fixture aft until the curvature for the upper bead is similar to thebead seat curvature. Do not seat the bead until the following are achieved:

1. Use straight liquid soap (or BFG approved lubricant) to lubricate the bead seat and SDRW bead surfaces.

2. Check the relationship between the lower bead and the lower bead seat. If any adjustments can be made to help seatthe lower bead without jeopardizing the upper bead, make them.

Figure 8-27. Moving the Fixture into Position

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-48

CAUTION

DO NOT PERMIT THE LOWER BEAD TO RIDE ON TOP OF THE CASTINGS.WOODEN WEDGES CAN BE USED TO ASSIST IN PREVENTING THIS. IF ITDOES OCCUR, THE BEAD MUST BE FORCED DOWN AROUND THE SEATBY USE OF HYDRAULIC ″JAWS″ OR JACKS, OR, WITH CAUTION, USE OFA PRYING DEVICE. USE CARE NOT TO DAMAGE THE RUBBER BEAD.

8-8.6 INSTALLING THE BEAD AT UPPER CENTERLINE.

a. The bead seat is 163 feet long, and the bead must be installed in sections. Each section is installed in a particular order.The following is a breakdown of the bead sections and order of installation. Clamp each section into position beforestarting on the next section. See Figure 8-28 for sequence summary.

(1) Move the SDRW aft and seat the forward upper bead in the bead seat at the centerline of the ship, aligning the cen-terline of window with centerline of ship on bead seat hardware. Place four clamps on either side of the centerlineof the ship upper bead, and tighten to prevent movement of the bead.

NOTE

USE MIL-A-907 ANTISEIZE COMPOUND ON THREADS OF ALL BOLTS.

(2) Install at least every fifth clamp into position from centerline of ship to centerline of transducer, both port and star-board.

(3) As the clamps are installed and a fairing plate adaptor is approached, remove the fairing adaptor plates. This will pre-vent nut plate damage in the window. This procedure applies to the installation of all clamps.

CAUTION

WHILE INSTALLING CLAMPS, REMOVAL OF FAIRING ADAPTOR PLATESIS ESSENTIAL. USING THIS PROCEDURE WILL PREVENT DANGEROUSLYHIGH LOCAL STRESSES. EXCESSIVE STRESSES APPLIED TO THE WIN-DOW VIA THE FAIRING ADAPTOR PLATES MAY CAUSE SERIOUS DAM-AGE TO THE RUBBER. SEE FIGURES 8-29 AND 8-30 FOR EXAMPLES OFINCORRECT AND CORRECT APPLICATION OF FORCE.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-49

Figure 8-28. Clamping Sequence

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-50

8-8.7 INSTALLING THE LOWER BEAD AT CENTERLINE.

a. If any of the lower bead is resting on top of the lower bead seat hardware, do not install any clamps.

b. The lower bead can be seated by manipulating the S/I fixture. When the tail section of the S/I fixture is lowered, the lowerbead at centerline moves forward and up.

Figure 8-29. Incorrect Method of Applying Force

Figure 8-30. Correct Method of Applying Force

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-51

c. When the tail of the S/I fixture halves are pulled together, the lower bead at centerline will lower.

d. When the lower bead has slipped down onto the lip of the bead seat hardware, lift the S/I fixture tail. The lower beadshould seat.

NOTE

USE PLENTY OF SOAP TO LUBRICATE THE SURFACES.

e. Verify that the centerline of the window coincides with the centerline of the ship at the lower-forward position. Clampthe centerline area with four clamps on either side of the centerline.

f. Progressively install at least every fifth clamp from centerline of ship to centerline of transducer, both port and starboard.Use MIL-A-907 antiseize compound on threads of all bolts.

g. Remove fairing adaptor plates as each section is clamped.

8-8.8 INSTALLING THE BEAD IN THE TAIL SECTIONS.

a. Pull the S/I fixture’s tail together and seat the tail sections.

NOTE

USE PLENTY OF SOAP TO LUBRICATE THE SURFACES.

b. When the S/I fixture’s tails are drawn together and the bead at the minus 4-foot baseline is clamped in place, the outwardrigging component will hold the aft upper bead away from the bead seat. In order to seat this section of bead, the aft endof the S/I fixture will need to be pulled inboard at the top. This can be achieved by welding a padeye to the hull of theship and using a chainfall.

NOTE

RELEASE THE CHAINFALL USED TO PULL THE TAILS TOGETHER.

A second method would be to ″shore up″ the S/I fixture and rerig the aft cables and chainfalls so they are on the out-side of the fixture. When the fixture is hoisted, the aft upper section will be allowed to ″roll over″ into the bead seat. A thirdmethod would be to position a forklift at the aft end of the S/I fixture and lift with the forks. This allows the fixture andupper bead to rotate inboard.

c. If the bead cable minus 4-foot baseline index does not align with the bead seat hardware at the minus 4-foot baseline,adjust the S/I either forward or aft before trying to seat the bead.

d. Align the minus 4-foot baseline of the SDRW with the minus 4-foot baseline of the bead seat, and install all the small(2-1/2-inch) clamps.

e. Seat the upper bead from the tail section to the centerline of transducer, both port and starboard.

1. Use plenty of soap to lubricate the surfaces.

2. Install at least every fifth clamp.

f. Seat the lower bead from the tail section to the centerline of transducer, both port and starboard.

1. Ensure all butterfly plates have been removed from the top.

2. Pull the S/I fixture’s tail together and lift the lower bead into the bead seat hardware.

3. Install at least every fifth clamp.

8-8.9 REMOVING AND TRANSPORTING THE S/I FIXTURE.

a. Removing the S/I Fixture.

1. Check to ensure that all butterfly plates have been removed.

2. Ensure that at least every fifth clamp has been installed around the entire bead.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-52

3. Open the tail section of the fixture with a chainfall/come-along.

4. Reinstall the angle iron brace to hold the fixture open. An alternative is to use a come-along between the port uprightno. 1 and the starboard upright no. 1 near the lower hinge to lock the S/I fixture into the open position.

5. Remove the plywood working platform and safety rails from the S/I fixture.

6. Remove any chainfalls used to manipulate the fixture.

NOTE

DO NOT REMOVE THE CHAINFALL/COME-ALONG BETWEEN THE TWO AFTSIDES OF THE FIXTURE UNTIL AFTER ALL BUTTERFLIES HAVE BEENREMOVED. THE FIXTURE CAN SPRING OPEN!

b. After use, the shipping fixture must be shipped to a refurbishment facility.

1. Conduct an inventory of S/I fixture parts as listed in Table 8-11. The shipping installation fixture is to be shipped backto a NAVSEA-designated supplier, and should be complete in accordance with the parts list.

2. The fixture can be removed in halves. (See Figures 8-31 and 8-32.) Each half must be shipped on a flatbed truck. (SeeFigure 8-33.)

Table 8-11. S/I Fixture Inventory

Required Quantity Article Received Quantity

2 Halves, Port and Starboard1 Hinge Assembly1 Tail Connector1 53″ Long, 4″ Angle7 Pins, 2″ Diameter7 4″ O.D. x 2″ I.D. Washers3 4″ O.D. x 2″ I.D. Spacers4 Jacking Pads42 1″, 8 UNC x 3″ Long Bolts XXXXXXX42 1″, 8 UNC Nuts34 ″Butterfly, ″ Adaptor Plates32 1-1/4″, 7 UNC x 4-1/2″ Long Bolts32 Bead Clamp Brackets32 Bead Clamps72 3/4″, 10 UNC x 2-1/4″ Long Bolts16 3/4″, 10 UNC x 2-1/2″ Long Bolts72 3/4″, 10 UNC x 3″ Long Bolts86 3/4″, 10 UNC Nuts144 3/4″ Flat Washers72 3/4″ Lockwashers108 1/2″, 13 UNC x 1-3/4″ Long Bolts108 2-1/4″ O.D. x 9/16″ I.D. Washers6 1-1/4″ Dia. x 12 Ton Shackles2 1-1/2″, 6 UNC x 4-1/2″ Long Bolts2 1-1/2″, 6 UNC Nuts2 1-1/2″ Lockwashers8 3/4″ Dia. x 5 Ton Shackles2 4S1713-1 3/4″ Dia. Rope Slings (Short)2 4S1713-2 3/4″ Dia. Rope Slings (Long)2 3/4″ Turnbuckles

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-53

Table 8-11. S/I Fixture Inventory - Continued

Required Quantity Article Received Quantity

2 C5A Loading Beams, 14’8″ and 16’5″2 20’8″ Long, 2″ Angle Shipping Braces

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-54

Figure 8-31. Removing Shipping Fixture from a Ship

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-55

Figure 8-32. Removing Shipping Fixture from a Ship

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-56

8-8.10 INSTALLING AND TORQUING THE BEAD CLAMP BOLTS.

a. Install staging around the sonar dome to access the placement of the window on the bead seat.

Figure 8-33. Load Instructions for Returning S/I Fixture Halves

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-57

1. Verify and document that the minus 4-foot baseline of the window is coincident with the minus 4-foot baseline of thebead seat hardware at the diagonal bulkhead.

2. Verify and document that the centerlines of the window upper and lower beads, forward, are aligned at the stem andbanjo.

3. Verify that the bead is uniformly distributed around the perimeter, and that there is no local kinking or bulging of thebead away from the seat. If a bulge occurs, the bead may be more evenly distributed around the perimeter by loosen-ing the clamps over the bulge and ″snaking″ the bead to another area.

b. Install all remaining clamps with the bolts finger tightened. Use MIL-A-907 antiseize compound on threads of all bolts.Loosen all clamps that are torqued down with the exception of the clamps at centerline of ship and the minus 4-footbaseline.

NOTE

CLAMPS MUST BE LOOSE ENOUGH TO PERMIT THE BEAD TO SLIP ALONGTHE BEAD SEAT AND DISTRIBUTE ITSELF EVENLY. DO NOT LOOSEN THECENTERLINE AND MINUS 4-FOOT BASELINE MARKS IF PROPERLY ALIGNED.

c. Initial Bead Clamp Bolting Torque

1. Torque every 1-1/4-inch bolt to 100 foot-pounds.

2. Torque the 3/4-inch bolts to 50 foot-pounds.

d. Preliminary Air Test and Final Torquing. Perform preliminary air test of window to check seal of bead area and stopleaks.

NOTE

USE A CALIBRATED 0 TO 25 PSIG TEST GAGE TO SENSE DOME PRESSUREFOR INCREASES AND DECREASES IN PRESSURE.

1. Verify that all baseline flat pressure plate penetrations, stuffing tubes, valves, diagonal bulkhead penetrations, hatches,and airlock valve penetrations are closed or tight.

2. Using an accessible baseline flat pressure plate penetration, provide air to dome and inflate to 5.0 psig.

WARNING

TO PRECLUDE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND DAMAGE TO THE SDRW,THE APPLICATION OF INTERNAL PRESSURE TO THE SDRW WITHOUTALL BEAD CLAMPS IN PLACE IS PROHIBITED.

3. With the 1-1/4-inch bolts torqued to 100 foot-pounds and the 3/4-inch bolts torqued to 50 foot-pounds, respectively,one can expect to find numerous leaks. Either apply a soap solution or listen for air leaks. One may find it difficultto obtain 5 psig. Tighten clamps over the leaks just enough to stop the leak. The purpose of the initial torque/pres-surization phase is to allow the SDRW bead to rotate within the bead seat.

4. Raise air pressure to 10 psig and repeat step 3.

5. Raise air pressure to 15 psig and repeat step 3.

6. Maintain air pressure at 15 psig and proceed with the torque procedure.

7. Torque every eighth 1-1/4-inch bolt to 475 foot-pounds; then torque the middle bolt between those already torqued.Do not over torque.

8. Using the torque pattern of Figure 8-37, continue splitting the difference until all of the 1-1/4-inch bolts are torqued.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-58

Bolt Size Initial Torque Final Torque

1-1/4 inch 100 foot-pounds 475 foot-pounds3/4 inch 50 foot-pounds 144 foot-pounds

9. Torque the 3/4-inch bolts to 144 foot-pounds using the same pattern as for the 1-1/4-inch bolts. Do not over torque.

10. Apply soap solution around bead seat/clamp perimeter, bead seat hardware welds, airlock structure, diagonal bulk-head, and baseline flat pressure plate; check for leaks.

8-8.11 LEAKS DURING THE SOAP & AIR TEST.

a. If leaks are found in the bead seat hardware welds, depressurize, backgouge, and reweld.

b. If leaks are found around stuffing tubes, in hatch seals, or in pressure plate penetrations, they should be corrected at thistime.

c. If leaks are discovered in the bead area and all clamps are correctly torqued, then use the following procedure to stop theleaks:

1. Depressurize the dome.

2. Remove bolts in leak area, then replace and retorque them. If the results are still unsatisfactory, proceed with step 3through step 5.

3. Remove clamps covering leak area and 5 to 10 clamps on either side of the leak area (Figure 8-35).

4. Insert a 5-inch wide, 0.080 thick section of neoprene rubber, 1 foot longer than the leak area, between the bead andbead seat, not between the bead and clamp (Figure 8-36).

Figure 8-34. Torque Pattern

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-59

5. Replace clamps, and torque bolts to prescribed value.

8-8.12 LEAKS OR RUBBER REPAIRS AT THE SDRW BEAD COUPLINGS.

a. Located at the centerline of both upper and lower beads of the SDRW (Figure 8-37) is a steel coupling that couples theport and starboard cables of the bead together.

Figure 8-35. Leaks During the Soap & Air Test

Figure 8-36. Stopping Leak Around Bead

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-60

CAUTION

BE ABSOLUTELY CERTAIN THAT ALL CLAMPS ARE PROPERLY IN PLACEBEFORE PRESSURIZING, OR WHILE THE SDRW IS PRESSURIZED. IT ISPOSSIBLE TO INFLICT CATASTROPHIC DAMAGE TO THE SDRW IF THECLAMPS ARE NOT INSTALLED.

b. Procedure for Lifting SDRW Bead from Bead Seat. Should it become necessary to lift or shift the SDRW bead awayfrom the bead seat for repair (or during removal for replacement) of the SDRW, the recommended procedure for the dif-ferent conditions is as follows:1. Condition 1. Upper centerline bead in the coupler area to be lifted.

(a) Confirm that the SDRW is depressurized.(b) Remove a minimum of 36 clamps from port and starboard sides of the upper centerline (total 72), but leave every

tenth clamp loose, in place.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-61

1.

Figure 8-37. Coupling Area

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-62

NOTE

DO NOT APPLY JACK PRESSURE DIRECTLY AGAINST THE COUPLING AREA(SEE FIGURE 8-37). POSITION JACKS 12 INCHES AWAY, PORT AND STAR-BOARD, FROM THE CENTERLINE OF THE SDRW.

(c) The bead can be jacked out of the bead seat from the inside (Figure 8-38). Position jacks between the banjo and12 inches on either side of the uppermost part of the centerline of the SDRW. Run the jacks up together.

(d) If the bead is to be repaired in place, the bead should be raised no further than it takes to slide a thickness of0.080-gage NOFOUL rubber between the bead and bead seat from outside of the SDRW. After the 0.080-gageNOFOUL is properly inserted in place, be careful not to crease the sheet rubber; release the jacks together. Rein-stall all clamps and continue the repair in accordance with proper procedures.

2. Condition 2. Upper bead other than in the coupling area to be lifted.

(a) Confirm that the SDRW is depressurized.

(b) Remove a minimum of 15 clamps from the vicinity of the bead to be lifted.

Figure 8-38. Jacking the Bead out of the Bead Seat

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-63

(c) The bead can be jacked out of the bead seat from the inside (Figure 8-38). Position a minimum of three jacksbetween the banjo and the uppermost part of the SDRW. Ensure that no jack is placed within 12 inches of thecenterline. Run the jacks up together.

(d) If the bead is to be repaired in place, the bead should be raised no further than it takes to slide a thickness of0.080-gage NOFOUL rubber between the bead and bead seat from the outside of the SDRW. After the 0.080-gageNOFOUL is properly inserted in place, be careful not to crease the sheet rubber; release the jacks together. Rein-stall all clamps, and continue the repair in accordance with proper procedure.

3. Condition 3. Lower bead to be lifted.(a) Confirm that the SDRW is depressurized.(b) In most cases, the lower bead will drop away from the bead seat by removing the clamps. If the lower bead is

tight against the bead seat, use a similar jacking procedure on the lower bead to the procedure given for Condi-tion 1 or 2 on the upper bead (Figures 8-37 and 8-38).

8-8.13 EXTERNAL SURFACE WAVINESS TEST.

a. Perform preliminary surface waviness measurements with a flexible batten (wood) and feeler gage with 15 psig of air inthe dome. Dome pressure must be maintained at 14 (+/-1) psig throughout this test. If severe wrinkling occurs during theair test, further testing will be terminated and NAVSEA must be contacted for evaluation.

b. Surface waviness measurements (vertical and horizontal), both forward and aft of the transducer centerline, shall be madealong the minus 4-foot baseline, a baseline midway between the minus 4-foot baseline and the upper rubber line, and abaseline midway between the minus 4-foot baseline and the lower rubber line. The interface between the rubber and steelshall also be checked. See Figure 8-50 for complete fairness inspection requirements by location. During the preliminarytest, estimate the rubber fairing material requirements for the rubber final finish.

c. From frame 14 to frame 26 (extending 1 foot above baseline flat to the bottom of the sonar dome) a 3/16-inch x 3/16-inch x 24-inch long flexible batten (wood) shall be used. A 3/16-inch feeler gage shall be excluded over the entire lengthof the batten.

d. From frame 26 to frame 40 (extending 1 foot above the baseline flat to the bottom of the sonar dome) a 1/4-inch feelergage shall be excluded over the entire length of the batten. Areas of the window which are concave by design shall bechecked with a 1/4-inch x 1/4-inch x 24-inch long batten held within the edge of the concave area with an appliedmoment that will cause the batten to lay against the window surface. While holding the batten at its ends, press the bat-ten against the dome. The fairness shall be such that:1. A feeler gage 1/4 (+1/-0.008) inch in diameter shall be excluded over the entire length of the batten.2. A feeler gage 3/16 (+/-0.008) inch in diameter shall be excluded over a minimum of 75% of the length of the batten.

e. From frame 3 to frame 14, use a 1/4-inch x 1/4-inch x 36-inch long flexible batten (wood). A 1/8-inch feeler gage shallbe excluded over the entire length of the batten. Where dome shape precludes the use of the longer batten (where thebow stem joins with the closure plates and rubber window) a 12-inch x 3/16-inch x 3/16-inch flexible batten may be used,but a 1/16-inch diameter feeler gage must be excluded everywhere along the batten.

8-8.14 SDRW HYDROTEST.

a. This test is performed to check the integrity of the window wall, bead seat area, ship’s structure, hatches, penetrations,and valves with the dome filled with water.

b. Verify that the water fill and eductor hose has been installed or that some means exists for filling and removing waterfrom the dome.

c. Serious damage may occur to the rubber window if the following caution is not heeded.

CAUTION

THE DOME MUST NEVER BE DEPRESSURIZED WHEN FILLED WITHWATER IN DRYDOCK.

d. If the dome is not pressurized with air, increase the air pressure to 14 (+/-1) psig. Use the air pressurization proceduregiven in Chapter 2.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-64

e. Using a 50 (+/-10) psig freshwater source, fill the dome with water through the water fill and educt hose. Maintain adome pressure of 14 (+/-1) psig during the filling operation. When the dome is full, hold pressure at 34 (+2 -1) psig. Usethe air-to-water interchange procedure given in Chapter 2.

f. Holding pressure for 30 minutes, check window wall, bead seat area, ship’s structure, hatches, penetrations through thewall, and valves for leaks.1. If leaks are found in the bead seat area, retighten clamps without reducing pressure.2. If leaks appear to be caused by a penetration through the wall, remove the water, repair the leak as instructed in

Chapter 6, and restart the test.

CAUTION

AIR PRESSURE OF 14 (+/-1) PSIG MUST BE SUPPLIED TO THE DOME ASWATER IS BEING REMOVED.

3. If leaks are found in the ship’s structure, airlock hatches and penetrations, diagonal bulkhead hatches, or pressure platepenetrations at the baseline flat, they must be repaired before continuing the test.

4. If leaks cannot be stopped while the dome is under pressure, remove the water in accordance with Chapter 2, repairthe leaks, and restart the test.

g. Install blanking plate on W-V-31.

h. Conduct a dome pressure cycling test when there has been an alteration to the bead seat as follows:1. Increase dome pressure to 52 (+0 -2) psig.2. Reduce dome pressure to 39.5 (+2 -0) psig.3. Repeat steps h.1 and h.2 three times, checking for leaks at the minimum and the maximum hydrostatic pressure in

accordance with step f.

i. Remove blanking plate on W-V-31.

j. Hydrostatic Hold Test. Reduce and hold the hydrostatic pressure at 39.5 (+2 -0) psig for 8 hours.

k. After the 8-hour hold, check all clamp bolts and tighten all bolts not at the proper minimum torque requirements.

l. Removal of closure plates or minor window repairs do not require hydrostatic testing.

m. A dome pressure cycling test for all other SDRW replacements or dome structural repairs will be accomplished follow-ing steps 8-8.14.h.1 through 8-8.14.h.3. with a maximum hydrostatic pressure of 43 psig.

NOTE

DOME MAY BE DEPRESSURIZED FOR AN INDETERMINATE PERIOD OF TIMEBEFORE CLOSURE PLATES HAVE BEEN INSTALLED.

8-9. FAIRING ANGLE AND CLOSURE PLATE INSTALLATION.

8-9.1 PREPARATION.

a. The dome shall be pressurized to 15 psig with air before the beginning of fitting and installation of the fairing angles andclosure plates, and thereafter remain pressurized.

b. Prior to installing the fairing angles, tap and clean the fairing angle bolt holes in the rubber window.

8-9.2 INSTALL FAIRING ANGLE SECTIONS.

a. Install and bolt fairing angle sections to the rubber window using the flat bar washers, flat washers and capscrews inaccordance with Figure 8-39.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-65

b. Install the fairing angles in the order shown in Figure 8-40, for SDRW-1. Do not tighten bolts at this time.

c. Adjust the position of the fairing angle inboard or outboard to the line of a batten in accordance with Figure 8-41.

1. The fairing angles may have to be adjusted outward by the use of extending tabs to achieve correct fairness.

2. If fairing angles do not fit properly, EXCESS FORCE SHALL NOT BE USED, remove angle section off window andshape to suit requirements.

Figure 8-39. Fairing Angle Assembly

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-66

3. In order to achieve a proper fit, it may become necessary to cut the fairing angle.(a) Fairing angle maximum allowable angle misalignment not to exceed +/-10 degrees.(b) Welding of cuts and splices will be done after the fairing angle has been removed from the rubber window.(c) All cuts and splices may be tacked while the fairing angle is attached to the window, but shall only be tacked at

the toe of the angle and not adjacent to the window.

Figure 8-40. SDRW-1 & -1A Fairing Angle Map

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-67

(d) All joints shall be sequence welded to prevent fairing angle distortion.

d. Insert a 0.010-inch x 4-inch wide shim strip between the fairing angle and rubber at each butt joint as shown in Figure8-42.

Figure 8-41. Positioning the Fairing Angle

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-68

Figure 8-42. Installing Shim Strip at each Butt Joint

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-69

CAUTION

DO NOT ALLOW EXCESSIVE HEAT BUILDUP OR ALLOW WELD SPATTERTO STRIKE THE RUBBER.

e. Cover the entire surface of the rubber window with fire-resistant material cloth held in place with 4-inch wide fire-resistant tape (Scotchwrap 50, 2 inches x 100 feet x 0.010 inch per roll or equal).

f. Weld butt joints and remove shims. (Vee out butt joints if required to achieve full penetration weld.)

g. Torque all fairing angle bolts a minimum of 15 (+/-5) foot-pounds and a maximum of 20 foot-pounds. Do not overtorque.

h. Tack weld every flat bar washer that secures the fairing angle to the rubber window.

i. Tack weld a 1/8-inch CRES rod (lockwire) between each fairing angle bolt head.

CAUTION

DO NOT FOUL THE SOCKET HEADS OF THE BOLTS WITH WELD.

NOTE

THE SOCKET HOLES SHALL BE FILLED WITH DUCT SEAL OR A SIMILARMATERIAL TO PREVENT THE HOLES FROM BEING FILLED WITH FOAM DUR-ING FILLING OF THE VOIDS BETWEEN THE FAIRING ANGLE PLATES ANDTHE HULL STRUCTURE.

8-9.3 INSTALLATION OF FAIRING ANGLE SUPPORT TABS.

a. After installation of fairing angles and prior to installation of the fairing closure plates, support tabs shall be welded tothe bead clamp and the toe of the fairing angle alternating support as shown in Figure 8-43. Support tabs are used toprevent buckling and stress buildup in the window nut plates. The fairing angle shall be pulled outboard by 1/16-inch andthe tabs placed firmly between the clamp and angle. This will allow for weld shrinkage at the closure plate/fairing anglejoint.

b. Tabs can be fabricated from either 3/8-inch minimum diameter rod or 10.2 # plate.

c. Plate type tabs should have approximately 1-inch spacing between each plate.

d. The fairing angle tabs should be welded on the clamp about halfway between the bolt and the center of the clamp cav-ity. The supports shall approximate a 90-degree angle off the fairing angle, but not to exceed 40 degrees in either direc-tion.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-70

8-9.4 INSTALLATION OF CLOSURE PLATE SUPPORT.

a. Fabricate support tees per Figure 8-44, utilizing minimum 15.3# plate OS web and 1 x 1/4 inch or 2 x 1/4 inch flat barflange.

b. Install with 12 to 18-inch spacing throughout the periphery of the sonar dome.

c. Care must be taken to contour the support tees to the correct hull shape. Use a batten stick to pick up the hull curvature.

Figure 8-43. Fairing Angle Support Tabs

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-71

8-9.5 INSTALLATION OF FAIRING CLOSURE PLATES.

a. Certain class ships will require rework of hull plating above baseline to produce required fairness in forward area.

Figure 8-44. Tee Bar Closure Plate Supports

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-72

b. Other areas may require lapping the closure plate over the hull plate to achieve fairness.

c. Each ship should be treated individually to ensure that the ship’s construction actually matches plan drawings.

Figure 8-45. Installation of Fairing Closure Plates

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-73

d. In extreme cases, it may be necessary to lap closure plates over the shell plating to achieve fairness and minimize cladwelding. The rubber window must be sufficiently outside the shell line to warrant this type application. (See Figure 8-45.)

e. Two inch diameter foam fill holes shall be cut and backing bars added to the closure plate prior to installation. Vent holes(1/2-inch diameter) shall be drilled above the fill holes and as close to the baseline flat as possible. (See Figure 8-46.)Generally, six fill vent holes are required (three port, three starboard); however, quantity of holes may vary at the optionof the shipyard/contractor.

f. Weld the closure plate backing bar to the baseline flat and structural periphery of the window. (See Figure 8-46.) Grindall welds flush.

g. Care should be taken to form the closure plates to the correct hull shape to prevent excessive clad welding/grinding. Useeither strongbacks or fishtail jacks and leave in place. Keep work cool.

h. When grinding is required on the fairing angle or adjacent areas that may transfer heat to the SDRW, skip grinding shallbe used. This will allow the heated metal to cool. Air may be used to cool metal if desired. A maximum 150°F tempera-ture stick shall be utilized.

i. Closure plates wider than 12 inches may require support from the rear to prevent buckling during welding. See Figure8-47.

j. Ensure the dome is pressurized to 15 psig.

k. Template, install, and tack weld all closure plates to the fairing angles and the upper backing bar and hull.

Figure 8-46. Closure Plate Foam Fill and Vent Holes

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-74

l. Epoxy filling is not allowed within 18 inches of rubber window to steel interface and within 4 inches of the steel clo-sure plate to hull plating interface when the closure plate overlaps the hull plating.

m. After fairing closure plates have been tack welded into place, the preliminary dome closure fairness inspection must beperformed in accordance with external surface fairness test.

n. Upon successful completion of the fairness inspection, production weld all plates to fairing angles and to hull.

o. To minimize the effects of shrinkage and distortion, keep the work cool by using short-arc welding equipment, 12-inchskip welding procedures, and stinger bead technique.

p. Grind all welds flush.

CAUTION

AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE CLOSURE PLATES, IF THE DOME MUSTBE DEPRESSURIZED FOR ANY REASON, SUPPORT STRAPS SHALL BEINSTALLED IF IT IS ESTIMATED THE DOME WILL BE DEPRESSURIZEDFOR MORE THAN 72 HOURS.

8-10. SDRW RUBBER FAIRING FINAL FINISH.

8-10.1 SURFACE FAIRING. After the installation of fairing angles and closure plates, the sonar dome exterior surfaceneeds to be faired to the surface of the steel. This rubber work is accomplished with the same rubber repair proceduresdescribed in Chapter 6 of this manual. This section covers the special requirements to support the rubber fairing work.

Figure 8-47. Closure Plate Support

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-75

8-10.2 WORK AREA PREPARATION.

a. The rubber fairing work will require a shelter. The rubber fairing materials include rubber and adhesives that vulcanizeat temperatures above 65°F. These materials are also sensitive to high humidity. A 42-foot x 52-foot shelter is required.(See Figure 8-48.)

1. Shelter construction materials vary dependent on climate. A sturdy plywood shelter is the preferred construction; how-ever, canvas or Herculite covered walls work well in northern summer months and warm climate areas.

2. Sealing the shelter roof against the hull is critical. The roof must be watertight. Water would ruin the adhesive prop-erties of the cements used.

b. Within the shelter, staging will be required. The upper level of staging should be 4 feet down for the upper rubber to steelinterface. (See Figure 8-49.)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-76

Figure 8-48. Rubber Fairing Shelter

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-77

c. Visibility is critical to rubber fairing work. Lighting of 90 candles, per a photometer, is required. As a general rule, read-ing should be possible by the lighting.

d. When seasonal temperatures fall below 60° F, the shelter will require heating. Provide sufficient heating to push the tem-perature above 70°F. During wet weather and periods of high humidity, dehumidification will be required to maintain therelative humidity at no more than 95%.

e. Rubber surface grinding is accomplished with pneumatic grinders. An air manifold with a minimum of 45 CFM and 100psi source supply is required.

f. The NOFOUL rubber in the sonar dome and the fairing rubber contain Tributyl Tin Oxide (TBTO). The cements and sol-vents used in the process contain toluene.1. All lighting and electrical equipment must be explosion proof.2. There should be a portable eyewash within the shelter and a sink within reasonable distance.3. The general area should be cordoned off and signs posted with notification of the proper personal protective equip-

ment required and authorization to enter the area. (Refer to Chapter 6.)4. Proper flammable storage containers and cabinets as well as proper disposal containers, should be provided.

8-10.3 RUBBER APPLICATION.

a. All rubber application and buildup is to be applied in accordance with the methods described by Chapter 6 of this manual.

Figure 8-49. Staging and Lighting

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-78

b. All repairs, buildup rubber plies, and heavy surface buffing are to be recorded and reported to NAVSEA. Submit a writ-ten report with a surface map indicating the rubber work areas. Use the SDRW surface map in Figure 8-50.

c. Yellow Degree Tile Installation.

1. Yellow rubber, NOFOUL degree tiles are references used by divers during underwater inspections. These rubber tilesare used in place of antifoulant paint grid markings.

2. Tiles installed along the upper rubber to steel marriage line have the degrees bearing and the letter ″U″ inlaid intothem. The tiles along the lower marriage line have the bearing and the letter ″L.″ A third group of tiles runs along theminus 4-foot baseline and have dash (″-″) marks as identifiers.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-79

3. Materials required are listed in Table 8-12.

Figure 8-50. Rubber Repair and Fairing Map

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-80

Table 8-12. Degree Tile Material Requirements

Quantity Material Description

1 Set Degree Tiles (29 Tiles)2 Gallons Tackifying Solvent2 Gallons HYDROLOCK® HLN-30 Cement2 (6 Oz.) Tube ELASTOLOCK® AS-1

4. Tile Location Layout.

(a) Lay out and mark the positions to install degree tiles in accordance with the dimensions in Figure 8-51. Upperand lower tiles are located 10 inches vertically from the rubber to steel marriage lines.

(b) Mark out 7-inch circles to install the tiles. With a disk grinder, prepare the area for a 0.080-inch thick rubber inlay.Clean, cement and install the tiles as if they were normal inlay repairs as described in Chapter 6.

8-10.4 EXTERNAL DOME FAIRNESS INSPECTION.

a. Purpose. The purpose of this inspection is to ensure that the surface and contour of the rubber window, rubber win-dow/steel interface, and adjacent steel surfaces of the total bow dome are in accordance with the installation specifica-tions.

b. Test equipment required:1. Flexible Batten, 36- x 1/4- x 1/4-inch.2. Flexible Batten, 12- x 3/16- x 3/16-inch.3. Flexible Batten 24- x 3/16- x 3/16-inch.4. Feeler Gage, 3/16-inch.5. Feeler Gage, 1/4-inch.6. Feeler Gage, 1/8-inch.

c. Test setup. None.

Figure 8-51. Degree Tile Location

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-81

d. Control settings. Ensure that dome is pressurized with air at 14 (+/-1) psig, as indicated by W-GA-10, throughout theduration of the fairing test.

e. Test procedures. (Refer to Table 8-13).

Table 8-13. External Dome Fairness Inspection

Procedure

NOTE

THIS TEST IS CONDUCTED AFTER THE CLOSURE PLATES ARE PRODUCTION WELDED IN PLACE ANDALL GRINDING AND GROOMING ARE COMPLETED.

NOTE

FINAL FAIRNESS INSPECTION WILL BE DONE PRIOR TO PAINTING HULL AND CLOSURE PLATE.1. Verify that the rubber window has had degree tiles installed at 0, 45, 90, 135, 165, 195, 225, 270, and 315 degrees inrelative bearing from the bow along both upper and lower rubber to steel interface and dash mark tiles at the minus4-foot baseline.2. Hold a 24- x 3/16- x 3/16-inch flexible batten by its ends and place it against steel hull and dome (rubber window,rubber window/steel interface, and steel).3. Verify that:a. From frame 14 to frame 26 (extending 1-foot above the baseline flat to the bottom of the sonar dome), a 3/16-inchfeeler gage shall be excluded over the entire length of the batten.b. From frame 26 to frame 40 (extending 1-foot above the baseline flat to the bottom of the sonar dome), a 1/4-inchfeeler gage shall be excluded over the entire length of the batten.4. Hold a 36- x 1/4- x 1/4-inch flexible batten by its ends and place it against steel hull and dome (rubber window, rub-ber window/steel interface, and steel).5. Verify that:a. A 3/16-inch diameter feeler gage cannot be inserted between the batten and ship’s surface (rubber window, rubberwindow/steel interface, or steel hull) over 75% of the batten length.b. A 1/4-inch diameter feeler gage is excluded everywhere along the batten.

NOTE

A 12- x 3/16- X 3/16-INCH FLEXIBLE BATTEN MAY BE USED WHERE DOME SHAPE PRECLUDES THEUSE OF A LONGER BATTEN. FEELER GAGE MUST BE EXCLUDED EVERYWHERE ALONG THEBATTEN.

6. Perform step 2 and step 3 or step 4 and step 5 for all orientations of the batten at the test location.7. Perform step 2 and step 3 for the entire rubber window area and for all steel dome areas up to the ship’s plus 2-footwaterline.8. Inspect the total exterior bow dome surface for abrupt changes, undercut welds, and presence of paint, glue, maskingtape, or other foreign matter.9. Verify that no epoxy fill has been used within 18 inches of the rubber window/steel interface or 4 inches from theplate/steel hull interface when the plate overlaps on steel hull.10. Inspect rubber window areas for cuts, gouges, pits, or separations.11. Report discrepancies to the installing activity for correction.12. Repeat step 2 through step 5 and step 8 through step 11 for all areas where additional work is performed.13. Should a hollow exist permitting the insertion of a 3/16-inch diameter feeler gage, it must be of sufficient length toaccept a 3/32-inch diameter feeler gage anywhere along the batten for a distance of at least 25 times the feeler gagediameter, 12 times the diameter in either direction measured from the point of maximum gap width. The surface mustpass this test regardless of the batten orientation. (See Figure 8-52.)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-82

f. SDRW Dome Inspection Grid and Inspection Reporting Forms (Figures 8-53 through 8-58).

1. As a prerequisite to the final external dome fairness inspection, rubber bearing degree tiles must be installed in therubber window. The tile shall be located at 0, 45, 90, 135, 165, 195, 225, 270, and 315 degree bearings, starting at thebow and placed along the top and bottom sections (both port and starboard), and dash mark tiles along the minus4-foot baseline.

Figure 8-52. Batten Hollow Test

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-83

2. As contained in Figures 8-54 through 8-57, forms C-1 through C-4 respectively, comprise the dome inspection reportforms for the four dome quadrants (port/starboard and top/bottom). The results of the final dome inspection will bereported by a NAVSEA-appointed test activity on these forms. Form C-5 is an example of a filled-out form (Figure8-58). Completed forms are to be submitted to NAVSEA Code 63J.

Figure 8-53. SDRW Dome Inspection Grid

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-84

Figure 8-54. Form C-1. SDRW Dome Inspection Form

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-85


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-86


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-87


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-88

g. Acceptance and Rejection Criteria.

1. Tolerance, offsets, general notes, bead seat length, and other installation details for the window/bow area will be inaccordance with installation drawing sonar dome rubber window SDRW-1 (latest revision) and Tables 8-2 and 8-3.

2. The surface of the forward portion of the hull below the 8-foot waterline and forward of frame 40 shall be smoothand fair. The surface shall be considered smooth if the surface roughness does not exceed 300 microinches. Fairnessshall be assumed if depressions or protrusions on the surface have an aspect ratio of at least 50. The aspect ratio isdefined as the ratio of the shortest surface dimension to the height or depth.

3. Sonar dome scantlings that have been replaced or modified shall be inspected for conformance to drawings.

4. Shell plating in the dome area and closure plate shall be inspected.

5. The surface in the dome area shall be checked for conformance to the fairness and smoothness requirements, withspecial emphasis on the rubber/steel interface area. Checks shall be performed in accordance with paragraph 8-10.4.

6. Batten measurement locations are shown in Figure 8-52. Figures 8-54 through 8-57 shall be used to record measure-ments. Each measurement location requires that the batten be rotated 360 degrees to locate the maximum out-of-fairness.

7. Alignment marks on the rubber window should match prepunched marks on the steel structure. If not aligned afterthe window final seating, the deviations shall be recorded.

8. Rubber window perimeter leaks must be sealed satisfactorily and in accordance with methods dictated herein.

9. Successful completion of all pressure testing and pressure cycling shall be accomplished.

10. Painting shall be completed as required by the latest paint schedule drawings.

11. Dome pressure shall be verified at 14 (+/-1) psig during fairing angle and closure plate installation.

12. The stem bar shall have a 3/16-inch nose radius and form an elliptical shape to a tangent 2-inches aft of the leadingedge. From the tangent back 16-inches and up to the 26-foot waterline, the area shall be checked for fairness and

Figure 8-58. Form C-5. Example of Filled-out SDRW Dome Inspection Form

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-89

smoothness. Using a 12- x 3/16-inch cross section batten, a 1/16-inch feeler gage shall be rejected over the entirelength. The area must be smooth to the feel of the hand, and the surface roughness shall not exceed 300 microinches.

8-10.5 FOAMING FAIRING CLOSURE PLATE VOID.

a. Upon successful completion of the final dome closure fairness inspection, the void behind the fairing closure plates is tobe filled with foam (MIL-S-24167).

CAUTION

COVER UPPER HALF OF WINDOW PERIPHERY WITH POLYETHYLENEFILM, HEAVY PAPER, OR OTHER PROTECTIVE MATERIAL TO PROTECTRUBBER DURING FOAMING. FOAMING CHEMICALS MAY DAMAGE RUB-BER.

b. Tape below the interface seam between the SDRW and the fairing angle plate with cloth-backed (duct) tape on the upperhalf of the SDRW periphery. Drape polyethylene film down to at least half the height of the SDRW, and tape the filmdown to the previous tape layer. Should leaks occur, the foam will drain over the polyethylene film. Plug or stuff leakholes with cloth or wooden plugs (tapered wooden paint sticks work well) until leak has ceased.

c. Drill and tap holes in the closure plates for foaming, hose line, fill fittings, and air venting point fittings.1. Drill and tap a 3/4-inch NPT hole at 0 degrees on the top, just below the baseline flat, in the closure plate.2. Drill and tap two 3/4-inch NPT holes in the lower fairing angle at 0 degrees. Locate one hole on each side of cen-

terline.3. Drill and tap two 3/4-inch NPT holes in the lower fairing angle at centerline of transducer. Locate one at 90 degrees

(stbd) and one at 270 degrees (port).4. Drill and tap six 1/4-inch NPT holes on the top, just below the baseline flat. Locate three on the port side at 30, 90,

and 135 degrees and three on the starboard side at 330, 270, and 225 degrees.

d. Preparation of polyester resin shall be in a well-ventilated area. The mix formulation shall be in accordance with one ofthe formulas in Table 8-14.

Table 8-14. Resin Mixture Table

Formula Class A Polyester Resin (Lbs.) Filler (Lbs.)M.E.K. Peroxide(Grams) Silicone (Grams)

1 65 17 Microspheres 90 to 206 302 65 11 to 12 Microballons 90 to 206 30

e. Material storage requirements.

1. Polyester resin 5119J shall be stored in a cool indoor area. The shelf life of the polyester resin is six months. Poly-ester resin shall be requalified before use if the shelf-life of six months has been exceeded.

2. M.E.K. peroxide catalyst shall be stored under refrigeration in a remote cooler at a temperature below 50°F in theoriginal shipping containers, or divided into uncontaminated 4-ounce polyethylene bottles. Each bottle shall containa minimum of 90 grams to a maximum of 206 grams. The M.E.K. peroxide catalyst has a shelf-life of six months.The catalyst shall be requalified before use if stored longer than six months.

WARNING

M.E.K. PEROXIDE CATALYST IS HIGHLY FLAMMABLE AND POTEN-TIALLY EXPLOSIVE. DO NOT STORE MORE THAN 100 LBS. IN ONE LOCA-TION. KEEP AWAY FROM FLAME, SPARKS, AND WELDING. KEEP OUT OFDIRECT SUNLIGHT.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-90

3. The microspheres or microballons shall be stored in the original shipping containers in an enclosed dry area. Thecontainers shall be properly sealed at all times to prevent caking and moisture absorption.

f. Requalification test.

1. Tests on polyester resin and M.E.K. peroxide catalyst shall be conducted on each lot necessary for requalification.

2. Gel time should not exceed 4 hours with 0.7% by weight quantity of catalyst.

3. Requalification of the polyester resin shall be valid for three months.

g. Weigh or measure the polyester resin in accordance with the resin mixture table and place into the 55-gallon drum forthat use.

h. Add the amount of M.E.K. peroxide catalyst and silicone as specified in the table. If a delay of 1 hour or more is antici-pated between mixing and pouring, the catalyst should not be added until 3 minutes before pouring time.

i. Catalyst concentration shall not exceed 0.7% (206 grams) for 65 pounds of polyester resin.

j. When the ambient temperature in the structure to be filled is less than 80° F, the catalyst shall be increased 0.05% (15grams) for each 65 pounds of resin for each 20° F increment, or fraction thereof, less than 80° F.

k. An increase in M.E.K. peroxide catalyst decreases gel time. The gel time, as determined in receiving tests or requalifi-cation tests, shall be used as a guide for the amount of catalyst used in production.

l. When requalification test shows gel time in excess of 4 hours, the M. E. K. peroxide catalyst shall be increased 0.05%(15 grams) for each 65 pounds of resin for each one-half (0.5) hour or fraction thereof in excess of 4 hours.

m. When the gel time and/or the temperature combine to require more catalyst than permitted (206 grams per 65 poundspolyester resin), mixing and pouring shall cease until condition requirements can be met.

n. Mix the components for 3 minutes using a power agitator prior to adding the correct amount of microballons. (Refer toTable 8-14.) Agitate the mixture for 2 minutes after the last microspheres or microballons have been added to ensurethorough mixing.

o. Install a 3/4-inch NPT ball valve in each of the 3/4-inch fill holes drilled and tapped into the closure plates/fairing angles.

p. Using two 8:1 ratio pneumatic pumps connected to the two valves at 0 degrees lower, pump syntactic foam into fairingclosure plate void.

1. Allow the syntactic foam to vent from the valves at 90 degrees starboard and 270 degrees port lower, then close thevalves. Continue to pump syntactic foam into the closure plate void and watch for syntactic foam to vent from the1/4-inch openings at 135 degrees starboard and 225 degrees port. Install 1/4-inch NPT pipe plug fittings in the ventopenings after the syntactic foam vents.

2. Should the syntactic foam not vent concurrently at the 135- and 225-degree vent holes, close the valves at 0 degreeslower and move the pump on the slower side to the 3/4-inch fitting at centerline of transducer. Continue pumping andcycling the pumps so that they remain concurrent at the remaining two pairs of 1/4-inch vent holes. Continue pump-ing until foam vents from the ball valve at 0 degrees upper and stop the pumps.

3. Position a suitable container (buckets) at the 3/4-inch ball valve at 0 degrees upper. Cycle the pumps, venting syn-tactic foam into the container until there is no sign of trapped air. Turn off the pumps and close all valves.

q. A sample of the material shall be kept for cure observation. Remove the buckets.

r. After cure, grind off any excess foaming resin. Plug and weld the foaming fill and vent holes in the closure plates andgrind welds flush.

s. Remove the protective cover and tape used during the foaming operation.

8-11. PROTECTION OF COMPLETED SDRW IN DRYDOCK.

8-11.1 PROTECTION FROM OVERSTRESSING.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-91

a. Water filling of a completed window should only be conducted for the preliminary water test (paragraph 8-8.13) and dur-ing undocking as required by the drydocking/undocking procedures (Chapter 2).

b. Dome may be filled with water and held at 39.5 (+2 -0) psig in drydock indefinitely for testing without support cablesor banjo support blocks in order to accomplish transducer and transducer cable testing. However, testing should be doneas expeditiously as possible.

8-11.2 PROTECTION FROM SUNLIGHT AND HEAT.

a. An SDRW in drydock more than 3 days should be covered or protected from direct sunlight.

b. An SDRW in drydock more than 3 days, when temperature exceeds 80°F, should be covered with an aluminized mylarmaterial or water spray, in addition to protection from direct sunlight, to prevent extensive loss of antifouling toxicant.

8-12. DEPRESSURIZATION AND SUPPORT OF COMPLETED WINDOW.

8-12.1 DEPRESSURIZING WINDOW. A completed window (Figure 8-59) should remain pressurized with air at all timeswhen the ship is in drydock. Depressurization may cause excessive stresses on the fairing angle nut plates and damage thewindow; however, the window may be depressurized for 3 days or less to complete work in the dome.

8-12.2 SUPPORT FOR DEPRESSURIZED WINDOW. If the window must be depressurized for more than 3 days, it mustbe supported as follows:

a. Fabricate six plywood or aluminum cradles, as shown in Figure 8-59, to match the inflated contour of the window at thelocations noted.

b. Weld padeyes to the banjo and hull.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-92

1.

Figure 8-59. Support Cradles for Depressurized Window

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-93

c. Install cradles to the pressurized window and draw the support webs tight with 2-ton chainfalls.

d. When all six cradles are installed, depressurize window.

e. Support slings may be used in place of cradles. (Refer to Norfolk Naval Shipyard drawing no. 53711-906-6035584).

CAUTION

THE SUPPORT CRADLES ARE DESIGNED TO FIT AGAINST AN SDRWPRESSURIZED WITH 15 PSIG AIR, AND SUPPORT AN UNPRESSURIZEDDOME. WHEN PRESSURIZING THE SDRW WITH WATER, BE SURE TOSLACK OFF THE SUPPORT CRADLES AWAY FROM DOME SURFACE.

8-13. DOCKING AND UNDOCKING.

8-13.1 DRYDOCK FACILITIES. The following dimensional criteria is the minimum recommended for successfulremoval and installation of a new sonar dome rubber window. (See Figure 8-60.)

a. The removal/installation of a rubber window requires a minimum distance of 12 feet from the baseline flat to the drydockfloor to accommodate the rubber window shipping/installation fixture.

b. If major reinstallation of bead seat castings is required, the baseline flat to drydock floor distance must be 14 feet toaccommodate the bead seat installation fixture.

8-13.2 DRYDOCKING/UNDOCKING PROCEDURES. The following procedures must be followed when drydocking orundocking an SDRW-equipped ship to preclude rubber window damage.

a. A qualified sonar dome pressurization system operator must be present at the dome control station during all docking andundocking evaluations.

b. To avoid collapsing the rubber window, maintain 14 (+/-1) psig air pressure at all times while flooding or dewatering thesonar dome or during ship drydocking operations.

c. If the sonar dome is to be removed or replaced, and a rubber window shipping/installation fixture (B.F. Goodrich fixture7S1020) is used, the minimum required keel block buildup is 12 feet. A minimum space of 48 feet long by 35 feet widemust be provided forward of the ship’s bow to allow for placement of the handling equipment.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-94

8-13.3 DRYDOCKING.

a. When drydocking, the sonar dome shall be completely filled with water and shall normally be pressurized by the firemainto 39.5 psig. The sonar dome shall remain full during the drydocking sequence until the ship has landed on the blocks.If trim by the stern is required for drydocking, the sonar dome may be partially or completely dewatered and pressurizedwith 14 (+/-1) psig air pressure. Perform water-to-air interchange in accordance with Chapter 2.

b. To avoid overstressing the rubber window, the sonar dome shall be completely dewatered and pressurized with 14 (+/-1)psig air pressure no later than 3 hours after the rubber window has been exposed to air. Perform water-to-air interchangein accordance with Chapter 2.

Figure 8-60. Drydock Facilities

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-95

c. The dome shall be pressurized at all times while the ship is in the drydock. If, while in drydock, the dome must bedepressurized for longer than 72 hours, the dome shall be supported in accordance with Norfolk Naval Shipyard draw-ing no. 53711-906-6035584, Sling Support for Sonar Dome Rubber Window. (See Figure 8-59.) Plywood or aluminumcradles may also be fabricated as shown in Figure 8-59. Rubber windows or domes covered with NOFOUL rubber requireprotection from the sun.

8-13.4 UNDOCKING.

a. The sonar dome shall be completely filled with fresh water and pressurized by the firemain to 39.5 psig. Sonar domeflooding shall be completed before the water level in the drydock reaches the bottom of the dome, but the rubber shallnot be exposed to air more than 3 hours after the dome has been flooded. Perform air-to-water interchange in accordancewith Chapter 2.

b. If trim by the stern is required for undocking, the sonar dome may be air pressurized or partially flooded and pressurizedwith 15 to 22 psig air pressure. Air-to-water interchange shall be completed immediately after the ship is dockside.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-96

Figure 8-61. Installation Control Drawings (Sheet 1 of 13)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-97 / (8-98 Blank)


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-99 / (8-100 Blank)


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-101 / (8-102 Blank)


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-103 / (8-104 Blank)


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-105 / (8-106 Blank)


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-107 / (8-108 Blank)


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-109 / (8-110 Blank)


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-111 / (8-112 Blank)


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-113 / (8-114 Blank)


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-115 / (8-116 Blank)


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-117 / (8-118 Blank)


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-119 / (8-120 Blank)


S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-121 / (8-122 Blank)

Figure FO-1. Ship Locations of System Controls

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-123 / (8-124 Blank)

Figure FO-2. Dome Control Station Air Valve Board

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-125 / (8-126 Blank)

Figure FO-3. Dome Control Station Water Valve Board

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-127 / (8-128 Blank)

Figure FO-4. Dome Control Station Gage Panel

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-129 / (8-130 Blank)

Figure FO-5. Dome Control Panel E-PN-44

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-131 / (8-132 Blank)

Figure FO-6. Dome Status Panel E-PN-45

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-133 / (8-134 Blank)

Figure FO-7. Airlock Passageway/Airlock Components

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-135 / (8-136 Blank)

Figure FO-8. SDRW Water/Air Pressurization and Dome Access Subsystems

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-137 / (8-138 Blank)

Figure FO-9. SDRW Rubber Window and Attachment Hardware

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-139 / (8-140 Blank)

Figure FO-10. SDRW Sonar Bow Dome Structure

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-141 / (8-142 Blank)

Figure FO-11. SDRW Air Pressurization Subsystem

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-143 / (8-144 Blank)

Figure FO-12. SDRW Dome Water Fill/Pressurization

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-145 / (8-146 Blank)

Figure FO-13. SDRW Dome Water Sweep

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-147 / (8-148 Blank)

Figure FO-14. SDRW Audible Alarms Simplified Schematic

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-149 / (8-150 Blank)

Figure FO-15. SDRW Visual Alarms Simplified Schematic

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-151 / (8-152 Blank)

Figure FO-16. SDRW Electrical Control/Alarm Subsystem Cable Interconnection Diagram

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-153 / (8-154 Blank)

Figure FO-17. SDRW Sound-Powered Phone X25J Simplified Schematic

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-155 / (8-156 Blank)

Figure FO-18. SDRW E-Call Bell System Simplified Schematic

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-157 / (8-158 Blank)

Figure FO-19. SDRW Audible Alarms Functional Schematic

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-159 / (8-160 Blank)

Figure FO-20. SDRW Visual Alarms Functional Schematic

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-161 / (8-162 Blank)

Figure FO-21. SDRW Eductor Solenoid Valve Control Functional Schematic

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-163 / (8-164 Blank)

Figure FO-22. SDRW Sonar Dome Portable Communications Panel E-PN-179

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-165 / (8-166 Blank)

Figure FO-23. SDRW Connection Panel E-PN-50 (Terminal Box) Wiring Diagram (Sheet 1 of 2)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-167 / (8-168 Blank)

Figure FO-23. SDRW ConnecTion Panel E-PN-50 (Terminal Box) Wiring Diagram (Sheet 2 of 2)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-169 / (8-170 Blank)

Figure FO-24. SDRW Dome Control Panel, E-PN-44, Wiring Diagram

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-171 / (8-172 Blank)

Figure FO-25. SDRW Dome Status Panel, E-PN-45. Wiring Diagram

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-173 / (8-174 Blank)

Figure FO-26. Dome Water Pressure Below Limit Fault Logic Diagram

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-175 / (8-176 Blank)

Figure FO-27. Dome Air Pressure/Flow Below Limit Fault Logic Diagram

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-177 / (8-178 Blank)

Figure FO-28. Dome Water Pressure Excessive Fault Logic Diagram

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-179 / (8-180 Blank)

Figure FO-29. Pressure Reducers W-V-7 & W-V-16

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-181 / (8-182 Blank)

Figure FO-30. Relief Valve W-V-31

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-183 / (8-184 Blank)

Figure FO-31. Relief Valve A-V-122

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-185 / (8-186 Blank)

Figure FO-32. Pressure Reducer A-V-119

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-187 / (8-188 Blank)

Figure FO-33. 3/8″ CRL5M Pressure Relief Control With Union Ends (A-V-134)

S9165-AE-MMA-010

8-189 / (8-190 Blank)

APPENDIX A

DIGITAL ELECTRONIC PRESSURE INDICATOR

A.1 INTRODUCTION.

This appendix provides a detailed functional description of the Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator (DEPI)gage W-GA-10. It also provides information necessary to operate and perform maintenance on the Volumetricsand Prime manufactured DEPI.

A.1.1 DESCRIPTION. The DEPI is a pressure indicator which indicates actual sonar dome pressure at a ref-erence level of 4 feet, 11-1/4 inches below the overhead of the transducer compartment. At this level, the indi-cated pressure represents the average internal pressure of the sonar dome.

a. Pressure Sensing Capillary Tubing: A double loop seal, which is immediately upstream of the pressure sens-ing (open) end of the capillary tubing, prevents drainage of water from the capillary tubing during sonar domedewatering procedures

b. There is a cutout valve (W-V-57) installed that allows isolation of the capillary tubing during repair orreplacement of transducer P-X-26. During normal operations W-V-57 is in the open position at all time. Ventvalve Transducer Test Point Connection (TPC) (W-V-46) provides maintenance personnel with the capability topurge air pockets from the capillary tubing during sonar dome water filling procedures. The TPC also providesa connection point for calibration equipment. During normal operations W-V-46 is in the open position at alltimes.

c. Pressure Transducer P-X-26: See Figure A-1. The capillary tubing is routed to the airlock compartment whereit terminates into pressure transducer P-X-26. Pressure transducer P-X-26 is a sealed unit which converts inputpressure to an electrical amperage within a predetermined range. Changes in input pressure levels will varyamperage levels, which, in turn, change the indicated pressure display on the DEPI. The P-X-26 transducer isconnected to the DEPI through a cable which is provided with an in-line quick disconnect fitting. The quick dis-connect fitting permits replacement of transducer P-X-26.

d. The DEPI monitor pressure transducer P-X-26 with excellent stability and accuracy. When the input pressureto P-X-26 exceeds predetermined limits for an interval greater than 8 seconds, the DEPI will automatically acti-vate HIGH PRESSURE or LOW PRESSURE visual and audible alarms on the SDPS alarm panels as appropri-ate. During an alarm condition, the DEPI manufactured by Volumetrics will automatically record sonar domepressure, at 1 second intervals, until the alarm condition has cleared. This data may be down loaded via theRS-232 connector at a later time for further analysis. The DEPI manufactured by Prime doesn’t have recordingcapability. The internal operating panel of the DEPI manufactured by Volumetrics provides maintenance person-nel with the ability to perform calibration of the DEPI, system diagnostics and reset of all required operatingparameters as necessary. Use of operating panel controls is presented in paragraph A.2.2 of this appendix.

e Digital Electronic Pressure Indicator (DEPI) manufactured by Volumetrics: See Figures A-2 and A-3. Refer toTables A-1 and A-2 for descriptions and use of all external and internal controls of the DEPI unit manufacturedby Volumetrics.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-1

Table A-1. External Control Components of Digital Electronic PressureIndicator See Figure A-2.

Change Function Pushbutton Switch Allows the user to page through main functions.

AC Connector (J1) 3 pin connector for connection of 115 VAC 50/60 HZ.Transducer Connector (J2) 7 pin connector for connection of external transducer.Alarms Connector (J3) 6 pin connector for alarm outputs.Signal Output Connector (J4) 3 pin connector for 4-20 mA output proportional to pres-

sure signal.RS-232 Connector 25 socket D type connector for RS-232 down loading abil-

ity.Fuse Holders 0.75 Amp fuse for system power (2), 0.5 Amp fuse for

transducer power.

Table A-2. Internal Control Components of Digital Electronic See FigureA-4.

Power Switch Pushbutton switch on the lower left corner that controlspower to the unit.

Reset Switch Pushbutton switch on the lower left corner for reset controlof the unit.

Keypad 16 key keypad for input and control of the unit.Display Consists of seven segment LEDs signal display.Mode LEDs 5 LEDs to display the mode of operation.Memory Function LEDs 8 LEDs to DISPLAY the memory function being used in

the Memory Function mode.Normal Function LEDs 6 LEDs to display the normal function being used in the

Normal Function mode.Record On LED The RECORD ON indicator lamp will be lit whenever

recording is enabled. Pressure readings are recorded onlywhen a specified amount of consecutive out-of-spec read-ings have been detected. Recording is not enabled whenthe pause mode is activated. The recording function isenabled by selecting CLEAR MEM.-START and pressingENTER.

Master/Repeater Switch In order for the DEPT to work properly, the ″MASTER/REPEATER″ switch must be in the proper position. The″MASTER″ position must be used when the gage is usedby itself or as the master of a dual set combination, withthe transducer connected directly to it. The ″REPEATER″position is used when the input into the gage is anothergage and not the transducer.

Battery Low LED The BATTERY LOW light will be on whenever either oftwo backup battery’s voltage has fallen below 3.0 volts. Ifthe BATTERY LOW light comes on, the low battery con-dition can be confirmed by entering the DIAGNOSTICSmode and observing the battery voltage by reading chan-nels 1 and 2. Because there are two memory backup bat-teries, the DEPT is in no immediate danger of losing dataduring a power interruption.

A.1.2 DIGITAL ELECTRONIC PRESSURE INDICATOR SPECIFICATIONS.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-2

Power Requirements 115 VAC ± 5 %, 50/60 Hz

Outputs4.0 to 20.0 mA Proportional to transducer inputDC 20 V nominal, non-regulated

RS-232 DTEBaud Rate 1200 bpsWord 7 bitsStop Bit 1 bitParity NoneBattery Backup 2 batteries at 9,000 hrs. each (maintain memory only)

Range 0-60 psiaWarm up time 15 minutesAccuracy

Resolution ±0.01 psiMax/Min Pressure ±0.2 psiAlarm Setpoint ±0.2 psiSignal Output ±1.0% F.S.

Operating Temperature 32 to 122° FStorage Temperature -40 to 180° FEnclosure 12″H x 12″W x 6″D SplashproofDefault Parameters

- Average Cycle normal pressuredisplay:

8.0 seconds

- High pressure alarm setpoint: 44.0 psig- Low pressure alarm setpoint: 25.0 psig- Alarm time delay: 8.0 seconds- Sample rate: 1.0 second

NOTE

Paragraph A.2 applies to the DEPI manufactured by Volumetrics only.

A.2 OPERATION.

Internal sonar dome pressure is sensed via capillary tubing which is mounted on the aft side of transducercompartment (6-0-0-Q). Sonar dome pressure is applied to pressure transducer P-X-26 which converts the appliedpressure into an amperage value of 4.0 to 20.0 milliamps (mA). The P-X-26 output amperage is routed to theDEPI. The display unit monitor and convert the remote 4.0 to 20.0 mA signal from the transducer to a corre-sponding pressure display. If sonar dome pressure exceeds predetermined limits, the DEPI will automaticallyactivate visual and audible alarm indicators, after an eight second delay, on the SDPS alarm panels.

A.2.1 STARTUP. Initial startup begins by opening the front cover of the DEPI and pressing the power switchonce. Note that on cold boots only, when the system is first turned on after replacement of memory batteries ormemory I.C.’s, the system comes up reading “0 PRESSURE.” This signals that the user must access theMEMORY FUNCTIONS mode and update the time, date, alarm settings and calibration values. In the event ofa warm boot, the unit will go directly to the same mode present before rebooting. Error codes (paragraph A.2.3)will be displayed if upon startup there is an error situation. When power is first applied to the DEPI by turningon the power switch, the DEPI goes through an initialization procedure that checks all display lights and loadsdefault values into battery backup memory for alarm setpoints, pause time, sensor calibration values, etc. The unit

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-3

is then placed in a non-recording mode. If power to the unit was interrupted for any other reason, upon reappli-cation of power, the unit will begin to operate in the same mode present when the power was interrupted.

A.2.2 OPERATING MODES. The different operating modes are termed NORMAL FUNCTIONS, TESTALARMS, DOWNLOAD DATA, DIAGNOSTICS and MEMORY FUNCTIONS. They are accessed by pressingthe CHANGE MODE pushbutton on the operator panel. Each push of the pushbutton will advance indicatorlights on the MODE panel.

a. NORMAL FUNCTIONS MODE is the primary operating mode of the DEPI. In this MODE, the operator hasaccess to REAL TIME PRESSURE, AVERAGE PRESSURE, MAX PRESSURE, MIN PRESSURE, STARTTIME and START DATE. These parameters can only be monitored in the NORMAL FUNCTION MODE. Nochanges to their values can be made. To change the displayed NORMAL FUNCTION, the operator presses theCHANGE FUNCTION pushbutton on the operator panel or the CHANGE FUNCTION pushbutton on the frontcover.

(1) REAL TIME PRESSURE is the current sonar dome pressure in psig. The display is updated every 1 sec-ond.

(2) AVERAGE PRESSURE is a sliding average of the last 8 real time sonar dome pressure readings.

(3) MAXIMUM PRESSURE/TIME/DATE is the maximum pressure observed since a CLEAR MEM.-START.Displayed value is in psig. After a delay, the TIME that the maximum pressure occurred will be displayed auto-matically. After another delay, the DATE that the maximum pressure occurred will be displayed. After anotherdelay, the display will go back to showing the MAXIMUM PRESSURE. This loop will continue to display theMAXIMUM PRESSURE/TIME/DATE until either the CHANGE FUNCTION or CHANGE MODE pushbuttonis pressed.

(4) MINIMUM PRESSURE/TIME/DATE is the minimum pressure observed since a CLEAR MEM.-START.Displayed value is in psig. After a delay, the TIME that the maximum pressure occurred will be displayed auto-matically. After another delay, the DATE that the minimum pressure occurred will be displayed. After anotherdelay, the display will go back to showing the MINIMUM PRESSURE. This loop will continue to display theMINIMUM PRESSURE/TIME/DATE until either the CHANGE FUNCTION or CHANGE MODE pushbuttonis pressed.

(5) START TIME is the time that the CLEAR MEM.-START button was pushed. All recorded pressure read-ings have time and date of occurrence values associated with them.

(6) START DATE is the date that the CLEAR MEM.-START button was pushed.

b. TEST ALARMS MODE. In this mode, the High Pressure and Low Pressure alarms can be tested individu-ally. The “HI” represents the fact that the High Pressure alarm has been selected for testing. The “0” means thatthe alarm is not being sounded. To sound the alarm, press the ENTER pushbutton on the operator control panel.You will see the display change to “HI 1,” the “1 ” indicating that the alarm is sounding. To turn the alarm offpress the ENTER button again. The display will then go back to “HI 0.” To test the Low Pressure alarm, pressthe CHANGE FUNCTION button. The display will then change to “LO 0.” To test the lower alarm, press theenter button. The display will then change to “LO 1,”and the lower alarm will sound. Pressing the enter button

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-4

again will turn the alarm off. To exit this mode, press CHANGE MODE. If the DEPI is in the RECORD ONMODE, then when entering the TEST ALARM MODE, the status of the alarms will not be changed and the dis-play will indicate the current alarm status. Alarm status can then be changed as needed. Upon exiting the TESTALARM MODE, the alarms will be returned to the status appropriate to the current pressure reading.

c. DOWNLOAD DATA MODE. This mode allows the accumulated sonar dome pressure data to be transferredvia RS-232 device, such as a serial printer via the use of a modem cable. The communication parameters for bothdevices must be set to 1200 baud, no parity, 7 bit, 1 stop bit.The data output will be in the following format:

start time: 134515

start date: 910715

event date/time = 930328 150918

24.3

24.4

24.6

What the time of the alarm represents is the time in hours, minutes and seconds that the pressure valueimmediately following the time of alarm was recorded. The date of this occurrence will be the date signified bythe “date: YYMMDD” string. The “start date: YYMMDD” string is generated only at the very beginning of thedata recording. Readings are implicitly known to have been recorded 1 second after the previously recordedreading. In the above example, the pressure reading 24.3 psig was recorded at 150918. The later reading with thevalue 24.6 psig was recorded 2 seconds after the initial reading, i.e. at 150920.

To transmit data over the RS-232 port, first select the DOWNLOAD DATA mode then press the enter key.When data has been transmitted the system will automatically switch back to normal mode.

d. DIAGNOSTICS MODE. Diagnostics will allow the user to observe the different voltages within the DEPI.These are provided to assist during maintenance and troubleshooting procedures. To select a specific channel,press the CHANGE FUNCTION key. To exit, press the CHANGE MODE key.

CHANNEL DESCRIPTION NORMAL RANGE DIAGNOSTIC

1 Battery 1 3.0 to 4.0 V change battery 12 Battery 2 3.0 to 4.0 V change battery 23 Transducer Excitation Volt-

age15 to 25 V replace fuse F2 or line to transducer

4 Transducer Current 4 to 25 mA replace transducer5 Analog to Digital Converter

Count0 to 4096 replace A/D converter

e. MEMORY FUNCTIONS MODE. Memory Functions can only be accessed by an operator who has openedthe front panel and selected MEM. FUNCTIONS mode with the CHANGE MODE pushbutton. The only MEM.FUNCTION that has no value is the CLEAR MEM. - START function. The memory functions are: CURRENTTIME, CURRENT DATE, HIGH ALARM SETPOINT, LOW ALARM SETPOINT, ALARM DELAY, PAUSE,CALIBRATION MODE, and CLEAR MEM. - START. Once the MEM. FUNCTIONS mode has been selected,the various memory functions can be accessed by pressing the CHANGE FUNCTION pushbutton located on theoperator control panel. To enter a new value into memory, press the STORE MEM. VALUE. Delete any mistakesusing the DEL (delete) key. To exit MEMORY FUNCTIONS, press CHANGE MODE.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-5

(1) CURRENT TIME display the current time in hours, minutes, and seconds in 24-hour military format(HHMMSS).

(2) CURRENT DATE displays the current date in years, months, and days in the following format (YYM-MDD).

(3) HIGH ALARM SETPOINTS displays the pressure in PSI which must be met or exceeded in order to trig-ger the HIGH PRESSURE alarm.

(4) LOW ALARM SETPOINT displays the pressure in PSI which is the setpoint at which equal or lower val-ues will trigger the LOW PRESSURE alarm.

(5) ALARM DELAY is the time in seconds (0 to 120 seconds) that must pass before the alarms are soundedand recording commences. The recording time is measured immediately after the alarm delay has elapsed and thepressure readings are still out of range (either less than the low alarm setpoint or more than the high alarm set-point). During this, consecutive readings must also be out of specifications, otherwise the alarms are not triggeredand recording does not start.

(6) PAUSE allows the operator to inhibit recordings but leave the alarms active. A “1” will be displayed ifpause is on (system not recording), a “0” will be displayed if pause is not on. To toggle between the two options,press the ENTER button. The RECORD ON lamp will extinguish during pause.

(7) CALIBRATION MODE the operator to change the slope and y-intercept of the pressure calibration curve.When this function is selected with the CHANGE FUNCTION button, nothing is initially displayed. Press the“ENTER” button to display the current slope. Format is S XXXX with the S meaning SLOPE and the X for theslope value. If the operator wishes to change the slope value, type in a new value and press the STORE MEM.VALUE pushbutton. The y-intercept will then be displayed on the readout. Format is I XXXX with the I mean-ing intercept and X for the intercept value. If the operator does not wish to change the slope, but would like toview or change the y-intercept value, pressing the STORE MEM. VALUE pushbutton (without typing in a newvalue for the slope) will cause the y-intercept to be displayed without changing the value of the slope. The opera-tor can follow the same procedure for changing the y-intercept, the display goes blank again until either theMODE button is pressed, or another function is selected. Expected values are near Slope = 2618 and Intercept= 3717.

(8) CLEAR MEMORY - START. This function activates recording, resets the start time and date to the currenttime, resets the maximum and minimum pressure readings, times and dates, and clears the recording memory.Activating this function in PAUSE mode will cancel the pause and enable recording.

A.2.3 ERROR CODES. The Electronic Pressure Gage has three possible ERROR CODES which are desig-nated as E1, E2 and 325. These error codes are displayed when the corresponding error situation occurs.

E1 Recording cannot proceed due to lack of available memory.

E2 20.0 V non-regulated transducer voltage is not within acceptable range. Error code E2 is dis-played if the 20 V transducer voltage is less than 15.0 V or greater than 25.0 V.

325 Keyboard malfunction, such as a stuck key.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-6

NOTE

Paragraph A.3 applies to the DEPI manufactured by Volumetrics only.

A.3 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE.

A.3.1 FUSE REPLACEMENT. When it appears that the unit will not power up, the fuse should be checkedand/or replaced.

a. Locate the fuseholder on the bottom panel of the unit. (See Figure A-2).

b. Unscrew the fuseholder cap by pushing the cap in and rotating it in a counterclockwise direction for a quar-ter turn. The fuse will be withdrawn with the cap.

c. Remove the fuse from the cap and inspect it. If it is blown, replace it with a new fuse of same size and rat-ing.

A.3.2 MEMORY BATTERY REPLACEMENT.

a. Turn power to the unit off.

b. Open the front cover of the unit.

c. Remove the bezel that labels the switches and LED’s on the Display Board.

d. Remove the spacers from the Display Board mounting screws.

e. Remove Display Board far enough to gain access to the Motherboard.

f. Remove Battery Backup Board by removing the bracket screw and unplugging the card.

g. Replace batteries by de-soldering defective units and soldering new 3.6 volt lithium batteries to the card.

h. Reinstall Battery Backup Board.

i. Place the Display Board back onto its mounting screws.

j. Place the spacers back onto the mounting screws.

k. Remount the bezel and close the cover to the unit.

l. Follow start up procedures IAW paragraph A.2.1.

A.3.3 CLOCK BATTERY REPLACEMENT.

a. Follow steps a. through e. of A.3.2.

b. Remove Clock Board by removing the bracket screw and unplugging the card.

c. Remove battery from holder by carefully lifting the retaining clip.

d. Install a new 3 volt lithium battery.

e. Reinstall and secure Clock Card.

f. Follow steps j. through l. of A.3.2.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-7

Table A-3. DEPI Parts List

PARTS LIST FOR MODEL 7809 DIGITAL ELECTRONIC PRESSURE INDICATOR

VMC P/N MANUFACTURER MAN. P/N-NSN DESCRIPTION07006030 ALCO A101 MHZa TOGGLE SWITCH W/SMALL

HANDLE07013006 CUTLER HAMMER C1006 PUSHBUTTON MOMENTARY

SWITCH.07015121 CUTLER HAMMER J33W6R PUSHBUTTON SWITCH ON/OFF10000050 BUSSMAN MDL-.50 5920-01-035-

0343FUSE 0.5A

10000205 LITTLE FUSE 342.838L 5920-00-221-5673

FUSE HOLDER

10010075 BUSSMAN MDL.75 FUSE 0.75A11060006 FILTER CONCEPTS INC 714-

545-7003A2T2F DWG SUP-PLIED

EMI FILTER

12000061 CONDOR HTAA-16W-A 6130-01-200-1039

POWER SUPPLY

52000065 CORCOM 5VR1 5915-01-292-2078 POWER FILTER18900158 VOLUMETRICS proprietary PARALLEL PCB 24 BIT I/O18890186 VOLUMETRICS proprietary PCB DISPLAY BOARD18890188 VOLUMETRICS proprietary PCB RELAY BOARD18900157 VOLUMETRICS proprietary PCB BATTERY BACKUP ROM/

RAM18901002 VOLUMETRICS proprietary PCB A/D 12 BIT CONVERTER18000063 VOLUMETRICS proprietary PCB MOTHERBOARD 1 /2 SIZE18940402 VOLUMETRICS proprietary PCB ASSY SONAR DOME FIL-

TER/REPEATER BD70006000 HOWARD SPN3-15-1321 FAN18920137 VOLUMETRICS proprietary PCB POWER LINE FILTER18000072 VITEX RS232 SERIAL CARD- 1 PORT RS232

PCB18000071 JCC CI-1011Q57 CLOCK CARD PCB10020002 BUSSMAN MDL-2 5920-01-095-

3319FUSE 0.75 AMP

13000017 VARTA 408-943-0200 CR2430 3V 3 VOLT LITHIUM BATTERY,CLOCK BOARD

13000018 TADIRAN TL-2150P 6135-01-321-5512

3.6 VOLT BATTERY RAMMEMORY BRD

20000209 3-M 3417-6000 5935-00-329-6570

40 IDC CONNECTOR

20000462 TRW 714-521-5210 FC37ST 37 PIN FEMALE SOLDER CON-NECTOR

20000196 3-M 3452-6016 5935-01-152-6928

16 PIN IDC CONNECTOR

74000035 ACCURATE ELASTOMER 5330-00-774-6894 O-RING74000036 DORN EQUIPMENT 5330-00-202-2590 PACKING ASSEMBLY74000037 TRION INC 5975-00-877-6957 STUFFING TUBE75930008 VOLUMETRICS 75930008 WINDOW ASSEMBLY

VIATRAN 716-773-1700 318X10 RANGE 0-100PSIA

TRANSDUCER

VIATRAN 716-773-1700 1-0-1560-A2 TRANSDUCER CABLE

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-8

Table A-3. DEPI Parts List - Continued

PARTS LIST FOR MODEL 7809 DIGITAL ELECTRONIC PRESSURE INDICATOR

VMC P/N MANUFACTURER MAN. P/N-NSN DESCRIPTION10010175 POTTER & BRUMFIELD W28-XQ1 A-0.75 CIRCUIT BREAKER

MAGNETEK 5975-01-254-0423 ENCLOSURE, ISOLATIONTRANSFORMER

09000056 MAGNETEK N-67A 5950-00-897-6439

ISOLATION TRANSFORMER

NOTE

Volumetrics, Inc. is no longer in business.

Transducer and Transducer Cable Manufacturer:Viatran Corporations300 Industrial DriveGrand Island, New York 14072Phone: (716) 773-1700FAX: (716) 773-2488 1.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-9

1.

Figure A-1. Pressure Transducer P-X-26

S9165-AE

-MM

A-010

A-10

1.

Figure A-2. External View of DEPI Enclosure

S9165-AE

-MM

A-010

A-11

Figure A-3. Internal DEPI Components

S9165-AE

-MM

A-010

A-12

NOTE

Paragraph A.4 applies to the DEPI manufactured by Prime Technology Inc.

A.4 INTRODUCTION.

The 9213SD is an electronic pressure gage. It is designed to display pressure in PSIG with a range of 00.00to 99.99 PSIG. A 4 to 20 dcmA input signal received from a pressure transducer that is installed in the airlockcompartment of the Sonar Dome, is translated to a PSIG value and displayed on the front panel of the gage.

Figure A-4. Internal Operating Panel

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-13

The 9213SD is programmed through switches located in the front panel (Figure A-5). A simple user interfaceallows for the set up of the unit where High Alarm, Low Alarm, Alarm Delay, and curve data are set up for theparticular application at hand. This set up information is retained in a non-volatile memory that is installed in theMain Board. The Internal View of the Unit (Figure A-6) consists of three main assemblies,

1. Power Supply Assembly

2. Main Board Assembly

3. Display Board Assembly

Figure A-5. Front Panel

Figure A-6. Internal View of the Unit.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-14

A.4.1 POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY. The power supply assembly (Figure A-7) converts an externally sup-plied 115 VAC to an unregulated 24 VDC. The input is filtered to protect the system against undesired signals.This assembly also holds the alarm relays (2).

A.4.2 MAIN BOARD ASSEMBLY. The main board assembly (Figure A-8) contains the microprocessor, non-volatile memory, input signal interface, alarm control circuitry, isolated analog retransmission circuit and thedigital retransmission circuit.

A.4.3 DISPLAY BOARD ASSEMBLY. The Display Board Assembly (Figure A-9) contains the digits and thedrivers to control the digits.

Figure A-7. Power Supply Board

Figure A-8. Main Board.

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-15

A.4.4 USER INTERFACE.

a. Front Panel (Figure A-10)

When the front cover is swung open the user has access to the programming interface. This programminginterface consists of switches and led digits. Labels placed directly under each switch properly identify the func-tion associated with them. In addition there is a text box that explain the meaning of the fifth led digit (the onethat is not visible when the front cover is closed).

b. Power Switch This switch controls the AC power to the unit. This is a double pole double throw switch.When the switch is in the on position the ON light and the display will be lit.

Figure A-9. Display Board

Figure A-10. Display Board

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-16

c. Enter Program Mode This is a toggle switch. When the unit is powered hold this switch in the operate posi-tion (down) until the MEMORY CHANNEL digit changes to 2. This indicates the 9213SD is in programmingmode.

d. Change Value of Digit This is a toggle switch. Only operates when the unit is in programming mode(MEMORY CHANNEL digit is 2). By operating the switch the user is able to increment the digit that is flash-ing in the display. Every time the switch is operated the flashing digit increments by one count. When number 9is reached a further operation of the switch will cause the digit to wrap around and start at 0 again.

e. Shift Digit This is a toggle switch. Only operates when the unit is in programming mode (MEMORYCHANNEL digit is 2). By operating this switch the user is able to move (shift) to the right the digit that is flash-ing this allows the user to select the digit that will increment by operating the CHANGE VALUE OF DIGITswitch. If the switch is operated when the fourth digit is flashing, the shifting wraps around and first digit willflash allowing the user to go back to any of the digits.

f. Enter Into Memory This is a toggle switch. Only operates when the unit is in programming mode(MEMORY CHANNEL digit is 2). By operating this switch the user is able to move (shift) to the right the digitthat is flashing this allows the user to select the digit that will increment by operating the CHANGE VALUE OFDIGIT switch. If the switch is operated when the fourth digit is flashing, the shifting wraps around and first digitwill flash allowing the user to go back to any of the digits.

g. Fuses Three fuse holders are located in this panel, two of them are in series with the input power and thethird of them (identified as SPARE) has a spare fuse and lamp that can be used in any of the other two positionsin case one of the fuses or lamp goes bad. The fuse holders used are of the kind that indicates the burned fuseby lighting the neon that is inside the case of the fuse. This way the user can quickly identify the burned fuse andrestore the unit to normal operation.

A.4.5 CONNECTORS. (Figure A-11)

Figure A-11. Front Panel

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-17

A.4.6 LED DISPLAY. The unit has a numeric display that consists of five; seven segments red led digits eachone-inch in height. Four of these digits are visible through the front window of the unit and they display thepressure in PSIG, the fifth digit is not visible through the window and is only used when the unit is in programmode.

A.4.7 ANALOG RETRANSMISSION The unit has an analog retransmission output through connector J4. Thisoutput consists of a 4 - 20 dcmA analog signal that is proportional to the input and isolated from the unit powersupply. This signal can be used to drive other remote indicators giving the customer the advantage of also hav-ing a remote monitoring point.

A.4.8 DIGITAL RETRANSMISSION . The unit has a digital retransmission output through connector J5. Thedigital transmission is available in two serial communication standards RS232 and RS-422. This is a non-isolatedoutput. The message frame is structured as followsField Size Value (Hex) Range (Decimal)

Message Header 1 byte 0X04Number of bytes in frame 1 byte 0X0AHigh Alarm set point 2 byte binary value 0-9999Low Alarm set point 2 byte binary value 0-99994 Digit Display reading 2 byte binary value 0-9999Message checksum 1 byte 2s Complement of the sum of the previous 8

bytes.Message trailer/End of Frame 1 byte 0XFF

Figure A-12. Connectors

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-18

Checksum example:

Data flow .................ø0x04,0x0A,0x1F,0x40,0x07,0xD0,0x13,0x88,0x21,0xFFChecksum_____________|

Checksum calculation:Checksum is allowed to rollover0x04 + 0x0A + 0x1F + 0x40 + 0x07 + 0xD0 + 0x13 + 0x88 = 0xDF = 0x21

The user can use the following BASIC program to receive data from the Sonar Dome and display it on a PC.

Sample Basic program:

10 CLS : KEY OFF20 KEY 1, ″″30 LOCATE 25, 3040 PRINT ″<<strike f1 key to exit>>″50 LOCATE 1, 1, 160 ON KEY(1) GOSUB 17070 KEY(1) ON80 OPEN ″COM1:19200,N,8,1,CS,DS″ FOR RANDOM AS #1130 IF LOC(1) < 10 GOTO 130140 x$ = INPUT$(LOC(1), #1)IF HEX$(ASC(MID$(x$, 1, 1))) <> ″4″ THEN GOTO 130...‘ do checksum test here..loal& = ASC(MID$(x$, 3, 1)) * 256 + ASC(MID$(x$, 4, 1))hial& = ASC(MID$(x$, 5, 1)) * 256 + ASC(MID$(x$, 6, 1))aval& = ASC(MID$(x$, 7, 1)) * 256 + ASC(MID$(x$, 8, 1))PRINT ″Testing″LOCATE 5, 1150 PRINT ″lo alrm:″; loal&PRINT ″hi alrm:″; hial&PRINT ″data:″; aval&160 GOTO 130170 CLOSE180 CLS190 END

A.4.9 SET UP PROCEDURE. As an example of the way the unit is setup and programmed for a particularapplication, a hypothetical curve will be entered. The curve has the following characteristics:

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-19

To set up this curve only two points need to be specified. Assume these points are (80,45.53) and (10,10.53).Once these points are entered the unit program is able to define the curve (line) without the user having to cal-culate slope and y intercept.

The following procedure explains how this information is entered.

a. -Hold down the ENTER PROGRAM MODE switch until the MEMORY CHANNEL digit displays 2. This isthe curve entry mode.

b. -The MEMORY CHANNEL digit displays 2. The switch labeled CHANGE VALUE OF DIGIT incrementsthe digit that is flashing. To select the next digit use the switch labeled SHIFT DIGIT. By using this twoswitches make the display read 80.00, then toggle the ENTER INTO MEMORY switch.

c. -The MEMORY CHANNEL digit displays 3. Using the CHANGE VALUE OF DIGIT and the SHIFT DIGITswitches, make the display read 45.53, then toggle the ENTER INTO MEMORY switch. This is the PSIG thatthe input represents.

d. -The MEMORY CHANNEL digit displays 4. Using the CHANGE VALUE OF DIGIT and the SHIFT DIGITswitches, make the display read 10.00 then toggle the ENTER INTO MEMORY switch. This is the % of fullscale that the input in step 6 represents.

e. -The MEMORY CHANNEL digit displays 5. Using the CHANGE VALUE OF DIGIT and the SHIFT DIGITswitches, make the display read 10.53 then toggle the ENTER INTO MEMORY switch. This is the PSIG thatthe input represents.

f. -The MEMORY CHANNEL digit displays 6. Using the CHANGE VALUE OF DIGIT and the SHIFT DIGITswitches, make the display read 15 PSIG, then toggle the ENTER INTO MEMORY button. This is the LOWALARM point.

g. -The MEMORY CHANNEL digit displays 7. Using the CHANGE VALUE OF DIGIT and the SHIFT DIGITswitches, make the display read 39.5 PSIG then toggle the ENTER INTO MEMORY switch. This is the HIALARM point.

h. -The MEMORY CHANNEL digit displays 8. Using the CHANGE VALUE OF DIGIT switch, make the dis-

Figure A-13. % of Full Scale

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-20

play read 0.5. Press the ENTER INTO MEMORY switch. This is the alarm delay in seconds. The unit entersthe normal operation mode indicated by the digit 1 on the MEMORY CHANNEL DIGIT. The display is thepressure in PSIG. As the CHANGE VALUE OF DIGIT is toggled the display will show 0.5, 4, 6, 8, 10 thatare the different alarm delays available in seconds.

A.4.10 TROUBLESHOOTING. The 9213SD unit should be field serviced at the assembly level only. Anycomponent replacement should be conducted in a controlled environment to assess the component failure andcorrectness of its replacement.

This troubleshooting guide identifies problems at the assembly level.

a. The Unit does not power up.

1. If the lights on the FUSES are on, turn off the power, change the fuse and reapply power. If the fuse failsagain this is an indication of a short internal to the unit.

2. If the lights on the FUSES are off, verify that power is available. To do this, verify the power lamp con-dition. If the power lamp is lit this is an indication of power supply working if is not lit this is an indica-tion of a failure in the power supply or a burned power lamp. Verify the condition of the power lamp iffound to be good then there is a problem with the internal power supply. To replace the power supply boardthe power connector shall be removed and then proceed with disassembly of the unit to gain access to thepower supply board.

b. Segments on the display are not lit.

1. This requires replacement of the Display Board. The factory does not recommend replacement of any elec-tronic component on the display board assembly.

c. Alarm Contacts do not operate on alarm condition.

1. Make sure the cable to connector J3 is properly inserted.

2. This could be a problem with the alarm relays or the main board assembly. These boards are not fieldrepairable; it is recommended to change the power supply board and the main board. In order to this makesure the power connector is disconnected from the unit prior to disassembly.

d. Unit does not enter Program mode.

1. Make sure that the ENTER PROGRAM MODE switch is held at least two seconds for the unit to recog-nize the command.

2. If the unit does not enter PROGRAM MODE after holding the switch in the proper position for at leasttwo seconds, then there is a problem that is not field repairable. Send the unit back to the factory for repair.

A.4.11 CALIBRATION. Technical Manual ST700-AV-PRO-020 provides the calibration procedure for W-GA-10.

A.4.12 MANUFACTURER INFORMATION.Prime Technology Inc.344 Twin Lakes RoadNorth Branford, CT 06471Phone number: (203) 481-5721www.primetechnology.com

S9165-AE-MMA-010

A-21 / (A-22 Blank)

A-22@@FIpgtype@@BLANK@@!FIpgtype@@

REAR SECTION

TECHNICAL MANUAL DEFICIENCY/EVALUATION REPORT (TMDER)

NOTE

Ships, training activities, supply points, depots, Naval Shipyards and Supervisorsof Shipbuilding are requested to arrange for the maximum practical use andevaluation of NAVSEA technical manuals. All errors, omissions, discrepanciesand suggestions for improvement to NAVSEA technical manuals shall be for-warded to:COMMANDER,CODE 310 TMDER, BLDG 1388NAVSURFWARCENDIV NSDSA4363 MISSILE WAYPORT HUENEME CA 93043-4307on NAVSEA/SPAWAR Technical Manual Deficiency/Evaluation Report(TMDER), NAVSEA form 4160/1. To facilitate such reporting, print, completeand mail NAVSEA form 4160/1 below or submit TMDERS at web site:https://nsdsa2.phdnswc.navy.mil/tmder/tmder-generate.asp?lvl=1All feedback comments shall be thoroughly investigated and originators will beadvised of action resulting therefrom. Copies of NAVSEA form 4160/1 may berequisitioned from the Naval Systems Data Support Activity Code 310 at theabove address.

TMDER / MAILER

S9165-AE-MMA-010

Rear-1 / (Rear-2 Blank)

Rear-2@@FIpgtype@@BLANK@@!FIpgtype@@

s9165-ae-mma-010( sonar dome rubber window sdrw-1 … · 2015-11-04 · s9165-ae-mma-010...

Documents